Himachal Pradesh Horticulture Development Project SFG1776 HIMACHAL PRADESH HORTICULTURE DEVELOPMENT PROJECT ENVIRONMENTAL AND SOCIAL MANAGEMENT FRAMEWORK (Includes Tribal Development Framework, Environment Management Framework, Pest Management Plan) January 2016 Environment and Social Management Framework Page i Himachal Pradesh Horticulture Development Project ABBREVIATIONS AAP Annual Action Plans ABPF Agri Business Promotion Facility AERC Agro-Economic Research Centre APMC Agricultural Produce Marketing Corporation BIU Block Implementation Units CA Controlled Atmosphere Stores CSS Centrally Sponsored Schemes EG Environmental Guidelines EIA Environmental Impact Assessment EMP Environmental Management Plan ESA Environment and Social Assessment ESMF Environmental and Social Management Framework GoHP Government of Himachal Pradesh GRS Grievance Redressal Service GSDP Gross State Domestic Produce HDO Horticulture Development Officer HPHDP Himachal Pradesh Horticulture Development Project HPHDS Himachal Pradesh Horticulture Development Society HPMC Horticulture Produce Marketing Corporation HPSAMB Himachal Pradesh State Agriculture Marketing Board HPSCSTC Himachal Pradesh Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribes Development Corporation GoHP Government of Himachal Pradesh GRS Grievance Redressal Service IPF Investment Project Financing IPNM Integrated Pest and Nutrient Management ISM Implementation Support Mission ISP Implementation Support Plan ITDP Integrated Tribal Development Project KPIs Key Project Indicators MIDH Mission for Integrated Development of Horticulture M&E Monitoring & Evaluation MTR Mid-Term Review NGO Non-Government Organisation PAD Project Appraisal Document PCDO Progeny Cum Demonstration Orchards PCU Project Coordination Unit PDO Project Development Objective PIP Project Implementation Plan PIU Project Implementation Unit POPs Package of Practices SIDBI Small Industries Development Bank of India SCA Special Central Assistance SMS Subject Matter Specialist SHG Self Help Group TDF Tribal Development Framework TDP Tribal Development Plan TSP Tribal Sub-Plan UHF University of Horticulture and Forestry WUAs Water User Associations Environment and Social Management Framework Page ii Himachal Pradesh Horticulture Development Project ABBREVIATIONS ...................................................................................................................................... ii Executive summary ................................................................................................................................. 1 Project Context ................................................................................................................................... 1 Project Description.............................................................................................................................. 1 Environment and Social Assessment .................................................................................................. 2 Socio-Economic Baseline .................................................................................................................... 2 1.0 – himachal pradesh horticulture development project .................................................................. 10 1.1 Project Context ..................................................................................................................... 10 1.2 Project Description................................................................................................................ 11 1.3 Project Components and Objectives..................................................................................... 12 1.4 Project Implementation Areas .............................................................................................. 13 1.5 Environment and Social Safeguard Framework (ESMF) ....................................................... 13 1.6 Methodology of ESMF Preparation ...................................................................................... 14 1.7 Structure of Report ............................................................................................................... 15 2.0 Environmental and Social Baseline .............................................................................................. 17 2.1 Overview Himachal Pradesh ................................................................................................. 17 2.2 Socio-Economic Baseline ....................................................................................................... 18 2.2.1 Overall ................................................................................................................................... 18 2.2.2 Status of Women .................................................................................................................. 23 2.2.3 Scheduled Tribes ................................................................................................................... 25 2.3 Key findingsand implications for ESMF ................................................................................. 28 2.4 Environmental Baseline ......................................................................................................... 28 2.4.1 Physiographic Profile ............................................................................................................... 29 2.4.3.2 Rainfall in Different districts of HP ........................................................................................ 33 2.4.12 EcologicallyProtected Area in the state ................................................................................ 43 3.0 Relevant Laws, Regulations and Development Programmes ..................................................... 50 3.1 Applicable World Bank Policies ............................................................................................. 50 3.2 Policy and Regulatory Framework of GoI and GoHP ............................................................. 53 3.3 List of Statutory Clearances and Authorizations that may be required ................................ 66 4.0 Stakeholder Consultations and Disclosure .................................................................................. 68 4.1 Typology of stakeholders ...................................................................................................... 68 4.2 Aims of Community Meetings and Institutional Consultations ............................................ 69 4.3 Outcomes of Stakeholder interactions ................................................................................. 69 5.0 Anticipated Impacts/Risks and Mitigation Strategy ................................................................... 76 5.1 Summary of Project Interventions ........................................................................................ 76 Environment and Social Management Framework Page iii Himachal Pradesh Horticulture Development Project 5.2 Interventions by Impacts, risks and suggested mitigation measures ................................... 80 6.0 ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT FRAMEWORK ............................................................................ 90 6.1 Rationale and Objectives ....................................................................................................... 90 6.2 Categorization of HPHDP Interventions ...................................................................................... 90 6.3 Step wise processing of subprojects in relation to the EMF ....................................................... 91 6.4 Environmental Guidelines (EGs) ............................................................................................... 100 6.4 Subprojects activities requiring EIA/EMP ................................................................................. 100 7.0 SOCIAL MANAGEMENT FRAMEWORK ....................................................................................... 103 7.1 Rationale and Objectives .................................................................................................... 103 The SMF would apply to all project interventions under HPHDP at locations identified at this stage and at locations identified during project implementation............................................................ 103 7.2 Purpose ............................................................................................................................... 103 7.3 Principles of the SMF .......................................................................................................... 103 7.4 Screening for Adverse Impacts ........................................................................................... 104 7.5 Social Inclusion Strategy ..................................................................................................... 106 7.6 Gender Strategy .................................................................................................................. 107 7.8 TRIBAL DEVELOPMENT FRAMEWORK ................................................................................ 109 8.0 IMPLEMENTATION, MONITORING, GREIVANCE REDRESSAL AND BUDGET ........................... 114 8.1 Institutional and Implementation Arrangements ............................................................... 114 8.2 Roles and responsibilities specific to ESMF implementation ............................................. 119 9.0 MONITORING, EVALUTION and reporting .............................................................................. 123 9.1 Monitoring & Evaluation ..................................................................................................... 123 9.2 Project Coordination Unit (PCU) ......................................................................................... 123 The PCU will also be responsible for: .............................................................................................. 123 9.3 Project Implementing Units (PIUs)...................................................................................... 123 9.4 M&E Consultant .................................................................................................................. 124 9.5 M&E Consultant Agency ..................................................................................................... 124 9.6 Project Management Information System (PMIS) .............................................................. 125 9.7 User Satisfaction Surveys .................................................................................................... 125 9.7 ESMF Implementation Reporting........................................................................................ 125 9.8 Monitoring Indicators ......................................................................................................... 125 10. CAPACITY BUILDING AND TRAINING............................................................................................. 131 11. implementation budget ................................................................................................................ 134 12.0 GRIEVANCE REDRESSAL MECHANISM .................................................................................... 136 Environment and Social Management Framework Page iv Himachal Pradesh Horticulture Development Project AnnexureS ........................................................................................................................................... 139 Annex I Environmental Guidelines .................................................................................................. 140 Annex II: IPM Strategy..................................................................................................................... 148 Annexure III: WHO Classification of Pesticides based on Toxicity .................................................. 165 Annex IV: Import and Post Entry Quarantine of Imported Plant Material ..................................... 174 Annex V Details of Chloropicrin ...................................................................................................... 178 Annex VI- Details on Stakeholder Consultations ............................................................................ 180 Annex VII - Details on Project Interventions by District.................................................................. 181 Annex VIII–Social Impact Screening Checklist................................................................................. 184 Annex IX - Outline of TDP ................................................................................................................ 186 Annex X - Monitoring indicators ..................................................................................................... 187 Annex XI Tribal Development Framework ...................................................................................... 190 Environment and Social Management Framework Page v Himachal Pradesh Horticulture Development Project List of Tables Table 1 Project Components and Interventions ................................................................................ 12 Table 2 District wise Literacy rates segregated by sex ...................................................................... 19 Table 3 Distribution of Land Holdings ............................................................................................... 21 Table 4 Temperature at selected Stations in 2013 ............................................................................ 32 Table 5 Seasonal variation on Min and Max temperature of the state ............................................ 33 Table 6 District - Wise Rainfall (in mm) ............................................................................................. 33 Table 7 Characteristics of the agro climatic zones of HP ................................................................... 35 Table 8 Water sources of HP ............................................................................................................. 37 Table 9 Catchment details of river system of HP............................................................................... 38 Table 10 The status of development of groundwater resources in the state ................................. 39 Table 11 District wise land utilization pattern of Himachal Pradesh for the year 2003-04 (%) ...... 40 Table 12 Forest Cover from 1972 to 2002 in Himachal Pradesh (Area in km2) .............................. 41 Table 13 Type of flora ...................................................................................................................... 43 Table 14 Flora in different zones (Altitude) of HP ........................................................................... 43 Table 15 List Of Protected Areas In Himachal Pradesh ................................................................... 44 Table 16 Protected area in the state of HP...................................................................................... 46 Table 17 Fruit growing areas and species of HP .............................................................................. 47 Table 18 Summary of analysis of baseline and its implication on ESMF ......................................... 47 Table 19 Summary of key environmental issues of the state and implications for ESMF............... 48 Table 20 Summary of regulatory framework in respect of environment and their applicability to the project 50 Table 21 National and State regulateon applicable under the project ........................................... 53 Table 22 Review of social regulations and their relevance to Project............................................. 58 Table 23 List of Statutory Clearances and Authorizations that may be required............................ 66 Table 24 Stakeholder Analysis ......................................................................................................... 68 Table 25 Aims of Stakeholder Consultations ................................................................................... 69 Table 26 Key Issues from stakeholders, responses provided and their incorporation in the ESMF70 Table 27 Component wise implications of consultations ................................................................ 73 Table 28 Summary of Project interventions .................................................................................... 76 Table 29 Summary of Interventions, potential stakeholders and anticipated outcomes ............... 77 Table 30 Summary of Interventions, impacts, risks and potential mitigation measures ................ 80 Table 31 classification of activities based on degree of environmental impact.............................. 91 Table 32 Mapping of EMF to HPHDP components .......................................................................... 93 Table 33 Procedures for projects requiring an ESIA ...................................................................... 100 Table 34 Summary of Project Categorization Process and Responsibilities .................................. 101 Table 35 Approximate land requirement by type of infrastructure and source of land ............... 104 Table 36 Institutions Responsible by Sub Component .................................................................. 114 Table 37 Institutional Structure of District Implementation Unit ................................................. 117 Table 38 Institutional Structure of Block Implementation Unit .................................................... 118 Table 39 Roles and responsibilities by implementation agency.................................................... 120 Environment and Social Management Framework Page vi Himachal Pradesh Horticulture Development Project Table 40 Arrangements as per Sub Project Cycle .......................................................................... 126 Table 41 ESMF Year wise implementation schedule ..................................................................... 128 Table 42 Grievance Handling Arrangements ................................................................................. 137 Table 43 Environmental Guidelines and Applicable project interventions ................................... 140 Table 44 Environmental Guidelines ............................................................................................... 141 Table 45 Likely Environmental issues in construction and their mitigation ....................................... 146 Table 46 Important Diseases of fruits of HP .................................................................................. 150 Table 49 Monitoring activities IPM ................................................................................................ 157 Table 50 IPM Strategy Year Wise Strategy .................................................................................... 158 Table 51 Constraints in implementing IPM ................................................................................... 159 Table 52 No. of fruit plants to be imported................................................................................... 174 Table 53 Potenial Risks and Mitigation Measures with Imported Plant Material ......................... 175 Table 54 District wise details of Project Interventions .................................................................. 181 Table 55 Project Interventions in major tribal districts by location .............................................. 191 Table 56 Stakeholder Analysis TDF ................................................................................................ 194 Table 57 Aims of Stakeholder Consultations ................................................................................. 195 Table 58 Aims of Stakeholder Consultations TDF .......................................................................... 196 Table 59 Summary of Social regulations and their applicability to Project ................................... 199 Table 60 District wise population of Scheduled Tribes ................................................................. 205 Table 61 Tribal Population outside of Scheduled Areas ............................................................... 206 Table 62 Socio-economic parameters in Scheduled areas ............................................................ 207 Table 63 District-wise workforce participation ............................................................................. 208 Table 64 Funding Pattern under SCA and types of Scheme .......................................................... 209 Table 65 Provisions for Tribals under MIDH scheme..................................................................... 210 Table 66 List of Schemes under HPSCSTC for Scheduled Tribes .................................................... 212 Table 67 Steps in preparation of TDP and by responsibilities ....................................................... 217 Table 68 Implementation Responsibilities for TDF ........................................................................ 218 Table 69 Budget for Implementation of TDF ................................................................................. 221 List of Figures Figure 1 Distribution of population by religion..................................................................................... 19 Figure 2 Workforce participation by District ........................................................................................ 21 Figure 3 Map of Himachal Pradesh ....................................................................................................... 29 Figure 4 Climatic Classification of HP .................................................................................................... 31 Figure 5 Elevation Map of HP................................................................................................................ 36 Figure 6 Forest Cover Type of HP.......................................................................................................... 42 Figure 7 Step Wise EMF Processing ...................................................................................................... 92 Figure 8 Implementation Arrangements for HPHDP .......................................................................... 119 Environment and Social Management Framework Page vii Himachal Pradesh Horticulture Development Project Environment and Social Management Framework Page viii Himachal Pradesh Horticulture Development Project EXECUTIVE SUMMARY Project Context The state of Himachal Pradesh (HP) is characterized by a significant number of opportunities in high- value commodities. These include, most importantly, diversity in agro-climatic conditions, possibilities to produce for ‘off-season’ markets, relative high education of producers, and a location relatively close to terminal consumer markets. The state’s agriculture is dominated by high value horticulture commodities, which account for about 44 percent of the cropped area and contribute about 48 percent of agricultural gross state domestic product (GSDP). Horticulture in HP has been responsible for many of the positive outcomes in employment, wages, and in turn, poverty reduction. Notwithstanding the significant potential of horticulture production in HP to contribute to higher economic growth and poverty reduction objectives, the state faces a number of sectoral, institutional and policy challenges which need to be addressed systematically if the potential is to be realized and translated into a sustainable development impact. This sector is also faced with competitiveness challenges, as its domestic markets are opened to international trade. Project Description In consideration the existing scenario of horticulture industry in the State, the development of horticulture in Himachal Pradesh is envisaged with the assistance of World Bank funded Himachal Pradesh Horticulture Development Project (HPHDP). The Project Development Objective (PDO) is “to support small farmers and agro-entrepreneurs to increase the productivity, quality, and market access of selected horticulture commodities in Himachal Pradesh”. The project beneficiaries will include farmers and entrepreneurs especially in the MSME segment, farmer producer organizations, and other value chain participants. The project will contribute to more inclusive growth by prioritizing support to small and marginal producers in the horticulture sector, with specific focus on fruit tree crops. The project will reach about 138,000 producers, covering over about 30,000 ha. In these project areas, the project will support the development of minor community irrigation systems, covering about 19,500 ha, to be managed by about 1,000 Water User Associations. It is expected to directly benefit: (i) horticulture based micro-small medium enterprises (MSMEs); (ii) members of farmer producer organizations; and (iii) producers accessing the supply chain infrastructure supported under the project. Of these beneficiaries at least 33 percent women beneficiaries are expected, both in on-farm and off-farm activities. Indirect beneficiaries will include those who witness technology demonstrations facilitated by the project, farmers whose produce goes through rehabilitated markets, and farmers accessing Negotiable Warehouse Receipt financing, etc. The project will target the roughly 88 percent of producers in Himachal Pradesh who are small and marginal, emphasizing improvements to their productivity, product quality, and cost efficiency. Rules, procedures, and guidelines will be employed to prevent possible elite capture. The project will support gender inclusive strategies especially in the project intervention areas of (i) sustainable increase in productivity of fruit tree crops through technical training on grafting techniques, management of orchards, soil, nutrients, pests and diseases, extension approaches that are designed to target women; and (ii) entrepreneurial development through training, skill development and market linkages with specific focus on fruit processing (on job work to large processers), indigenous beekeeping for managed pollination services, etc. Project will also actively support participation of women in the decision making structure of farmer producer organizations and water user associations. The main project components are: Component 1 (Horticulture Production and Diversification for US$85.50 million) aims to enhance horticultural competitiveness at the farm level by supporting Environment and Social Management Framework Page 1 Himachal Pradesh Horticulture Development Project access to knowledge, technology and finance in order to increase long term productivity and farm incomes in an environment marked by changing market patterns and increased climate variability. Component B (Value Addition and Agro-enterprise Development for US$41.80 million) aims to improve value realization at the farm level, promote investments in agribusiness, fostering backward and forward linkages in the value chains for horticulture products, support supply chain infrastructure that prevents wastage and value erosion; and enable secondary and tertiary processing that create higher value for the produce. Component C (Market Development for US$22.60 million) aims to provide an improved platform for market-related information and intelligence, expand market access through alternative marketing channels, enhance transparency in the price discovery process, and improve market infrastructure. Component D (Project Management, Monitoring and Learning for US$17.0 million)will ensure the effective implementation of the project activities and monitor and evaluate project implementation progress, outputs and outcomes, building on implementation experience. The project will be financed through a seven year Investment Project Financing (IPF). The total project cost is US$167.0 million and will be funded by an IDA credit (US$135.0 million equivalent), and the GoHP (US$32.0 million equivalent). Environment and Social Assessment As part of project preparation, an Environmental and Social AssessmentStudy (IESA) had been undertaken with an aim to provide inputs into the design of HPHDP in accordance with the World Bank Operational Guidelines. It involved identification of key environmental and social issues arising out of the proposed Project activities and mainstream the social and environmental management measures in all stages of the project cycle. The study helped to develop an Environmental and Social Management Framework (ESMF) to ensure that: Environmental and social considerations are fully mainstreamed in project planning, implementation and monitoring; and potential adverse impacts are adequately mitigated and potential benefits of the project are further enhanced to improve the effectiveness and sustainability of the project. Socio-Economic Baseline Key findings from the ESA were: the total population of Himachal Pradesh is 68, 64,602 out of which 34, 81,873 were males (50.72%) and 33, 82,729 (49. 28%) were females (Census 20111). Of the total population 89.97% live in rural areas. The proportion of SCs andSTs in Himachal Pradesh is nearly 30 percent of the state’s population much higher than the national average.Sex ratio is presently 972, which is better than the national average of 943. The state (0.652) occupies the third spot in respect of Human Development Indices, in the country. Also, despite being a predominantly rural society the literacy rate amongst males is nearly 90% and amongst females nearly 76%. Life expectancy at birth for the period 2006-10, the male life expectancy at birth was 67.7 years as compared to 72.4 years for females. It is 3.4 years longer than the national average. The Per Capita income percent in 2012- 13 witnessed an increase of 11.4% over the previous year. Out of the total geographical area of 55.67 lakh hectare the area of operational holdings is about 9.55 lakh hectares and is operated by 9.61 lakh farmers. The average holding size is about 1.00 hectare. Distribution of land holdings indicates that87.95 percent of the total holdings are of small and Marginal2. Agriculture is the main occupation of the people of Himachal Pradesh. Increasingly most rural families have access to off farm incomes to supplement the shortfall from agriculture as the viability of holdings is gradually becoming more critical. Horticulture in the state has been 1 http://www.census2011.co.in/census/state/himachal+pradesh.html 2 Agriculture Census 2010-11; Economic survey of Himachal Pradesh (2014/15), Economics and Statistics Department. Environment and Social Management Framework Page 2 Himachal Pradesh Horticulture Development Project responsible for many of the positive outcomes in employment, wages, and in turn, poverty reduction. Status of Women and Tribals: Women constitute 49.28% -- nearly half of the state population. In terms of workforce participation, females constitute 44.82% of the total workforce. In Himachal Pradesh, number of women who had control over use of land resources was more than the male members of the family, because men stayed away from the villages for their livelihoods and attended farming operations seasonally. Women had higher responsibilities in backyard management including livestock and also attended more trainings in horticulture. The participation of women in development programs and their access to markets, services, and spaces is linked to a culture where female seclusion is not asnormative as it is in neighboring states. 65 percent of urban women in Himachal Pradesh and 56 percent of rural women participate in household decisions3. In terms of political representation, elected women representative in the Panchayati Raj Institutions and urban local bodies have significantly increased due to good number of women which have actively entered in Politics in Himachal Pradesh. There are total of 10 communities as notified in State's Scheduled Tribes list namely, Bhot, Bodh, Gaddi, Gujjar, Jad, Lamba, Khampa, Kanaura (Kinnaura), Lahaula, Pangwala and Swangala. Major tribal areas in the state are Chamba, Kinnaur and Lahaul Spiti. The tribal population of H.P. are divided into three categories as under: a) Scheduled Tribes in Scheduled Areas, b) Modified Area Development Approach (MADA) that cover smaller areas of tribal concentration having 10,000 population in contiguous areas of which 50% or more were tribals; c) Dispersed Tribes Population: covering all tribal living outside the Scheduled Area and Modified Area Development Approach pockets. Legal and Regulatory Framework Project would be implemented with following key applicable acts, notifications, and policies: FRA, 2006, National Policy on Tribal Development, 1999, Panchayati Raj Act, PESA 1996, Right to Information Act, 2005,National Agricultural Policy, 2000, National Policy for farmers, 2007, The Himachal Pradesh Transfer of Land (Regulation) Act, 1968, Land Reforms Legislations - HP Village Common Land Vesting and Utilization Act,1974 and H.P. Tenancy and Land Reforms Act, 1972: Section 118 of Act Himachal Pradesh Tenancy and Land Reform Rules, 1975.Himachal Pradesh Lease Rules, 2013, The Himachal Pradesh Agricultural & Horticultural Produce Marketing (Development &Regulation) Act, 2005. World Bank' operational policies on OP 4.10 on Indigenous Peoples, Access to Information would be applicable as well. Stakeholder Consultations Stakeholder consultations were held with institutional stakeholders, potential Farmer Producer Organizations (FPOs), water user association,Non-Government Organizations (NGOs), women Self Help Groups (SHGs), Tribal Farmers, leaders, elected PRI leaders, , , Farmer Interest Groups(FIG), Cooperative societies small farmers. The purpose was to ascertain likely social and environmental issues that need to be addressed during project preparation, understand perceived benefits of the various interventions and elicit suggestions for incorporation in the project design. Key findings from these consultations were: a large number of farmers faced quality issues with the planting material and pesticides procured from government sources; irrigation infrastructure is the top most priority and demand for men and women alike; farmers expressed broad community support and high degree of willingness for provision of land for water schemes/citizen service centres; better market access and connectivity remains a serious constraint for backward areas; training and capacity building is a major requirement of farmers and entrepreneurs in remote areas; small and marginal 3 NFHS-3 (IIPS 2010) Environment and Social Management Framework Page 3 Himachal Pradesh Horticulture Development Project farmers have comparatively lower access to information and benefits of horticulture programs; strong capacity building and hand holding support would be needed for water user associations and farmer producer organiations envisaged under the project; women groups showed interested in undertaking vegetable cultivation and other income generation programmes as well as practical, field based training on Horticulture and Floriculture technology and markets. Women would also like to be trained on crop management practices and expect department to provide necessary support in terms of farm inputs and knowledge, training, exposure visits. A disclosure workshop was held in Shimla on 21 January 2016. The workshop was attended by over 50 representatives of the State Horticulture Department, farmers, women and tribal representatives, the University Horticulture and Forestry and the project preparation team. Presentations were made by the Project Director, Team Leader and the environment and social management consultants of the project preparation team. All issues raised by the stakeholders and comments were discussed and clarified in the meeting, suggestions have been incorporated into the ESMF. Key Environment and Social Issues The planned project interventions include: area expansion for select fruits, rejuvenation and re- plantation (for Apples only), Progeny-Cum Demonstration Orchards (PCDOs), Bee keeping and in terms of infrastructure including upgradation or renovation or green-field: agri-processing centres, market yards, pack houses, Common Service Centres (CSCs), Controlled Atmosphere Storages (CAs). Government land available with HPMC or state government would be utilized for market yards, nurseries and packaging/processing infrastructure. Environment and Social Impacts, Risks and related Issues are summarized in Chapter 5. The project has the potential for causing moderate to small adversely impacting the local environment if not appropriately designed, executed and/or operated. The anticipated impacts could arise due to: improper site selection and inadequate environmental management during construction of physical infrastructure, non-compliance with post entry quarantine regulations for imported root stocks, increased and indiscriminatepesticide, unsustainable and unbalanced water resource management practices, inadequate disposal and management of solid and liquid waste at the proposed agro-processing facilities, poor maintenance of infrastructure and improper land use, encroachment of forest areas. The key social safeguard, social inclusion and gender priority for the project are: (i) ensuring identification and screening of tribal communities in project area, holding informed consultations and assessing broad community support with them; with ensuring their beneficial and continuous engagementin project planning, investment planning, in project supported institutions (FPO, WUA and CSC); (ii) screening, assessment and mitigation of any potential adverse impacts linked with the infrastructure subprojects, (iii) inclusion and tracking of small and marginal farmer beneficiaries under various project components, institutions (WUA, FPO, CSC) and departmental programmes; (iv) enhancing the representation and participation of women producers in FPOs, WUAs, pre- and post- harvest trainings; improving their skills and employability in horticulture/agriculture sectors; improving their access to government horticulture, agriculture and credit programmes (v) enhancing the outreach and information dissemination activities, specifically among small and marginal horticulture farmers; vi) and strengthening citizens engagement with horticulture department, its services and the project components, especially in the context of women, and small and marginal farmers. Environmental Management Framework Environment and Social Management Framework Page 4 Himachal Pradesh Horticulture Development Project The Environmental Management Framework (EMF) is developed to incorporate environmental and concerns into the main project planning, execution and operation...The EMF prepared for the project acknowledges environmental issues and risks and integrates the measures for addressing them in the project implementation process. The proposed project does not anticipate any expansion of orchard areas onto forest land, nor involve the felling of trees in any proposed construction. Activities such as supply chain infrastructure where environmental impacts will be seen as moderate to substantial (construction of higher production CSCs, CAs, sorting, grading, packing and primary processing, market yards and effluent treatment plants) will require a project specific EIA/EMP for preparation, implementation and monitoring. Dust, noise and discharge & disposal of solid and liquid waste, land use management, improper storage of the crop are expected to be the chief environmental impacts. These subprojects will need to be on case to case basis once selected; based on which mitigation measures will be incorporated in the design stage itself by design consultant/service provider. The environmental management plan will also cover construction and operational phases of the subprojects. Activities which are seen as having low- moderate impact will have Environmental Guidelines (EGs) incorporated in the design, implementation and management of these activities. This is applicable for interventions such as water management, beekeeping, demonstration sites (PCDOs), PEQ nurseries and CSCs. The project will also have a detailed focus plan on integrated Pest and Nutrient Management. Water harvesting structures and distribution will incorporate EGs for water use efficiency, sustainability, and soil and water conservation. These will be monitored by the community/cluster institution. Improved access to investments, inputs and markets for FPOs present opportunity for operating efficiency improvements. The producer company will develop business plans, based on which critical infrastructure will be plugged into the project. These will also need to be based on EGs to include measures for reducing environmental footprint. For each stage, potential adverse environmental issues have been identified and mitigation measures proposed that have been integrated with the ESMF implementation process. The EMF Comprises of (i) Decision making for sub project categorization base on High or Low impact (ii) Mitigation measures for environmental impacts and risks identified through project design (iii) Environmental guidelines for low impact sub projects (iii) Integrated Pest Management Plan (iv) Guidelines for monitoring EMPs. Social Management Framework Impacts and risks in such potential investments and institutions would need to be mitigated through systematic prioritization and targeting, and citizen’s engagement strategy. Hence, inorder to address the key social safeguard, social inclusion, gender and citizen’s engagement issues summarized above, ESMF comprises: i) Social Inclusion strategythat includes mechanisms for targeting, prioritization and tracking of small and marginal farmers as project beneficiaries under all project components; as members, office bearers and management committee members of WUA, FPOs and CSC; norms/rules for equitable benefit sharing and avoidance of benefit capture in WUA, FPOs and CSC; communication and outreach activities on project services and departmental horticulture programmes; ii) indigenous peoples planning framework (IPF) or Tribal Development Framework (TDF) that provides guidance on screening/identification of tribal communities in project Environment and Social Management Framework Page 5 Himachal Pradesh Horticulture Development Project areas, conducting informed consultations and documenting broad community support, inclusive planning and institution building processes, preparing area-specific tribal development plans (TDPs), and implementing socially compatible outreach and communication strategies; iii) gender strategy that includes: targeting and inclusion of women producers in farmer interest groups, water user associations and common service centers; providing technical knowhow, extension, and practical training on management of orchards, soil, nutrients, pests and diseases, nurseries; training and entrepreneurship promotion in indigenous beekeeping, vermi-composting, fruit processing, nursery management/development; participation of women producers in post-harvest management, fruit processing and market infrastructure/services; gender focused module as part of baseline study; well as other demand driven programs; iv) Citizens Engagement Strategy that includes actions related to participatory planning and implementation for common service centers, community water schemes; use of ICT in beneficiary feedback, information dissemination, technical advice, demand estimation and grievance redressal; strengthened implementation of the citizens charter; monitoring beneficiary satisfaction; Screening and Mitigation of potential adverse impacts caused by post-harvestinfrastructure, CSCs and minor irrigation schemes. No compulsory private land acquisition would be done under the project. All identifiedsites for water schemes and post-harvestinfrastructure would be screened for any adverse social impacts through a social screening checklist. Only sites without any encumbrances i.e. without encroachments or unauthorized occupation would be selected to site or undertake project infrastructure/interventions. For water schemes and CSCs, WUAs and FPOs would access land through lease deed, private market purchase agreement or MOU with panchayats Institutional Arrangements Two (2) Social Development Coordinators (SDC), An environmental safeguards specialist and one (1) Tribal Development Consultant would be hired at the Project Coordination Unit (PCU) level and be responsible for overall implementation of the ESMF and TDF. These would be hired within the first six months in PY1 and entire project duration of seven (7) years. The PIUs of HPSAMB and HPMC will appoint full time environment speicalists. At the district level PIUs, these would be supported by six (6) Social Development Specialists (SDS) and (3) environment specialists who would be hired to cover all the twelve (12) districts. These SDS would be responsible for all safeguard and institutional development aspects of bodies such as WUAs, CSC and FPOs. These would hired within the PY 1 and would be contracted for the entire project duration of seven (7) years. Horticulture Extension Officer (HEO) and Subject Matter Specialist (SMS) at the Block Implementation Unit (BIU), besides fifty (50) community facilitators. Additional resource persons and consultants would be contracted as deemed necessary during project implementation. Capacity building of these personnel would comprise requisite orientation and refresher trainings on SMF including safeguards and TDF. The TDF comprises the following elements: IEC material for conducting Free Prior and Informed Consultation (FPIC), training and exposure visits, conducting feasibility studies for GI certification and a budget for special community needs such as: i) barbed wire fencing for 400 ha in the tribal districts of the state to overcome the problem of stray cattle and wild animals such as yaks that enter cultivated area and damage crops; and ii) construction of 1000 poly lined community water harvesting/storage tanks as Environment and Social Management Framework Page 6 Himachal Pradesh Horticulture Development Project soils in tribal areas of Himachal Pradesh are loam or sandy loam with low water retention capacity and crops require frequent irrigation. Monitoring and Evaluation M&E responsibilities would mainly rest with PCU that would be responsible for analysis of all project-level M&E information and generation of regular 6-monthly M&E reports; updating key performance indicators by consolidating the information provided by different implementing agencies and the external M&E agency; conducting independent field visits to monitor implementation and outputs of selected project activities; commissioning special M&E studies as needed; maintaining theIntegrated Horticulture Management and Monitoring System (IHSMS); identifying bottlenecks and corrective actions, if needed; documenting success stories; regular reporting to the Project Management Committee and the Project Steering Committee; and six- monthly reporting to the World Bank on the project status. It would be supported by a M&E consultant whose responsibilities include: creation of an M&E framework for the entire HPHDP project define key process and performance monitoring indicators, data collection frequencies, and formats for collecting the relevant information; conduct the Baseline Survey for the project. In addition to the regular six monthly monitoring reports, there are two junctures during the project period where impact assessment studies will be undertaken by the M&E agency. These studies will evaluate HPHDP’s performance and progress towards achieving the project’s development objectives. The first impact evaluation would be at the time of the second mid-term review (II MTR) of the Project, and, the second impact evaluation around the time of the Project completion. The social monitoring would involve: tracking of beneficiary farmers under project components disaggregated by gender, landholding and tribal status; socioeconomic profiling of households covered under TDP and other project interventions; periodic review of ESMF implementation; disaggregated data collection and analysis under baseline, impact evaluation and midterm studies (by gender, landholding and social groups; thematic study on women’s work-time in horticulture (as part of baseline). Half yearly reports would be shared on ESMF Implementation, including preparation and implementation of EIAs, EMPs, TDPs and gender interventions. Implementation Schedule Key activities in respect of ESMF (and TDF) implementation include: initial establishment activities Setting up E&S Cell within PCU, PIUs; Engagement of Social Development Coordinator (government official), Social Development Specialist (SDS) in PCU and at DIUs & M&E specialist at PCU; operationalizing GRCs; contracting of M&E agency, operationalizing ICT enabled MIS system under citizen engagement strategy; development of socially inclusive criteria for selection of farmers within the Community Operations Manual, farmer clusters and its dissemination, Provision of orientation training on ESMF & TDF and safeguards, undertake Screening on identified land to ascertain impacts; identification of land and its take as required for project infrastructure. In case of activities under Tribal Development Framework, key activities would include: contracting of tribal development consultant, additional resource persons as necessary preparation of culturally appropriate materials, conducting of FPICs, etc. Budget Thebudget for ESMF comprises costs for i) engaging Environment and Social specialists; ii) engaging external resource persons/agencies for preparing EIA/EMPs and Tribal Development Plans (TDPs) and supporting their implementation, including specific women focused interventions; iii) conducting trainings and capacity building activities related to ESMF, including dedicated modules for women farmers; iv) capacity building and training ; vi) area-specific investments identified by Environment and Social Management Framework Page 7 Himachal Pradesh Horticulture Development Project tribal communities under the TDP; thematic studies on gender, and conclusions. These costs have been budgeted as part of the overall project costs. Cost of implementing the IPM has been factored into the overall cost of component A. The additional funds required to hire external consultants to prepare EIA and EMPs for high impact sub projects has also been accounted for in institutional support. Cost of implementation of TDF including conducting FPICs, preparation of IEC materials, Training and Exposure visits, External consultant to provide support in preparation of TDPs (for 2-3 years), additional resource persons, specific project investments, feasibility study on organic GI certification and provision of funds for meeting any special community, as identified are included in the TDF budget. Disclosure The draft ESMF report will be disclosed on the website of the Department of Horticulture, the World Bank’s InfoShop and a summary will be circulated among the primary stakeholders before appraisal. An ESMF disclosure workshop was held on January 21, 2016 in Shimla and was attended by officers of the horticulture department, farmers, women and tribal representatives. Grievance Redressal The Executive Committee of the FPO/WUA would be the first level of handling grievances to which any aggrieved person or complainant would report his grievance. The Committee would be responsible to maintain a grievance register. The next level headed by the Sub-Divisional Officer (Civil) would be responsible to provide necessary support to resolution by appropriate liaising with relevant departments - horticulture, agriculture, irrigation, etc. The next level would be District Level Coordination Committee headed by Deputy Commissioner and comprising senior functionaries from other line departments. Finally, at the state level, the GM (Technical & HRD) in the PCU and the Nodal Officers of PIUs will be appointed PIO’s or any other officers already appointed in implementing line departments. Similarly, PD in PCU and the Heads of the Departments would be the Appellate Authorities to decide upon the appeals pertaining to RTI. Environment and Social Management Framework Page 8 Himachal Pradesh Horticulture Development Project Environment and Social Management Framework Page 9 Himachal Pradesh Horticulture Development Project 1.0 – HIMACHAL PRADESH HORTICULTURE DEVELOPMENT PROJECT 1.1 Project Context The Government of India (GoI) recognizes the important role of agriculture in the ongoing rural- urban transformation process and the potential it represents as an important source of growth and job creation. The GoI also recognizes the necessity of strategic shifts for structural transformation of Indian agriculture to tap into this potential of growth and job creation. These shifts reflect underlying trends in demand for food and factors affecting the supply of agriculture produce and include: (i) a shift away from a focus on food grain production towards diversification into high value agriculture production of fruits, vegetables, dairy, etc.; (ii) a shift away from a focus on on-farm production towards value addition in the post-harvest segments of agriculture value chains; (iii) a shift away from a focus on productivity towards resilience of agriculture production systems for addressing the effects of climate change; and (iv) a shift away from a focus on agriculture production towards nutrition sensitive agriculture. To facilitate these four shifts, GoI has launched several policies and initiatives since 2014.Indian agri-food system is undergoing a major transformation. First, organised retail including e-retail, giving consumers a wider choice of goods, more convenience, and often lower prices, is rapidly growing. It is expected that the benefits of this trend should percolate to the mass of Indian consumers. Second, changes in consumption patterns are driving fast changes in the production basket. The production basket is diversifying in favor of high value commodities (fruit, vegetables, livestock and fisheries) in response to the changing consumer tastes and preferences. This has set the stage for expanding and modernizing handling, storage and distribution networks. The state of Himachal Pradesh (HP) is characterized by a significant number of opportunities in high- value commodities. These include, most importantly, diversity in agro-climatic conditions, possibilities to produce for ‘off-season’ markets, relative high education of producers, and a location relatively close to terminal consumer markets. The state’s agriculture is dominated by high value horticulture commodities, which account for about 44 percent of the cropped area and contribute about 48 percent of agricultural gross state domestic product (GSDP). The state has emerged as a leading producer of fruits and offseason vegetables. Horticulture sector annually contributes INR 63,000 million (US$ 1051 million) to the state economy, which is about 7 percent of the GSDP. Horticulture in HP has been responsible for many of the positive outcomes in employment, wages, and in turn, poverty reduction. Notwithstanding the significant potential of horticulture production in HP to contribute to higher economic growth and poverty reduction objectives, the state faces a number of sectoral, institutional and policy challenges which need to be addressed systematically if the potential is to be realized and translated into a sustainable development impact. This sector is also faced with competitiveness challenges, as its domestic markets are opened to international trade. The project will support interventions designed to help the horticulture sector improve productivity and build resilience against weather-related shocks, while improving market access to provide incentives for growers to produce as per the market need. The project activities will focus on resolving the binding constraints on productivity, quality, value-addition and market linkages. By doing so, it will contribute to the key aspects of the GoI’s, GoHP’s and the Bank’s CPS strategic objectives related to faster and broader agriculture sector growth and inclusive development. The project will achieve the PDO by: (i) improving producer’s access to knowledge and horticulture production technologies (including climate resilient technologies), and access to finance so that they are able to respond to climate variability and emerging market opportunities; (ii) promoting investments in agribusiness, fostering backward and forward linkages in the value chains for horticulture products, piloting negotiable warehouse receipts for horticulture commodities, and Environment and Social Management Framework Page 10 Himachal Pradesh Horticulture Development Project facilitating access to finance for agribusiness enterprises, including collectives such as producer companies; and (iii) supporting the development of an improved platform for market-related information and intelligence, developing new e-market channels outside of regulated markets, and improved services provided by modernizing the promising traditional wholesale markets. 1.2 Project Description In consideration the existing scenario of horticulture industry in the State, with regard to declining productivity of Apple and other fruit crops, poor post-harvest handling and marketing infrastructure, the development of horticulture in Himachal Pradesh is envisaged with the assistance of World Bank funded Himachal Pradesh Horticulture Development Project (HPHDP). The project will lay emphasis on enhancing the livelihood of small and marginal farmers by increasing the fruit production and productivity by intensification, crop diversification (among fruits and varieties), area expansion(bringing new area under horticultural cops) improving the processing infrastructure and backward and forward market linkages for improving the marketing of horticulture produce. The project will also bring in the latest technology for the production and post-harvest handling and marketing of horticulture produce and will transfer the same to the technical staff of Horticulture Department and other line departments and ultimately to the end user through capacity building by hiring the international consultants/ experts under the project. The proposed project development objective (PDO) is to increase the “productivity, profitability, and market access of selected horticulture commodities in Himachal Pradesh”. The project aims to address key well known gaps and deficiencies in the horticulture sector in Himachal Pradesh and transform the sector (and the overall rural economy) to being more productive, efficient and profitable. By doing so, it will contribute to the key aspects of GoHP and the Bank’s strategic objectives related to faster and broader agriculture sector growth and inclusive development. Project Beneficiaries. The project beneficiaries will include farmers and entrepreneurs especially in the MSME segment. Others would include farmer producer organizations, and other value chain participants. The project would contribute to more inclusive growth by prioritizing support to small and marginal producers in the horticulture sector, with specific focus on fruit tree crops. The project would reach to about 138,000 producers, covering over about 30,000 ha, for sustainable increase in productivity of fruit tree crops. In these project areas, the project would support the development of minor community irrigation systems, covering about 19,500 ha, to be managed by about 1000 Water User Associations. Furthermore, the project is expected to directly benefit: (i) horticulture based micro-small medium enterprises (MSMEs); (ii) members of the farmer producer organization; and (iii) producers accessing the supply chain infrastructure supported under the project. Of these beneficiaries at least 15 percent women beneficiaries are expected, both in on-farm and off farm activities. Indirect beneficiaries would include: those who witness technology demonstrations facilitated by the project, farmers whose produce goes through rehabilitated markets, farmers accessing Negotiable Warehouse Receipt financing etc. Though the majority of producers are de facto small and marginal in the state (about 88 %), project would target this category of producers to improve their productivity, product quality, and cost efficiency. The project has also put in place rules, procedures, and guidelines to prevent possible elite capture. The project aims to achieve the proposed PDO by; i) Increasing the area under improved clonal rootstocks and cultivars of selected horticultural crops ii) Improving the producers’ access to knowledge and climate resilient production technologies so that producers are able to respond to climate changes and climate variability and emerging market opportunities. Iii) Promoting investments in agribusiness, fostering backward and forward linkages in the value chains for Environment and Social Management Framework Page 11 Himachal Pradesh Horticulture Development Project horticultural products, facilitating access to finance for agribusiness entrepreneurs, and, where appropriate, push for process, regulatory and/or policy change. Iv) Supporting the development of an improved platform for market related information and intelligence, alternative market channels development outside of regulated markets, piloting negotiable warehouse receipts for horticulture commodities and improved services provided by modernising the traditional wholesale markets. The total project cost for this seven year is US$ 169.0 million and would be funded by IDA credit (US$ 135.0 million equivalent), the GoHP (US$ 34.0 million equivalent), and a beneficiary contribution (US$ XX million equivalent – to be determined) 1.3 Project Components and Objectives In line with the PDO, the project would have the following four components as presented in Table 1: Table 1 Project Components and Interventions Component Objectives Planned Interventions A. to enhance horticultural (i) enhancing producer’s access to disease free Horticulture competitiveness at the farm level by elite planting materials; Production supporting access to knowledge, (ii) supporting sustainable intensification and and technology and finance in order to diversification of horticultural production Diversification increase long term productivity and through technology and knowledge transfer, farm incomes in an environment including harvest, capture, collection, marked by changing market patterns delivery and distribution of water; and and increased climate variability (iii) Strengthening applied research and development; and enhancing the access to finance to producers. B Value improve value realization at the farm (i) building community/farm level marketing Addition and level, promote investments in capacities and supporting them through Agri- agribusiness, fostering backward and matching grants to acquire productive assets; enterprise forward linkages in the value chains (ii) establishing a modern supply chain Development for horticulture products, support comprising pack-houses, controlled supply chain infrastructure that atmosphere (CA) stores, and processing prevents wastage and value erosion; facilities to be operated under Public Private and enable secondary and tertiary Partnerships (PPP) arrangement; processing that create higher value (iii) providing access to warehouse receipt for the produce systems linked to commodity exchanges; identifying, mobilizing and supporting agro entrepreneurs; (iv) Facilitating access to finance for agribusiness enterprises, including collectives such as producer companies. C. Market to provide an improved platform for (i) supporting market information and Development market-related information and intelligence services; intelligence, expand market access (ii) introducing of e-marketing platforms; and through alternative marketing (iii) upgrading wholesale markets. channels, enhance transparency in the price discovery process, and improve market infrastructure D. Project ensure the effective implementation support: Management, of the project activities and monitor (i) establishment and operations of Project Monitoring and evaluate project implementation Coordination Unit (PCU), which will oversee and Learning progress, outputs and outcomes, and coordinate activities of the implementing Project building on implementation agencies of the project; Environment and Social Management Framework Page 12 Himachal Pradesh Horticulture Development Project Component Objectives Planned Interventions Management, experience. (ii) establishment and operations of Project Monitoring Implementation Units in the respective and Learning implementing agencies; and (iii) setting up of a monitoring and evaluation (M&E) system for the project, including a project management information system and contracting an external M&E agency to monitor project activities and impact. It will also finance dedicated staffing for the project activities that are attributable to the outcomes of the project, consultancies, training and related material, office equipment, and operational costs. Source: Project Implementation Plan, HPHDP, 2015 1.4 Project Implementation Areas The project would be implemented over a period of seven years. Although the project would cover the entire state (12 districts), the intensity of activities in each district would depend on the existing production potential. Major proportion of the interventions are proposed in Shimla, Kullu, Kinnaur, Chamba and Mandi districts, followed by Kangra, Una, Siramaur, Lahaul-Spiti, Una Bilaspur, and Hamirpur. 1.5 Environment and Social Safeguard Framework (ESMF) As part of project preparation, the project coordination unit has undertaken an Environmental and Social Assessment exercise to provide inputs into the design of HPHDP in accordance with the World Bank Operational Guidelines. It involved identification of key environmental and social issues arising out of the proposed Project activities and mainstream the social and environmental management measures in all stages of the project cycle. The study helped to develop an Environmental and Social Management Framework (ESMF) to ensure that: The study supported the development of an Environmental and Social Management Framework (ESMF) to ensure that: (i) Environmental and social considerations are fully mainstreamed in project planning, implementation and monitoring; and (ii) potential adverse impacts are adequately mitigated and potential benefits of the project are further enhanced to improve the effectiveness and sustainability of the project. The term ESMF is used by the World Bank to depict operations with multiple subprojects, various phases and spread over a long period of time. The ESMF is a requirement for HP HDP under the Banks OP/4.01 due to the following features: (i) A number of subprojects and components (ii) Subprojects spread over a wide geographical area (iii) Implementation phases spread over years (iv) Design of subprojects, exact locations as well as impacts are not determined at this stage Subprojects are classified based on low and high impact for specific attributes listed in the report and based on that their eligibility for support under the project will be decided. Any project activity resulting in physical displacement or significant conversion or degradation of critical natural habitats would be ineligible for support through the project. Environment and Social Management Framework Page 13 Himachal Pradesh Horticulture Development Project The Environmental Management Framework (EMF) is developed to incorporate environmental and social concerns into the main project planning, execution and operation. It will be applied to all the sub-projects in different stages of the project cycle. The framework has been developed considering three broad stages of project cycle viz. project preparation, project implementation and project operation. For each stage, potential adverse environmental and social issues have been identified and mitigation measures proposed that have been integrated with the ESMF implementation process. The ESMF also incorporates key issues pertaining to tribal development, gender equity, citizen’sengagement, use of pesticides, capacity building and institutional arrangement. 1.6 Methodology of ESMF Preparation The methodology to prepare theESMF involved the following (i) a review of the project component and activities proposed in the project implementation plan of HPHDP; (ii) a desk review of relevant literature including laws, regulations, guidelines; and key policies across the state relevant to project implementation. Specifically legal and regulatory provisions of GoI, World Bank and GoHP. (iii)Review of relevant plans and Bank supported projects such as: HPMid Himalayan Watershed Development Project, Maharashtra Agriculture Competitiveness Project (MACP), , secondary data and reports suchas Agriculture Survey, Socio-economic survey of Himachal Pradesh, Himachal Pradesh State road project, State of the Environment Report, 2014 and other similar projects conducted by Governments and donor agencies such as Crop Diversification Promotion project. (iv) Interactions with institutional stakeholder such as: Directorate of Horticulture, Regional Horticulture Research and Training Station Mashobra, HPMC center at Jarol Tikkar Shimla district, a potential FPOs - a Floriculture and Vegetable Producers Association and a Water User Association. Subsequently field level (Block and Village) interaction were held including representatives such as Horticulture Development Officer(HDO), Horticulture Extension Officer(HEO), Subject Mater Specialist(SMS),Block Development Officer(BDO), besides Farmers Producer Organization(FPOs), Non Government Organizations (NGOs), women members of Self Help Groups (SHGs), Tribal Farmers, leaders, elected PRI leadersWater User Association (WUA), Krishi Vikas Sangh(KVS)members, Farmer Interest Groups(FIG), Cooperative societies small farmers. The purpose of these interactions was to ascertain likely social and environmental issues that need to be addressed during project preparation; understand current practices from production to marketing, validate findings from desk reviews, understand perceived benefits of the various interventions, awareness regarding government schemes, constraints faced, and prevalent government schemes. (v) review of environment and social baseline of the state (vi) Comments, suggestion, views and concerns if any appropriately were incorporated in the final ESMF report. Environment and Social Management Framework Page 14 Himachal Pradesh Horticulture Development Project 1.7 Structure of Report ESMF report is broadly divided in four sections as presented below: Section A presents the following  existing Environment and Social Baseline in respect of land use pattern, climate, forest covers, water resources, demographic profile, economy, Tribalareas,land holding, occupation, literacy level;  legal and regularly framework that is applicable to the project;  findings and outcome of the consultation/interaction undertaken as part of project and ESMF preparation; and  expected environmental and social impact that are likely to arise from project activities and different component and their proposed mitigation measures. Section B presents the Environment Management Framework which includes Scope of Application of EMF, Categorization of interventions based on environmental impacts,; environmental Guidance, Stage of Application & Responsibility, IPM, IPNM Plan, EMF approach in the various stages of the project cycle - Planning, Design, Operation & maintenance. Section C presents the Social Management Framework which includes Tribal Development Framework, Gender Strategy, Citizens Engagement Framework and Grievance Redressal Mechanism and Social Inclusion Strategy. Section D presents the Institutional and Implementation Arrangement which includes Institutional Arrangements at in the Project and Key E&S staff, Environment & Social Monitoring and Reporting arrangements, Capacity Building and Training Plan, Mapping ESMF Implementation to Project Yearly cycle, ESMF Budget Environment and Social Management Framework Page 15 Himachal Pradesh Horticulture Development Project SECTION A ENVIRONMENT AND SOCIAL ASSESSMENT Environment and Social Management Framework Page 16 Himachal Pradesh Horticulture Development Project 2.0 ENVIRONMENTAL AND SOCIAL BASELINE 2.1 Overview Himachal Pradesh The state of Himachal Pradesh is divided into four agro climatic zones viz, Shivalik Zone, Mid-Hill Zone, High hill zone, Trans Himalayan zone ranging from up to 200m in valley areas to 3600 m in Lahaul-Spiti and Kinnaur. The climatic conditions are sub-tropical to Dry and extremely cold conditions. The average rainfall ranges from 500mm in Trans Himalayan zone to upto 3000mm in mid hill zone. The cultivated areas are naturally high in the valley with 55% and least at Trans Himalayan zone at 5%. Due to extreme variation in elevation, great variation occurs in the climatic conditions of Himachal. The climate varies from hot and sub humid tropical in the southern tracts to, with more elevation, cold, alpine, and glacial in the northern and eastern mountain ranges. The state has areas like Dharamsalathat receive very heavy rainfall, as well as those like Lahaul and Spitithat are cold and almost rainless. The Satluj, Beas, Ravi, Chenab, Spiti, Parbati, Pabbar, Tons and Giri are the main rivers of Himachal Pradesh. Of these, the Satluj, which rises in the highlands of Tibet, is an antecedent river. Most of the rivers flow following the trend of the main structural grain of the region. Nearly 17% of the total area of Himachal Pradesh is covered by glaciers. There are a number of small and large lakes in Himachal Pradesh. Most important representing the water budget for the state are 21. These are in Kullu (Bhrigu, Dashair, Seruvalsar, and Mantalai), Mandi (Rewalsar, Prashar), Kangra (Dal, Kareri, and Pong Dam), Nako in Kinnaur, Surajtal and Chandertal in Lahul-Spiti, Chamba (Khajiar, Mani Mahesh, Gadhasaru, Gauri Kund, Lam Dal Lake, Mahakali, and Khundi Maral), and Renuka in Sirmaur and Chandernaun in Shimla. The project would utilize water of the run off origin and not expected to affect the surface water courses at large There is no district notified as critically exploited or over exploited out of 12 districts of Himachal Pradesh as per CGWB. The groundwater resources occur mainly in Kangra, Una, Hamirpur, Bilaspur, Mandi, Solan and Sirmaur districts, particularly their valley areas. The exploitation is done through open wells, tube wells, infiltration galleries and wells. No area is critically polluted as per CGWB records. The ground water may have an impact during project progress as the pesticides and fertilizers may percolate through the ground water to affect them mainly in the valley area. Pong dam and Chandra Tal situated in Kangra and Lahul and Spiti districts respectively are two wetlands covered under Ramsar convention. There would be no impact on these wetland of the project activity. According to National Forest Policy, 1988, at least two third i. e 66.6% of the geographical area should be under forest in the hilly states like Himachal Pradesh. Keeping in view, out of 55,673 sq. km area, the 10000 sq km is available for agricultural and horticultural activities. The total area is expected to be covered is nearly 5-6% of the total available agricultural area. Himachal is said to be the fruit bowl of the country, with orchards being widespread. Meadows and pastures are also seen clinging to steep slopes. Government of Himachal Pradesh has declared several areas, covering all the agro-climatic zones in the state and having significant ecological, geomorphologic and biodiversity value, as Conservation Reserves, Wildlife Sanctuaries and National Parks. There are 2 National Parks, 30 Wildlife Sanctuaries and 3 Conservation Reserves. No project component has any risk to affect the reserve areas during its life cycle. Environment and Social Management Framework Page 17 Himachal Pradesh Horticulture Development Project However HP has rich floral and faunal resources. At lower elevations both tropical and subtropical dry broadleaf forests and tropical and subtropical moist broadleaf forests are found. These are represented by Upper Gangetic Plains moist deciduous forests, Sal and shisham are found here. The hills contain have Himalayan subtropical pine forests. Various deciduous and evergreen oaks live in the broadleaf forests, that include East Himalayan fir, West Himalayan spruce, deodar (the state tree), and blue pine. The uppermost elevations have western Himalayan alpine shrub and meadows in the northeast and north western Himalayan alpine shrub and meadows in the northwest. Trees are sturdy with a vast network of roots. Alders, birches, rhododendrons and moist alpine shrubs are there as the regional vegetation. Himachal Pradesh has around 463 bird and 359 animal species, including the leopard, snow leopard (the state animal), ghoral, musk deer and western tragopan. Since the project is not supporting the tree cutting as well as acquisition of forest land there is no effect on that. No forest produce would be utilized by the project component at any stage of the execution. Use of pesticides in the agriculture and horticulture sector poses a serious environmental and public health problem. According to the study based on the farmers of Kullu and Shimla district of Himachal Pradesh in India. At present, India is the largest producer of pesticides in Asia and ranks twelfth in the world for the use of pesticides with an annual production of 90,000 tons. A vast majority of the population in India (56.7 %) is engaged in agriculture and is therefore exposed to the pesticides used in agriculture as well as horticulture. 2.2 Socio-Economic Baseline Sections below present the social baseline of the state in respect of its population, human development indicators, literacy, status of women and tribals, 2.2.1 Overall Population and density: The total population of Himachal Pradesh is 68, 64,602 out of which 34,81,873 were males (50.72%) and 33,82,729 (492,8%) were females. Of the total population of Himachal Pradesh state, 6,176,050 i.e. around 89.97 percent live in the villages of rural areas. In actual numbers, males and females were 3,110,345 and 3,065,705 respectively. Though the population has been increasing continuously over the years, growth rate of total population shows a decreasing trend over the last three decades. 10.03% people live in urban regions. However, the percentage share of urban population has been increasing continuously over the previous years with figures of 7.61% in 1981 to 10.00% in 2011 (Census, 2011). The proportion of SCs andSTs in Himachal Pradesh is much higher than the national average as when combined they comprise nearly 30 percent of the state’s population. In terms of population density per square kilometer of area, it has nearly doubled over the last forty (40) years. As per Census 2011, it is 123 which is almost double 62 in the year 1971. Hamipur (407), Una (338), Bilaspur (327), Solan (300), Kangra (263) Shimla (159) are some more densely populated districts of the state. Kinnaur (13) and Lahaul Spiti (2) districts have the least population density. Poverty: A sharp decline in poverty heralded the greatest change towards social inclusion in Himachal Pradesh. This occurred especially in rural areas, where over 90 percent of the state’s population lives. Between 1993–94 and 2011, rural poverty in Himachal Pradesh declined from 36.8 percent to 8.5 percent— a fourfold decline, impressive by any standard. While rural poverty continued to decline after 2004, urban poverty changed only marginally between 2004 and 2011. This poverty decline moreover, benefitted all social groups across rural and urban areas. Environment and Social Management Framework Page 18 Himachal Pradesh Horticulture Development Project Sex ratio: Sex ratio of the state indicating the number of women per 1000 men (sex ratio) is presently 972, which is better than the national average of 943. Barring a few decades in the last 100 years, sex ratio has improved continuously in the state. Within the state amongst the districts, Hamipur (1095), Mandi (1007), Kangra (1012) Chamba (986), and Bilaspur (981) have a higher sex ratio than the state figure. Distribution of population by Religion: In respect of religion, Hinduism is main religion with 95.17 % followers, followed by Islam, Sikhism and Buddhism. Other religions, Christianity, Jainism comprise rest. Approximately 0.12 % have 'No Particular Religion'. (See Figure 2.1) Figure 1 Distribution of population by religion Human Development Indices4: According to India Human Development Report, 20115, the state (0.652) occupies the third spot in the first five i.e. after Kerala and Delhi and before Goa and Punjab. Literacy rate. Despite being a predominantly rural society with only 10 percent of population living in urban areas, the literacy rate amongst males is nearly 90% and amongst females nearly 76%. Overall literacy rate of the state is 82.80 - a significant increase from 4.8% in 1951. Districts of Hamirpur, Una, Bilaspur, Kangra, Solan and Shimla have higher literacy rates than the state average. Chamba -- a district with a larger proportion of tribals has the lowest literacy rate at 72.17%. Amongst these districts, higher literacy rates in females are recorded in Hamirpur, Una, Kangra, Shimla and Solan Table 2 District wise Literacy rates segregated by sex District Total Male Female Bilaspur 84.59 91.16 77.97 Chamba 72.17 82.59 61.67 4 The Human Development Index (HDI) is a composite index of outcome indicators in three dimensions: a. A long and healthy life, as reflected in life expectancy at birth. b. The acquisition of education and knowledge, as reflected in the mean years of schooling (adjusted for out of school children) and literacy rate (age 7 years and above). c. The standard of living and command over resources, as reflected in the monthly per capita expenditure adjusted for inflation and inequality. 5 India Human Development Report, 2011 Towards Social Inclusion Environment and Social Management Framework Page 19 Himachal Pradesh Horticulture Development Project District Total Male Female Hamirpur 88.15 94.36 82.62 Kangra 85.67 91.49 80.02 Kinnaur 80 87.27 70.96 Kullu 79.4 87.39 70.91 Lahaul-Spiti 76.81 85.69 66.84 Mandi 81.53 89.56 73.66 Shimla 83.64 89.59 77.13 Sirmaur 78.8 85.61 71.36 Solan 83.68 89.56 76.97 Una 86.53 91.89 81.11 Overall state 82.8 89.53 75.93 Source: Census of India, 2011 Life Expectancy at birth: Life expectancy at birth has increased continuously over years. For the period 2006-10, the male life expectancy at birth was 67.7 years as compared to 72.4 years for females. It is 3.4 years longer than the national average Per Capita income: The Per Capita Income at current prices witnessed an increase of 11.4 percent as it increased to `95,582 in 2013-14 from `85,792 in 2012-13. The increase in total State Domestic Product is mainly attributed to 15.3 percent increase in Primary sector, 9.8 percent in Community & Personal Services sectors, 2.6 percent in Transport and Trade, 4.5 percent in Finance & Real estate. Whereas the Secondary sector increased by only 2.6 percent. Food-grains production, which was 15.41 lakh MT during 2012-13 has increased to 15.76 lakh MT during 2013-14 and is expected at 16.20 lakh MT (anticipated) in 2014-15. The fruit production has also increased by 55.8 percent i.e. from 5.56 lakh MT in 2012-13 to 8.66 lakh MT in 2013-14 and during 2014-15 (up to December, 2014) production was 6.53 lakh MT. Economy: The economy of the state has transformed rapidly from the most backward State of India to one of the most advanced State. The pace of such transformation has emerged Himachal Pradesh as a leader in Hill Area Development. Himachal is an ideal destination for investment in Power and Tourism sector. Responsive administration and conducive macro-economic conditions have induced a competitive environment in the economy of Himachal Pradesh. The economy of the state is expected to achieve a growth rate of 6.5 percent in the year 2014-15. Gross State Domestic Product is defined as the aggregate of the economic value of all goods and services produced within the geographical boundary of the State counted without duplication with reference to a specified period of time usually a year. The State Gross Domestic Product (GSDP) at factor cost at constant (2004-05) prices in 2012-13 is estimated at `44,480 crore as against`41,908 crore in 2011-12 registering a growth of 6.1 percent during the year as against the growth rate of 7.3 percent during the previous year. At current prices, the GSDP is estimated at` 73,710 crore as against 64,957 crore in 2011-12 showing an increase of 13.5 percent during the year. Workforce participation: The working population and work participation rate highlights the occupational distribution of a region. The information is essential for calculating state domestic product at factor cost popularly known as “State Income” for important tertiary sectors by adopting statistical methods of interpolation/extrapolation. As per Census2011, 30.05 percent of the total population are classified as main workers, 21.81 percent marginal workers and the rest 48.15 percent as non-workers of the total workers (Main+ Marginal) 57.93% are Cultivators and 4.92 percent agricultural labourers, 1.65 per cent are engaged in household industry and 35.50 per cent Environment and Social Management Framework Page 20 Himachal Pradesh Horticulture Development Project in other activities. As per Census 2011, Himachal Pradesh have the highest cultivator workforce (57.93%) following by Other Worker category (3.50%). Higher percentage of cultivators amongst total workers are recorded in Kullu, Chamba, Bilaspur and Sirmaur reflecting agriculture as the major occupation in these districts. As per Census 2011, Kinnaur have the highest workforce (66.90%) and Una have the lowest workforce participation (41.32%). Employment rates in Himachal Pradesh are so muchhigher than in other states is that agriculture is still the mainstay of HimachalPradesh’s largely rural economy, and predominantly agricultural economiestend to have higher labor force participation rates. About 70 percent of the state’s employment is in agriculture and rural economyas in many other states, the construction sector has been another key agentfor growth and jobs in Himachal Pradesh. It employed large numbers of workersbetween 1983 and 2004, despite slowdowns in 2004 and again after 2009(figure 2.7). At almost 16 percent, Himachal Pradesh has one of the highestshares of workers in the construction industry District wise workforce participation ratesare given in Figure 2Workforce participation by Districtbelow: Figure 2Workforce participation by District Land holdings:Himachal Pradesh has the highest proportion of the population (90% as per the latest census) in rural areas. Out of the total geographical area of 55.67 lakh hectare the area of operational holdings is about 9.55 lakh hectares and is operated by 9.61 lakh farmers. The average holding size is about 1.00 hectare. Distribution of land holdings according to 2010-11 Agricultural Census shows that 87.95 percent of the total holdings are of small and Marginal. About 11.71% of holdings are owned by Semi Medium and Medium farmers and only 0.34% by large farmers Table 3 Distribution of Land Holdings Size of Holdings Category (Farmer) No. of Holdings Area Av. Size of Holding (Hect.) (Lakh) (Lakh Hect.) (Hect.) Below 1.0 Marginal 6.70 (69.78%) 2.73 (28.63%) 0.41 Environment and Social Management Framework Page 21 Himachal Pradesh Horticulture Development Project 1.0-2.0 Small 1.75 (18.17%) 2.44 (25.55%) 1.39 2.0-4.0 Semi Medium 0.85 (8.84%) 2.31 (24.14%) 2.72 4.0-10.0 Medium 0.28 (2.87%) 1.57 (16.39%) 5.61 10.0-Above Large 0.03 (0.34%) 0.51 (5.29%) 17.00 Total 9.61 9.55 1.00 Source: Economic Survey of Himachal Pradesh 2014-15 Agriculture:Agriculture is the main occupation of the people of Himachal Pradesh and as one of the important activities of state economyand this sector of the economy, which comprises agriculture, horticulture and livestock production accounts for the largest single share in the state domestic product (GSDP). About 15 percent of the total GSDP comes from agriculture and its allied sectors. Average yields are comparable with other hill states but is much lower than the states in the plains. Most of the agriculture is subsistence type and depends on the climatic conditions for good harvestsCultivable area in the state accounts for nearly 15 % of the total geographical area and out of this, only 10 % is under plough and is being tilled by 9,60,765 land holders (2010-11 Census). Till 2014, irrigation potential has been created for an area of about 2.6 lakh ha, but, only 1.06 lakh ha is being provided with assured irrigation facility; which is nearly 20% of the net area sown. A large proportion of the population depends upon agriculture for their livelihood as provides direct employment to about 70 percent of total workers of the State.Smallholdings have become gradually uneconomical. The reasons are primarily the size (70% with less than 1 ha), rain fed farming and high cost of inputs. The viability of holdings is gradually becoming more critical due to the progressive fragmentation of the holdings through inheritance.These conditions make the agricultural based economy inadequate to fulfil the total livelihood for majority of the families. Increasingly most rural families have access to off farm incomes to supplement the shortfall from agriculture. Horticulture:Horticulture in HP has been responsible for many of the positive outcomes in employment, wages, and in turn, poverty reduction. The rich diversity of agro climatic conditions, topographical variations and altitudinal differences coupled with fertile, deep and well drained soils favour the cultivation of temperate to sub-tropical fruits in Himachal. The region is also suitable for cultivation of ancillary horticultural produce like flowers, mushroom, honey and hops. This particular suitability of Himachal has resulted in shifting of land use pattern from agriculture to fruit crops in the past few decades. Further, the growing agribusiness sector in Himachal Pradesh has had positive job outcomes. Himachal Pradesh has been known for its apples and other fruits, but it recently also ranks as one of the major flower producing states. Ancillary products, such as mushrooms, ginger, honey and hops, too have become popular, helping local village economies. As a result of a growing demand and state intervention, jobs in horticulture as a percent of all agricultural jobs increased from 0.9 percent in 1983 to 28 percent in 2009–10. Crop diversification has made a significant impact on income and employment of small and marginal farmers. Also, the proportion of area under non-food grain crops was a significant factor influencing the growth of rural non-farm employment in the state. . The area under fruits, which was 792 hectares in 1950-51 with total production of 1,200 tons increased to 2, 18,303 hectares during 2012-13. The total fruit production in 2012-13 was 5.56 lakh tons, which during 2013-14 (up to December, 2013) has been reported as 8.28 lakh tones. Government provides support to agriculture and horticulture vide many schemes that provide varying levels of subsidies to different social groups. Environment and Social Management Framework Page 22 Himachal Pradesh Horticulture Development Project 2.2.2 Status of Women Women 33, 82,729 (49.28%) constitute nearly half of the state population 68, 64,602. Other parameters are presented below: Sex ratio: Although some group based disparities exist, the state has a better female to male ratio (972) than the national average 943. The censusresults of 2011 has shown an increase in sex ratio by 4 points i.e. 968 to 972 and asregards sex ratio (0-6) years it has improved in Himachal Pradesh i.e. from 896 to909 during 2001 to 2011 Census. The sex ratio is high in Himachal Pradesh ascompared to neighboring states of Punjab (895), Haryana (879) J&K (888), Uttarakhand (963). Literacy: Literacy rate of women in the HP in the state is high at 75.93% and the state is ranked 12th in the country in this respect. It compares favorably with other hilly states such as Sikkim and Nagaland and is better than the national rate of 65.46%. Districts in the state with a higher rate than the state rate are Hamirpur (82.62%), Una (81.11%), Kangra (80.02%), Bilaspur (77.59%), Shimla (77.13%) and Solan (76.97%). In case of Scheduled tribes too, literacy amongst females is 64.2%, close to the national average. Health Status:Health of women is an important factor in determining the overall healthof the society. If pregnant women are not well nourished they are more likely to givebirths to weaker babies leading to a higher infant mortality rate. It is also observedthat wherever the infant and child mortality is higher the birth rates are also higher.Women are exposed to a high risk of death due to pregnancy.With greater awareness about the family planning, increasedavailability of the family planning methods and more freedom in its use, the age-specificfertility rates have shown an increasing trend over years in all age-groups. It is seen that Himachal Pradesh is amongst a few states like Kerala, Tamil Nadu, Goa, Delhi, and the smaller northeastern states that consistently perform well in terms of various health indicators.6 In2012, there were about 56.1 percent live births per 1000 women in the age group 15-49 years (General Fertility Rate) as compared to about 57.3 live births per 1000women in the same age group in 2011.The average number of children that awomen is expected to give birth to (Total Fertility Rate), during the entire childbearing age-group, if she experiences the current fertility pattern throughout, hasbeen decreasing over the years. The total Fertility Rate for 2012 was 1.7.Age specific fertility rate in Himachal Pradesh have shown anincreasing trend over years in all age-groups. In 2012, there were about 145.3percent live births per 100 women in the age group 20-24 years as compared toabout 127.6 live births per 1000 women in the 25-29 age groups7. Workforce participation: As per Census, 2011, females constitute 44.82% of the total workforce, main workers (18.43%), marginal workers (26.39%) and non-workers (55.18%). Districts Kinnaur (59.17%), Kullu (56.60%), Chamba (52.47%), Lahaul Spiti (56.97%) Mandi (54.85%)and Hamirpur (51.83%) record high female work participation rates. As per NSS Survey, in terms of workforce, in 2011–12, about 63 percent of rural women in Himachal Pradesh reported themselves as being employed8. This places Himachal Pradesh second in female labor force participation in the country, after Sikkim, and significantly above the all-India average of 27 percent. The average of northern Indian state is 25 percent. Much of this is driven by the fact that women in ruralareas in Himachal Pradesh are more than twice as likely as their male counterpartsto report themselves as being self- employed in agriculture. In urban areas, the female labor force participation rate in Himachal Pradesh was much lower, at 28 percent in 2011. In fact, urban women’s employment in Himachal 6 India Human Development Report, 2011 Towards Social Inclusion 7 Women and Men in Himachal Pradesh, Department of Statistics and Economics, Government of Himachal Pradesh 8 National Sample Survey (NSS, round 68) Environment and Social Management Framework Page 23 Himachal Pradesh Horticulture Development Project Pradesh was at exactly the same level as those in urban areas of Kerala and Tamil Nadu3. Data indicates that female employment in state government as of 2013 stands at 21.19%. Participation in agriculture: Studies9 indicate that complete access of resources to rural women over use of land was high in Himachal Pradesh (70%), Maharashtra (50%) and Uttarakhand (32%) but low in sale and purchase of land. More women respondents of Himachal Pradesh, Rajasthan and Karnataka had complete access to tools and implements than other states. Complete access to and control over storage and retention for household use for women was higher than other resources in Punjab (63%), Uttarakhand (55%), Andhra Pradesh (51%), Himachal Pradesh (31%), Rajasthan (30%) and Haryana (27%) than rest of the States. Control over improved seeds was visibly high in Uttarakhand (55%). Rural women of Himachal Pradesh (77%) and Rajasthan (50%) were completely responsible for maintenance and lending of tools, which is higher over other states. In Himachal Pradesh, number of women who had control over use of land resources was more than the male members of the family, because men stayed away from the villages for their livelihoods and attended farming operations seasonally. Women had higher responsibilities in backyard management including livestock with highest participation in Punjab, Himachal Pradesh, Rajasthan and Karnataka. Decisions concerning feeding, excreta management, storage of fodder and dairying incomes were made by women. Interstate comparison of participation in extension programmes indicated that women in Assam attended more trainings in horticulture in Himachal Pradesh. Participation and Representation: The participation of women in development programs and their access to markets, services, and spaces is linked to a culture where female seclusion is not asnormative as it is in neighboring states. NFHS-3 (IIPS 2010) notes that 65 percent of urban women in Himachal Pradesh and 56 percent of rural women participate in household decisions. When combined with a strong tribal ethos where women have greater decision-making roles within the family, it has been easier for Himachal Pradesh to enlist women’s participation in programssuch as sanitation, immunization, and other health-related campaigns than it has been for neighboring states. In terms of political representation, elected women representative in the Panchayati RajInstitutions and urban local bodies have significantly increased due to good numberof women which have actively entered in Politics in Himachal Pradesh. With therepresentation of seats a good number of women have been elected to PanchayatiRaj institutions in Himachal Pradesh for the term 2011- 2016. In Himachal Pradeshthere are 3243 Gram Panchayats, out of which 1639(50.54%) seats havebeen occupied by women in 2011 Panchayat elections. Out of total seats occupiedby women, 987 (60.21 per cent) occupied by general women, 421, (25.68 per cent)scheduled caste women, 104 (6.34 per cent) scheduled tribes women and 127 (7.74per cent) occupied by OBC women.Similarly, out to total 77 Chairman Panchayat Samities seats, 42 seats(54, 55 percent) of the seats in this category have been occupied by women. Amongtotal seats occupied by women in Chairman Panchayat Simities category, 20 (48 percent) occupied by general women, 13(31 per cent) by scheduled caste women, 4 (9per cent) by scheduled tribes women and 5 (12 per cent) occupied by OBC women.Out of the total 12 seats chairpersons of Zila Parisad seats, 6 (50 percent) of the seats have been occupied by women in 2011 elections10. Government schemes for empowerment of women: The state government has many schemes for the all round development of women right from the time of their birth. Some of the key ones are: Mukhya Mantri Kanyadan Yojna (a marriage grant to parents of girls having annual income does not 9 DARE/ICAR Annual Report 2012–13 10 Women and Men in Himachal Pradesh, Department of Statistics and Economics, Government of Himachal Pradesh Environment and Social Management Framework Page 24 Himachal Pradesh Horticulture Development Project exceed `20,000); Pension scheme (for widow/Destitute/Single Woman Pension); Widow Re-Marriage Scheme (for rehabilitation of young widows); Widow Re-Marriage Scheme (for rehabilitation of young widows by increasing them to enter into wedlock)Matri Seva Yojna (free institutional deliveries of expectant mothersin all Government hospitals in the State,irrespective of their income); Self-Employment Scheme for Women (provision of Rs. 2,500 provided to the women whose annual income is less than 7,500 for carrying income generating activities); Beti Hai Anmol (to change negative family and community attitudes towards the girl child at birth and towards her mothers and to improve enrollment andretention of girls (2 girls only) are belonging to the BPL families); Kishori Shakti Yojna (to improve the nutritional and health status of girls in the age group of 11-18 years, to provide the required literacy and numeracy skills through non-formal education to train and equip the adolescent girls to improve/ upgrade home-based and vocational skills and to promote awareness ofhealth, hygiene, nutrition and family welfare, home management/ child care and totake all measure as to facilitate their marrying only after attaining the age of 18 yearsand if possible, even later); Mata Shabri Mahila Sashaktikaran Yojna (provision of subsidies to BPL families of SC category for purchase of gas connection; and Self Help Groups (formation of SHGs to empower poor women through Anganwari workers. 2.2.3 Scheduled Tribes Article 342 provides for specification of tribes or tribal communities or parts of or groups within tribes or tribal communities which are deemed to be for the purposes of the Constitution the Scheduled Tribes in relation to that State or Union territory. In pursuance of these provisions, the list of Scheduled Castes and / or Scheduled Tribes are notified for each State and Union territory and are valid only within the jurisdiction of that State or Union territory and not outside. Major tribal areas in the state are three major tribal districts - Chamba (comprising of 2 blocks of Pangi and Bharmour), Kinnaur and Lahaul Spiti. There are total of 10 communities as notified in State's Scheduled Tribes list namely, Bhot, Bodh, Gaddi, Gujjar, Jad, Lamba, Khampa, Kanaura (Kinnaura), Lahaula, Pangwala and Swangala. Population: According to the Census 2011 the population of Himachal Pradesh is 6864602 of which 392126 (5.71%) belongs to Scheduled Tribes. Kinnaur (57.95%) and Lahaul-Spiti (81.44%) have the highest Schedule Tribe populations. The tribal population of H.P. as per 2011 Census can be divided into three categories as under: a) Scheduled Tribes in Scheduled Areas, b) Modified Area Development Approach (MADA) that cover smaller areas of tribal concentration having 10,000 population in contiguous areas of which 50% or more were tribals; c) Dispersed Tribes Population: covering all tribal living outside the Scheduled Area and Modified Area Development Approach pockets. In terms of density of population per square kilometer is the highest in Bharmour (22), Kinnaur (13) and Pangi (12) are followed by Lahaul (3) and Spiti (2). Amongst these five ITDP areas, Kinnaur (1065), Lahaul (1021) and Spiti (1010) have a higher ratio than the state figure (999).In terms of literacy rate, Lahaul (86.97%) has a literacy rate higher than the state literacy rate (82.80). The other four areas have rates ranging from 71.02 (Pangi) and 80 (Kinnaur). Landholdings:A unique aspect of land distribution in Himachal Pradesh is that, unlikeother states, STs in Himachal Pradesh own large chunks of land. In fact, theyrepresent the second largest group among households holding parcels greaterthan 1 hectare. Though areas in Chamba district, such as Bharmour have an average size of operational land holding (0.70 ha). This is indicative of the nature of the tribes that reside inHimachal Pradesh and the fact that they are not among the poorest, as is thecase in many Schedule V areas. Occupation: Agriculture is the largest industry and main occupation of the people in tribal areas of Himachal Pradesh. The farming in tribal areas is highly agro-pastoral and most of the areas are monocarp areas. Out of total geographical area of 23, 65,533 hect., operational area is only 39,900 hect. i.e. 1.69% owned by 34,500 farmers. The average size of holdings in tribal areas is 1.16 hect. Environment and Social Management Framework Page 25 Himachal Pradesh Horticulture Development Project About 65 percent of the main workers are engaged in agriculture according to the 2001 census. Cultivated area per agriculture workers is 0.44 ha only. Total cropped area: Highest cropped area is recorded in Kinnaur with more than 9000 hectares of land followed by Bharmour with around 6000 ha of cropped area. Other areas are much lower ranging from 1200 to 2500 hectares. Area under fruit crops: Area under fruit crops - by Apple and by other fruits are highest in Kinnaur (around 10,000 hectares and around 1,700 hectares), followed by Bharmour (4000 ha and 745 ha). Amongst other areas, Lahaul has 954 ha under Apple, while Pangi has 781 ha under Apple. For more details, refer to Chapter 7.8 on Tribal Development Framework 2.2.4 Ongoing government schemes and funded projects There are many centrally sponsored and state level schemes for farmers, tribal and for empowerment of women. In addition, state currently has a few externally aided projects in crop diversification, tourism and watershed sector. While some of the schemes have specific thrust area or focus, there are other centrally sponsored schemes that take an integrated approach to agriculture. Section below presents some of key schemes under horticulture, agriculture, besides some of the recent externally funded projects in the state. For schemes relating to empowerment of women were already presented in the previous section and schemes relating to tribal, refer to Chapter 7 on Tribal Development Framework. Horticulture (state level and central level): These are described below:  Horticulture Development Scheme: Supply of Fruit Plants and elite plant material from registered Govt. and Private nurseries; Supply of horticulture inputs; Establishment of new orchard (Individually or as Garden colony  Plant protection services: Supply of pesticides and plant protection equipment’s and release of bio agents in farmers’ fields  Horticulture Training & Extension Service Services: Training of Farmers through short term training camps and training courses; Exposure visits of farmers within and outside the state; Organization of seminars and workshops.  Development of Beekeeping Services: Supply of improved strains of bee colonies with hives and Supply of bee colonies for pollination on rental basis.  Development of Mushroom Services: that involves 10 day practical training in mushroom cultivation; registration of trained farmers as mushroom growers; production and Supply of pasteurized mushroom compost from departmental units; availability of quality mushroom spawn and Transportation facility of mushroom composite  National level (Mission for Integrated Development of Horticulture). It includes activities under different aspects of horticultures such as: Plantation Infrastructure Development (Open pollinated crops, Hybrid seeds); Horticulture Mechanization (Tractor, Power tiller, Land Development, tillage and seed bed preparation equipment’s; Sowing, planting reaping and digging equipment); Integrated Post-Harvest Management (Integrated pack house with facilities for conveyer belt, sorting, grading units, washing, drying and weighing; Pre-cooling unit; Cold room (staging,); Mobile pre- cooling unit.; Cold Storage (Construction, Expansion and Modernization); Establishment of marketing infrastructure for horticulture produce in government/private and cooperative (Wholesale markets Rural markets/apni mandies/direct markets) Gravity Operated ropeway in hilly areas) Schemes by department of Agriculture (state and central level): These are described below: Environment and Social Management Framework Page 26 Himachal Pradesh Horticulture Development Project  Quality Seed Multiplication and Distribution of Fertilizers:Foundation seeds of Kharif and Rabi crops are produced and certified seeds of various crops are distributed to the farmers in the state; cost subsidy @25% is also being provided on 100% water soluble complex fertilizers to the farmers (limited to Rs. 2500 per farmer) and farmers are educated about balanced use of fertilizers and as per soil testing nutrient basis.  Plant Protection: To control pest situation, pesticides are supplied to the farmers. This is a continued scheme and the provision is made for meeting the expenditure on transportation and subsidy on the cost of plant protection material. The plant protection material including equipments are supplied to the SCs / STs /IRDP families at 50% cost.  Commercial Crops:Under diversification approach, major emphasis is being laid on the production of Off-season vegetables, quality vegetable seeds, Potato and Ginger besides Soybean, Oilseeds and Pulses;  Dr. Y. S. Parmar Kisan Sawrozgar Yojna: Project components include creation of need based infrastructure and are expected to fulfill objectives of high productivity, quality, safeguard against adverse weather, efficient input use etc. Project components include construction of location specific models of poly houses with micro irrigation facility. For this, 85% project assistance shall be provided to the farmers. Also for creation for water sources individually and collectively by a group of farmers (Low/medium lift, pumping machinery), 50% subsidy shall be provided.  Rajiv Gandhi Micro-Irrigation Scheme: to bring 8,500 hectare area will be brought under Drip/ Sprinkler Irrigation System benefitting 14,000 farmers. 80% assistance shall be provided to individual farmer for Micro- irrigation Systems and 50% assistance for construction of shallow wells, shallow bore wells; 50% assistance for lifting water with electric motor  CSS - National Mission On Agricultural Extension and Technology (NMAET): Agricultural Technology, including the adoption/ promotion of critical inputs, and improved agronomic practices were being disseminated under 17 different schemes of the Department of Agriculture & Cooperation during the 11th Plan.  CSS - Mass Media Support To Agriculture Extension: to use television and radio with their massive penetration, as a vehicle for agricultural extension. Basically, the scheme is focusing on two initiatives;  CSS-SS -- Rashtriya Krishi Vikas Yojna (RKVY): The programme focuses on development of major food crops such as wheat, paddy, coarse cereals, minor millets, pulses & oilseeds;. activities related to enhancement of soil health and mechanization; development of rain fed farming systems in and outside watershed areas; Support to state seed farms and IPM; strengthening of market infrastructure and marketing development. VI. Strengthening of infrastructure to promote extension services; Activities relating to enhancement of horticultural production and popularization of micro irrigation systems; Animal husbandry and fisheries development activities; Organic and bio-fertilizers and innovative schemes. Many of these schemes have varying levels of subsidies of the cost targeted at different social groups.Some of them are cost based such as provision of subsidy up to 15% -33.3%- 50% (up to a limit) for women, SC, ST and tribal in hilly areas; and Credit linked back-ended subsidy @ 50% of cost in case Hilly & Scheduled areas, per beneficiary, etc. Externally funded projects: These are described below: i) H.P. Crop Diversification Project (JICA ODA Loan Project): Following a study on diversified agriculture for enhanced farm income in Himachal Pradesh and a Crop Diversification Action Plan for 10 years and Master Plan for 15 years, the objectives of the project comprising 5 districts Kangra, Mandi, Hamirpur, Bilaspur and Una, were to: increase the area and production of vegetables through crop diversification; raise income of small and marginal farmers; create infrastructures for Environment and Social Management Framework Page 27 Himachal Pradesh Horticulture Development Project irrigation, farm access roads, marketing, post-harvestetc.; to promote organic farming in a big way; to organize farmers into groups to take over operation and maintenance of irrigation systems; and provide training and capacity building of Department of Agriculture field extension staff. ii) Mid-Himalayan Watershed Project: (WB funded): The overall goal of the project is to reverse the process of degradation of the natural resource base and improve the productive potential of natural resources and incomes of the rural households in the project area in Himachal Pradesh (using the Community-driven Development (CDD) approach). A secondary objective is to support policy and institutional development in the state to harmonize watershed development projects and programs across the state in accordance with best practices. It covered 272 Micro-watersheds spread over 602 GPs, 42 blocks and 10 districts and targeted around 25000 target poor families in the project area. iii) HP State Roads Project: The goal of the project was to upgrade priority segments of the Himachal Pradesh core road network, including widening of formation and pavement strengthening of about 450km of roads, and implementation of ancillary social, environmental and bio-engineering measures. It will also support periodic maintenance and minor rehabilitation of about 2,000km of roads. This will reduce transport costs and to improve traffic flows iv) India: Infrastructure Development Investment Program for Tourism -HP (financed by Asian Development Bank): As part of the Investment Program, the Project aims to complete subprojects under the following components i) 1- Urban Infrastructure and Service Improvement; 2 - Component 2: Connectivity Improvement, 3 -: Quality Enhancement of Natural and Cultural Attractions; 4 - Community-based Activities; 5 -Capacity Development, Community Participation and Project Management. 2.3 Key findingsand implications for ESMF Key findings and implications for the ESMF are presented below: i. 87.03% of the total holdings are of small and marginal farmersand hence are resource poor and may find it difficult to access proposed interventions and therefore it requires the project to incorporate a targeting and inclusion strategy for these beneficiaries; ii. high literacy levels for men and women (and also in tribal areas) would facilitate communication outreach of project interventions iii. significant proportion of women participate in agriculture and in particular in Horticulture activities including trainings; iv. women have a good representation in elected bodies at all levels; v. Cooperatives/SHGs exist in many of the tribal areas and provide a platform for forming Farming Interest Groups and Farmer Producer Organizations; and vi. Subsidies available under many government schemes (Centre and State) provide opportunities to explore convergence/dovetailing of project interventions, particularly those that are demand driven. 2.4 Environmental Baseline Himachal Pradesh is a mountainous state in northern India known for its forests, rivers, and valleys, a rich cultural heritage. The Outer and lesser Himalayan watersheds of the state covering 28,970 sq km area are of great national importance, as entire northern India depends largely for water and power produced by runoff from this region. Himachal is situated in the western Himalayas. Covering an area of 55,673 kilometers (34,594 miles), Himachal Pradesh is a mountainous state with elevation ranging from about 350 meters (1,148 ft.) to Environment and Social Management Framework Page 28 Himachal Pradesh Horticulture Development Project 6,000 meters (19,685 ft.) above the Mean Sea Level. Area-wise, Hamirpur is the smallest district of the Pradesh which covers an area of 1,118 sq. kms (2.01%) and Lahaul & Spiti has the largest area of 13,835 sq. km. (24.85%). The population of Himachal Pradesh is 68,56,509 as per the Census of India, 2011 . In terms of population it accounts for only 0.57% of total country's population. The population of the State increased by 17.53% between the years 1991–2001 and further increased by 12.81 % in 2011. The mid Himalayas are fragile ecosystems due to topography and soils as well as because of high intensity rainfall that fall mostly in three months i.e. July, August and September. Long dry spells ranging from 3-4 months before and after the monsoon are also common, which affect the perenniality of the watercourses and bring in, ironically, acute water scarcity as well. 2.4.1 Physiographic Profile Himachal is in the western Himalayas. Covering an area of 55,673 square kilometres (21,495 sq mi), it is a mountainous state. Most of the state lies on the foothills of the DhauladharRange. At 6,816 m Reo Purgyil is the highest mountain peak in the state of Himachal Pradesh. The drainage system of Himachal is composed both of rivers and glaciers. Himalayan rivers criss- cross the entire mountain chain. Himachal Pradesh provides water to both the Indus and Ganges basins. The drainage systems of the region are the Chandra Bhaga or the Chenab, the Ravi, the Beas, the Sutlej, and the Yamuna. These rivers are perennial and are fed by snow and rainfall. They are protected by an extensive cover of natural vegetation. Due to extreme variation in elevation, great variation occurs in the climatic conditions of Himachal. The climate varies from hot and sub humid tropical in the southern tracts to, with more elevation, cold, alpine, and glacial in the northern and eastern mountain ranges. The state has areas like Dharamsala that receive very heavy rainfall, as well as those like Lahaul and Spiti that are cold and almost rainless. Broadly, Himachal experiences three seasons: summer, winter, and rainy season. Summer lasts from mid-April till the end of June and most parts become very hot (except in the alpine zone which experiences a mild summer) with the average temperature ranging from 28 to 32 °C (82 to 90 °F). Winter lasts from late November till mid March. Snowfall is common in alpine tracts (generally above 2,200 metres (7,218 ft) i.e. in the higher and trans-Himalayan region). Himachal Pradesh is divided into 12 districts namely, Kangra, Hamirpur, Mandi, Bilaspur,Una, Chamba, lahaul and Spiti, Sirmaur, Kinnaur, Kullu, Solan and Shimla. The state capital is Shimla, which was formerly British India's summer capital under the name Simla. The State is bordered by Jammu and Kashmir on the north, Punjab on the west, Haryana on the south-west, Uttarakhand on the south- east and by the Tibet Autonomous Region on the east. A district of Himachal Pradesh is an Environment and Social Management Framework Page 29 Figure 3 Map of Himachal Pradesh Himachal Pradesh Horticulture Development Project administrative geographical unit, headed by a Deputy Commissioner or District Magistrate, an officer belonging to the Indian Administrative Service. The district magistrate or the deputy commissioner is assisted by a number of officers belonging to Himachal Administrative Service and other Himachal state services. Each district is subdivided into Sub-Divisions, governed by a sub-divisional magistrate, and again into Blocks. Blocks consist of panchayats (village councils) and town municipalities. A Superintendent of Police, an officer belonging to the Indian Police Service is entrusted with the responsibility of maintaining law and order and related issues of the district. He is assisted by the officers of the Himachal Police Service and other Himachal Police officials. The state can be divided into three main topographical regions (i) the Shiwaliks (ii) the lesser Himalayas and (iii) the greater Himalayas. About 90 per cent of the population resides in rural areas. Himachal Pradesh is largely mountainous with the exception of small pockets bordering Punjab and Haryana. The state comprises hilly terrain, perennial rivers, and significant forest cover. The state offers many opportunities, given its abundant water resources, hydropower, mineral resources, horticulture, agriculture, and potential for tourism. It is however, facing significant challenges arising from its elevation, topography, and ecological vulnerability. Agriculture contributes over 45% to the net state domestic product. It is the main source of income and employment in Himachal. Over 93% of the population in Himachal depends directly upon agriculture which provides direct employment to 71% of its people. 2.4.2 Topography Topographically, the state can be divided into three zones: 1. The Shiwaliks or Outer Himalayas: It covers the lower hills of Kangra, Hamirpur, Una, Bilaspur, lower parts of Mandi, Solan and Sirmour districts. Within this zone, altitude varies from 350 m to 1500 m. 2. Inner Himalayas or mid-mountains: Altitude varies from 1500 m to 4500 m above mean sea level and includes areas such as the upper parts of Pachhad and Renuka in Sirmaur district, Chachiot and Karsog tehsils of Mandi district and upper parts of Churah tehsil of Chamba district. 3. Alpine zone or the greater Himalayas: Has altitude above 4500 m above mean sea level and comprises areas of Kinnaur district, Pangi tehsil of Chamba district and area of Lahaul & Spiti district. 2.4.3 Climate of HP The term climate is mainly determined by two variables viz. temperature and precipitation. The climate of the state varies from place to place depending on the altitude. It varies from hot and subhumid tropical (450-900 m) in the southern low tracts, warm and temperate (900-1,800 m), cool and temperate (1,900-2,400 m) and cold alpine and glacial (2,400-4,800 m) in the northern and eastern high mountain ranges. Environment and Social Management Framework Page 30 Himachal Pradesh Horticulture Development Project There is a great variation in the climatic conditions of Himachal Pradesh due to extreme variations in elevation(450–6500 metres). The climate varies from hot and sub-humid tropical (450–900 metres) in the southern low tracts, warm and temperate (900–1800 metres), cool and temperate (1900–2400 metres) and cold glacial and alpine (2400–4800 meters) in the northern and eastern high elevated mountain ranges. Broadly the state experiences three marked seasons; hot weather season, cold weather season and rainy season. Evaporation generally exceeds rainfall over a period of six months during October to December and April to mid-June. Summer lasts from mid-April till the end of June and most parts become very hot (except in alpine zone which experience mild summer) with average temperature ranging from 28°C (82 °F) to 32°C (90 Figure 4 Climatic Classification of HP °F). July to September is marked by rainy season when monsoon is vigorous in the state. Winter lasts from late November till mid-March when temperature plummets subzero. The average rainfall in Himachal Pradesh is 1,111 mm, varying from 450mm in Lahaul and Spiti to over 3,400mm in Dharamshala, the headquarters of Kangra District. Precipitation declines from west to the east, and south to the north. Winter precipitation occurs as snow at elevations above 1800m. An average of three meters of snow is experienced between December and March. The details of the climatic parameters are provided in the following sections. 2.4.3.1 Temperature in Different zones of HP There is great variation in the climatic conditions of Himachal due to extreme variation in elevation. The climate varies from hot and sub-humid tropical in the southern tracts to cold, alpine and glacial in the northern and eastern mountain ranges with more elevation. The state has areas like Dharamsala that receive very heavy rainfall, as well as those like Lahaul and Spiti that are cold and almost rainless. Broadly Himachal experience three seasons; hot weather season, cold weather season and rainy season. Summer lasts from mid-April till the end of June and most parts become very hot (except in alpine zone which experience mild summer) with the average temperature ranging from 28 °C (82 °F) to 32 °C (90 °F). Winter lasts from late November till mid-March. Snowfall is common in alpine tracts (generally above 2,200 meters (7,218 ft.) i.e. in the Higher and Trans- Himalayan region. Environment and Social Management Framework Page 31 Himachal Pradesh Horticulture Development Project Table 4 Temperature at selected Stations in 2013 Maximum Temperature (in Celsius) Sl. Centres Months No January February March April May June July August Sept Oct Nov December 1 14.10 14.10 24.60 26.30 31.30 31.00 29.70 27.60 28.00 25.40 21.40 17.70 Saloni 2 Dharamshala 16.80 17.70 22.40 25.00 31.60 28.80 27.60 26.80 27.40 25.70 21.30 16.50 3 Kalpa 3.60 1.90 9.70 16.60 21.70 22.30 23.60 22.50 21.30 19.20 14.00 10.20 4 Bhuntar 16.60 16.70 24.40 26.90 33.10 31.90 31.50 31.00 32.00 29.10 23.60 19.30 5 Keylong 2.00 4.90 8.10 13.30 21.00 25.90 28.10 26.20 22.20 15.50 9.30 6.10 6 Sundernagar 18.90 19.10 26.10 29.50 35.60 31.70 31.50 30.60 31.30 29.10 25.00 20.40 7 Shimla 12.20 12.50 19.00 21.40 26.40 24.40 23.50 22.70 23.10 20.90 18.40 15.50 8 Nahan 16.30 18.50 24.80 29.60 34.40 28.80 27.40 26.90 28.20 26.00 21.90 18.00 9 Solan 117.70 18.00 24.20 26.90 32.20 28.80 28.30 28.30 28.00 26.20 23.50 19.90 10 Una 18.90 22.10 30.20 34.60 40.40 36.10 34.00 33.10 33.90 30.90 26.40 22.00 11 Manali 8.80 9.10 17.60 20.70 25.90 25.50 25.00 23.40 23.50 21.10 15.80 15.20 Minimum Temperature- (in Celsius) January February March April May June July August Sept Oct Nov December 1 Saloni 2.00 2.40 7.10 9.40 13.70 14.90 17.30 16.70 14.30 11.90 6.10 3.20 2 Dharamshala 6.00 7.20 11.70 14.10 20.00 21.20 21.40 20.60 19.90 18.00 10.00 6.80 3 Kalpa -5.30 -4.80 0.70 3.50 8.30 12.00 14.60 13.90 9.60 6.40 0.90 -1.70 4 Bhuntar 0.80 4.30 7.30 10.00 12.90 19.00 20.90 20.40 16.70 13.40 4.30 1.20 5 Keylong -9.90 -7.30 -4.40 1.00 6.10 11.30 14.00 14.30 9.00 6.00 -3.00 -5.70 6 Sundernagar 1.80 5.90 9.10 12.10 16.50 20.70 22.00 21.90 18.30 14.70 5.30 1.70 7 Shimla 2.80 3.80 9.10 11.70 17.10 16.50 17.20 16.60 14.70 12.20 7.60 4.80 8 Nahan 4.90 7.20 11.40 16.50 21.70 18.40 18.50 18.20 17.10 14.60 12.10 5.80 9 Solan 1.10 4.60 8.30 11.50 15.50 18.50 19.70 19.50 15.70 12.40 4.70 2.00 10 Una 4.00 7.90 11.40 14.80 19.70 24.20 24.20 23.50 21.30 17.00 7.80 3.90 11 Manali -2.10 -0.60 3.40 5.50 9.30 13.80 15.60 15.40 12.10 8.50 1.60 -0.90 Source: Statistical Year Book of Himachal Pradesh 2013-2014, Department Of Economics & Statistics Himachal Pradesh, Shimla Temperature variation of HP The spatial distribution of the mean daily maximum temperature for the representative months of four seasons of a year is depicted in the table below. It is observed that the temperatures of hilly districts with deep valleys vary considerably from place to place depending on elevation. June is the hottest month with the mean daily maximum temperature of 35.50C in the plains and 28.70C in hilly Environment and Social Management Framework Page 32 Himachal Pradesh Horticulture Development Project places. During June, the mean daily maximum temperature ranges from 240C to 38.40C over the state, the values increases towards southwest. The highest values are observed over the extreme south western region. With the onset of monsoon season the day temperatures falls significantly. During August, an appreciable drop in the mean daily maximum temperature is observed with the values ranging between 20.40C and 32.60C. The values of mean daily maximum temperature in October range between 18.80C to 30.60C with the values generally increasing towards southwest. It is observed that the mean daily maximum temperature of January ranges between 9.30C and 20.30C. The temperature pattern of January is quite similar to that of October. Table 5 Seasonal variation on Min and Max temperature of the state Source : IMD Rainfall data, 1995-2005, 2.4.3.2 Rainfall in Different districts of HP The maximum rainfall was recorded in the kangra district with around 2000 mm and minimum in the Lahaul and Spiti district with around 500 mm. the average rainfall across the state is around 1100-1250 mm. Table 6 District - Wise Rainfall (in mm) Sl. No District 2010 2011 2012 2013 1 Bilaspur 1079.7 1128.2 1034.7 1167.4 2 Chamba 1117.5 1056.8 1350.7 1167.4 3 Hamirpur 1247.1 1417.6 1456.8 1428 4 Kangra 1619.6 1877.4 2311.1 2398 5 Kinnaur 1107.8 573.5 477.1 1055 Environment and Social Management Framework Page 33 Himachal Pradesh Horticulture Development Project 6 Kullu 1732.5 1292.8 1351.1 1286.4 7 Lahaul- Spiti 847.1 471.2 492.9 507.9 8 Mandi 1495.4 1470.5 1462.9 1616 9 Shimla 1272.3 912.1 1057.4 1236.9 10 Sirmaur 1896.9 1600.1 1102.3 1807.6 11 Solan 1377.3 911.1 1057.4 1236.9 12 Una 1182.3 1271 1086.8 1455.1 H.P. 1331.3 1165.2 1170 1358.3 2.4.3.3 Effect of Climate Change on Horticulture in Himachal Pradesh Erratic and changing weather pattern has affected on the sustainability of marginal agriculture and horticulture in the State where average holding size is 1.04 ha and about 70% of the population depends upon these two sectors for their livelihood. Over 92% of the holdings in the State are classified as small or marginal and dependence on rain in some areas is very high. Thus, when viewed along with other specificities such as infrastructure, rugged topography, limited land for cultivation, limited livelihood choices, low productivity of land, and vulnerability to natural disaster renders the state to be highly vulnerable to the phenomena of climate change.11  Rabi crops more affected due to erratic rainfall.  Diversion from apple to vegetables especially in the Lower Kullu valley.  Increase in annual production of vegetables from 25,000 tonne in 3,000 ha area in 1951-52 to 1,269 thousands tonne in 65,000 ha area in 2010-11.  The rise in temp has affected the apple production especially located on the lower altitude.  Apple production in cold desert areas has suddenly improved.  Change in average winter temperature has led to early flowering in Rhododendron. 2.4.3.4 Indicators of Climate Change in Himachal Pradesh  Rise in temperature in the NW Himalayan Region by about 1.6°C in the last century.  Warming rate of Shimla was higher during the period 1991-2002 as compared to earlier decades.  About 17% decrease in rainfall in Shimla was observed from 1996 onwards.  The decreasing trend in seasonal snowfall in Shimla is very conspicuous since 1990 and it was lowest in 2009.  Monsoon discharge in Beas River has shown a significant decrease.  Winter discharge in River Chenab has shown a significant increase.  Satluj showing an increasing trend in winter and spring discharge.  Quality of apple has been affected and the apple line has shifted upwards.  Area under apple is being diverted to vegetable due to rising temperature.  Incidence of pest and disease are more severe. 11 State Strategy & Action Plan On Climate Change Himachal Pradesh - 2012 Environment and Social Management Framework Page 34 Himachal Pradesh Horticulture Development Project  Pine forest invading heights.  Kikar, Tali (Shisham), Deodar, Ban trees are on decline. Water fowls, Ducks, Birds, House sparrows, Vultures Table 7 Characteristics of the agro climatic zones of HP Particulars and Trance- Shivalik Zone Mid-Hill Zone High hill zone Characteristics Himalayan Zone Altitude Up to 800 m 800m-1,600m 1,600m-2,700m 2,700m-3,600m Lahaul Spiti and Type of area Valley areas and foothills Hilly and mountain ranges Alpine zone Kinnaur range Slightly warm Cool temperature with Dry and extremely cold Climatic conditions Sub tropical temperature humidity conditions Palampur and Kangra Tehsil of Kangra district, Una, Bilaspur, Hamirpur Rampur Tehsil of Shimla North – western Kinnaur, Lahaul and districts and parts of Districts district and parts of Himalayan region lying Spiti and part of Sirmaur, Kangra, Solan and Mandi, Solan, Kullu, in the state Chamba district. Chamba districts. Chamba, Bilaspur and Sirmaur district. Rainfall in mm. 1,500 1,500-3000 1,000-1,500 500 % of total geographical 30% 10% 25% 35% area % of total cultivated 55% 30% 10% 5% area Hill soils, mountain, Submountain, mountain Alluvial (Recent), brown Soil types Brown hills meadow skeletal, tarai skeletal, meadow hills. Barley, Maize, Pulses, Potatoes, Minor millets, Rice, Wheat, Sugarcane, Rice, Wheat, Arhar, Maize, Rice, Oilseeds, Kutheris, Hopes, Kumin, Citrus, Mango, Litchi, Sesamum, Temperate Pulses, Rajmash, saffron, Apples, Nuts, Guava, deciduous forest, fruits, Citrus, Vegetables, Soybean, Barley, Bee Dry fruits, Chilgoza, Major Crops dry deciduous shrubs, lower west Himalayan keeping, Apple, Pear, Neoza pine, Yak, Jersey Vegetables, oilseeds, temperate forest and Plum, Peach, Apricot, cow, Cabbage seed, Barley. Himalayan chirpine forest. chestnut, Vegetables. Sugerbeet, Chicory, Agro-forestry Alnus, Ulnas, Cettis, Salix. Source: HP Forest Dept, 2013 Environment and Social Management Framework Page 35 Himachal Pradesh Horticulture Development Project 2.4.4 Geography The state is bound by Uttar Pradesh on the southeast, Tibet on the east, Punjab on the west and southwest, Haryana on south and Jammu & Kashmir on the north. It is situated in the northwest corner of India, right in the lap of Himalayan ranges. Himachal Pradesh displays prominent features characterized by lofty mountain ranges incised by deeply dissected valleys carved out in slopes of various descriptions. The elevation above mean sea level varies from 320m in Una District, to 6975 m at Leo Pargil Peak of Kinnaur District. Physiographically, the State can be divided into five distinct parallel zones. From south to north these are: Figure 5 Elevation Map of HP 1. Alluvial Plain: A limited zone of nearly flat plain developed at the foot hills of Siwalik Range in the vicinity of Indo-Gangetic Alluvium in the south western and southeastern fringes of the state with an average altitude of 375m. 2. Siwalik Foothills: It is also known as Sub Himalaya and is the outermost mountainous zone of Himachal Himalaya, separating the state from the plains of Punjab and Haryana. It is 8 km - Environment and Social Management Framework Page 36 Himachal Pradesh Horticulture Development Project 50 km wide zone, with altitude ranging from 345m to 1500m. This zone contains many prominent longitudinal valleys viz. Una, Sirsa and Poanta duns. 3. Lesser Himalayan Zone: It is a 65km to 80km wide zone between Sub-Himalaya and Central Himalaya. The altitude of this zone rarely exceeds 3000m. 4. Central Himalayan/Great Himalayan Zone: It comprises a zone of snow-capped peaks ranging in height from 4000m to 5000m. It separates the Lesser Himalayan zone from the Trans-Himalayan zone. 5. Trans Himalayan/Higher Himalayan Zone: It is mainly a rain shadow area, having an average width of 40km and height varying from 3000m to 6000m. The mountain ranges in general trend in NW-SE direction. 2.4.5 Geology The state of Himachal Pradesh is covered by the rocks ranging in age from Precambrian to Recent. The normal order of super-position of the rocks in the Lesser Himalaya has been affected by later events of thrusting. Owing to its complex tectonism and geological evolution, establishing an unanimously accepted geology and stratigraphy of Himalaya remained mired with debate and controversy- posing a natural deterrent. With this backdrop, effort is made hereunder to present a generalised view. 2.4.6 Water Resources of HP There is a network of perennial rivers in Himachal Pradesh, which have glaciers as their sources. Majority of the drainage of the State belongs to Indus River System. Table 8 Water sources of HP District Ground Water Surface Rain Water Traditional Other Water Source Conventional Sources Bilaspur 827 786 0 461 0 Chamba 1717 2433 3 2598 836 Hamirpur 1057 485 0 231 1 Kangra 1602 1317 11 1369 466 Kullu 0 3392 0 0 0 Lahul & Spiti 1 290 0 57 0 Mandi 833 3924 0 1483 840 Shimla 233 3917 5 2518 9 Sirmour 644 2249 0 535 9 Solan 344 1090 0 1215 316 Una 832 123 1 21 116 Total 8186 20223 20 10512 2595 Source: SoER, Himachal Pradesh 2.4.6.1 Rivers The state is drained by nine river systems. The Satluj, Beas, Ravi, Chenab, Spiti, Parbati, Pabbar, Tons and Giri are the main rivers of Himachal Pradesh. Of these, the Satluj, which rises in the highlands of Environment and Social Management Framework Page 37 Himachal Pradesh Horticulture Development Project Tibet, is an antecedent river. The largest river system in the state with a total catchment area of 20,398 km2, spread over the districts of Lahaul and Spiti, Kinnaur, Shimla, Solan, and Bilaspur before entering Punjab, it enters the large Bhakra dam. Nearly 17% of the total area of Himachal Pradesh is covered by glaciers. A recent study in 2004 has documented 2,554 glaciers in the state, which are the source of fresh water to the rivers of North India. Bara Shigri is the largest glacier in the State, which is located in the Chandra valley of Lahaul and feeds the Chenab River. The glacier is more than 25km long and about 3km wide. Chandra Nahan, Bhadal, Bhaga, the Lady of Keylong, Mukkila and Hamata are other major glaciers in the state. There are many fresh water lakes in Himachal Pradesh.The Chandra Tal, Suraj Tal, Yonam Tso and Nako Lake are the lakes formed due to damming of glaciers, while the Riwalsar and Renuka lakes are due to damming of river/stream courses. Besides, Gobindsagar, Pong and Pandoh are the artificial lakes in the state formed due to the construction of dams across Satluj and Beas rivers. 2.4.6.2 Catchment areas of the River System The states is drained by nine river systems, the catchment area is given in the table below Table 9 Catchment details of river system of HP Sr. no Name of the river system Catchment Area (km) Percentage (%) 1 Satluj 20,398 30.69 2 Beas 13,663 24.50 3 Chenab 7850 14.2 4 Yamuna 5872 10.6 5 Ravi 5528 9.9 6 Indus 1450 2.6 7 Markanda 360 0.6 8 Ganga 290 0.5 9 Pabbar 262 0.5 Total 55673 100 2.4.6.3 Lakes There are a number of small and large lakes in Himachal Pradesh. Most important representing the water budget for the state are 21. These are in Kullu (Bhrigu, Dashair, Seruvalsar, and Mantalai), Mandi (Rewalsar, Prashar), Kangra (Dal, Kareri, and Pong Dam), Nako in Kinnaur, Surajtal and Chandertal in Lahul-Spiti, Chamba(Khajiar, Mani Mahesh, Gadhasaru, Gauri Kund, Lam Dal Lake, Mahakali, and Khundi Maral), Renuka in Sirmaur and Chandernaun in Shimla. Water storage in Himachal Pradesh is estimated at around 14,000 million m 3. The two major storages located on the borders of the state are The Gobindsagar Reservoir (Bhakra Dam) in the Environment and Social Management Framework Page 38 Himachal Pradesh Horticulture Development Project Satluj with 6,900 million m3 live storage, the Pong Dam located on the border with Punjab in the Beas River with 7,300 million m3 live storage and The Pandoh Dam, a hydroelectric dam on the river Beas upstream of Mandi, has live storage of 18 million m3. 2.4.7 Groundwater Resources The groundwater resources occur mainly in unconsolidated sediments of inter montane valleys and in the sub montane tract. Kangra, Una, Hamirpur, Bilaspur, Mandi, Solan and Sirmaur districts, particularly their valley areas depend upon groundwater. The exploitation is done through open wells, tube wells, infiltration galleries and wells. There is no district notified as critically exploited or over exploited out of 12 districts of Himachal Pradesh. Table 10 The status of development of groundwater resources in the state S no Components Resources 1. Total replenishable groundwater resources 0.036 m 2. Provision for domestic, industrial and other uses 0.007 m ham/yr 3. Available net groundwater resources for irrigation 0.029 m ham/yr 4. Net draft 0.005 m ham/yr 5. Balance groundwater resources for future use 0.024 m ham/yr 6. Level of groundwater development 18.18 % 7. Utilisable irrigation potential by groundwater development 65,500 ha Source: Central Ground Water Board, State profile 2.4.8 Notified Ramsar Wetlands in Himachal Pradesh Pong Dam Lake Pong Dam is situated at district Kangra and the bank of Beas river along boundary of Himachal and Punjab states. It is situated at 310 58’57”N and 760 03’33”E 430m above msl in Kangra District with an area of 21712 hectare. It is a water storage reservoir. At high water level maximum depth exceeds 59 m and low water level a muddy shore line upto 100 m. The reservoir contains several large islands. Chandra Taal Chandra Tal is situated at an altitude of about 4,300 metres (14,100 ft) in the Himalayas. The name of the lake originates from its crescent shape. Situated in the Spiti part of the Lahul and Spiti district of Himachal Pradesh, Chandra Taal is a popular destination for trekkers and campers. The lake is situated on the Samundra Tapu plateau, which overlooks the Chandra River. The lake is one of two high-altitude wetlands of India which have been designated as Ramsar sites. Renuka Wetland It is located in Sirmaur District at an altitude of 660 m above msl. There has been great concern about the ecological deterioration, habitat degradation and eutrophication of wetland due to silting, high level of organic pollution, dumping of non biodegradable materials by pilgrims and tourists. This has not only resulted in habitat deterioration, shrinking of the aquatic life, but also the terrestrial fauna of Renuka Sanctuary as this is the only perennial source of water for wild animals. Environment and Social Management Framework Page 39 Himachal Pradesh Horticulture Development Project 2.4.9 Land use The land use of the state maintain a two third i.e, 66% of the land in forest landuse. Table 11 District wise land utilization pattern of Himachal Pradesh for the year 2003-04 (%) S Land Hamirpur Chamba Bilaspur Sirmour Kinnaur Kangra Shimla Mandi Solan Kullu No category Una L&S 1 Forest 11.89 39.29 16.69 40.08 - 6.03 14.9 44.08 25.32 11.21 21.5 11.7 2 Barren 4.38 0.79 12.98 2.98 2.20 20.98 14.9 6.28 2.34 7.84 3.78 14.9 3 Non 12.87 1.69 16.33 13.39 12.2 19.97 45.6 2.95 5.97 4.76 18.8 agricultural uses 4 Culturable 5.54 0.90 10.52 4.65 5.59 0.58 0.07 1.13 2.44 7.95 6.98 15.2 waste 5 Permanent 36.37 50.93 4.35 15.21 - 50.93 24.2 24.23 49.03 41.69 25.3 8.59 pasture 6 Misc. tree 0.18 - 0.02 1.59 0.80 0.01 0.01 0.08 1.34 0.88 16.5 4.33 crop 7 Current 0.98 0.32 5.26 1.78 6.78 0.29 0.04 2.61 2.14 2.21 1.91 1.10 fallow 8 Other fallow 1.07 0.03 1.91 0.14 - 0.01 - 0.05 1.12 0.77 1.11 1.48 9 Net area 26.72 6.05 31.94 20.18 72.4 1.20 0.33 21.54 13.32 21.48 18.1 23.8 sown Total 111.8 692.4 110.2 578.0 150.1 623.7 911 397.8 508.3 180.9 224 155 geographical area (‘000’ ha) Source: Various issues of annual season and crop reports. ( http://shodhganga.inflibnet.ac.in/bitstream/10603/10549/9/09_chapter-iv.pdf) 2.4.10 Forest Resources Forests in Himachal Pradesh have a most productive ecological niche. As per latitude, the state falls in the tropical zone, but its geographical location and good forest cover have enriched it, both biologically and economically. Forests are the storehouse of the rich biodiversity. They constitute the essential life support system besides being a source of timber, fuel, fodder and medicines etc. They ought to be recognized as water reservoirs, natural source of soil nutrition, soil creators and soil binders. In Himachal unlimited scope exists for intensification and diversification of forest cover. Environment and Social Management Framework Page 40 Himachal Pradesh Horticulture Development Project Table 12 Forest Cover from 1972 to 2002 in Himachal Pradesh (Area in km2) District Geographical Total %age of Reserved Protected Unclassified Area Forest the total Forests Forests forest Area area Bilaspur 1,167 428 36.68 0.90 427.41 - Chamba 6,522 5030 77.12 372.53 4645.39 - Hamirpur 1,118 219 19.59 - 156.42 27.13 Kangra 5,739 2842 49.52 76.01 2193.84 504.54 Kinnaur 6,401 5093 79.57 - 5092.61 - Kullu 5,503 4952 89.99 160.52 4791.17 - Lahul & 13,841 10133 70.54 - Spiti 73.21 10062.37 Mandi 3,950 1860 47.09 1,575.57 284.45 - Shimla 5,131 3418 66.61 53.46 3310.38 - Sirmour 2,825 1843 65.24 1,064.70 56.66 685 Solan 1,936 728 37.60 53.55 502.05 165.77 Una 1,540 487 31.62 43.92 178.08 265 Total 55,673 37,033 66.52 1,896.13 33029.67 2100 The total area of Himachal Pradesh is 55,673 sq. km, out of this 66.52% of the area of the state is legally defined as forestland. This already underscores the importance of forest in the lives of people in Himachal Pradesh. Environment and Social Management Framework Page 41 Himachal Pradesh Horticulture Development Project Figure 6 Forest Cover Type of HP 2.4.11 Flora and Fauna Himachal is said to be the fruit bowl of the country, with orchards being widespread. Meadows and pastures are also seen clinging to steep slopes. The southern part of the state, at lower elevations than the north, has both tropical and subtropical dry broadleaf forests and tropical and subtropical moist broadleaf forests. These are represented by north western thorn scrub forests along the border with Haryana and Uttar Pradesh and by Upper Gangetic Plains moist deciduous forests in the far southeast. Sal and shisham are found here. The hills contain western Himalayan broadleaf forests and Himalayan subtropical pine forests. Various deciduous and evergreen oaks live in the broadleaf forests, while chir pine dominates the pine forests. Western Himalayan subalpine conifer forests grow near treeline, with species that include East Himalayan fir, West Himalayan spruce, deodar (the state tree), and blue pine. The uppermost elevations have western Himalayan alpine shrub and meadows in the northeast and north western Himalayan alpine shrub and meadows in the northwest. Trees are sturdy with a vast network of roots. Alders, birches, rhododendrons and moist alpine shrubs are there as the regional vegetation. The rhododendrons can be seen along the hillsides around Shimla from March to May. The shrub lands and meadows give way to rock and ice around the highest peaks. Environment and Social Management Framework Page 42 Himachal Pradesh Horticulture Development Project Himachal Pradesh has around 463 bird and 359 animal species, including the leopard, snow leopard (the state animal), ghoral, musk deer and western tragopan. It has 2 major national parks and sanctuaries — the largest number in the Himalayan region. The Great Himalayan National Park in Kullu district was created to conserve the flora and fauna of the main Himalayan range, while the Pin Valley National Park to conserve the flora and fauna of the cold desert. Table 13 Type of flora Type of flora Numbers Flowering Plants 3,120 species Conifers 13 species Pteriophytes 124 species Orchids 38 species Table 14 Flora in different zones (Altitude) of HP Classification based on latitudinal Flora of Himachal Pradesh Zones 1. Lower Motane Zone (up to A. Trees Khair, Siris, Kachnar, Semal, Tun, Mango, Behul, 1,000metres above m. s. l) B. Shrubs Shisham, Ritha, Tut, Behera & Chil. C. Grasses Vitex, Munj, Ber, Ipomea, Dodonea, Bamboo. Vetiver, Sanchrus, Munjh. 2. Middle Motane Zone (From A. Trees Kunish, Poplar, Willow, Ohi, robinia, Drek, Kail, 1,000metres to 2,000metres above B. Shrubs Chil Toon, Behmi, Chulli, walnut, Khirik. m. s. l.) C. Grasses Vitex, Berberis, Carrisa. Lolium, Dactylis, Phleum, Phylaris. 3. Temperate Zone (From A. Trees Deodar, Fir Spruce, Maple, Ash, BhojPatra, 2,000metres to 3,000metres above B. Shrubs Horse Chestnut, Alder, Robinia, poplar, Walnut. m. s. l.) C. Grasses Berberis. Festuca, Dactylis, Bromus, Lucerne, white Clover, Red Clover, dioscorea. 4. Alpine Zone (Above 3,000metres A. Trees Birch, Juniper, Cypress, Willow. above m. s. l.) B. Shrubs Saussurea lappa, Cotoneaster microphylla, C. Grasses Artemesia. Festuca arundinacea, Dectylis glomerata. 2.4.12 EcologicallyProtected Area in the state With a view to conserve the total range of wildlife available in the state, the Government of Himachal Pradesh has declared several areas, covering all the agro-climatic zones in the state and having significant ecological, geomorphologic and biodiversity value, as Conservation Reserves, Wildlife Sanctuaries and National Parks. Environment and Social Management Framework Page 43 Himachal Pradesh Horticulture Development Project Table 15 List Of Protected Areas In Himachal Pradesh Sl. No. Protected Areas Area (sqkm) District (s) Fauna 1 Great HimalayanNational 755.00 Kullu Blue sheep, snow leopard, Himalayan brown Park bear, Himalayan tahr, and Musk deer 2 Pin ValleyNational Park 675.00 Lahul &Spiti Red Indian Fox, Tibetan Gazelle, Wooley Hare, Snow Leopard, Himalayan Marmot, Himalayan Mouse-hare, Indian Hodgsoris Porcupine, Blue Sheep and Wolf Wildlife Sanctuaries 1 Bandli WLS 41.00 Mandi Himalayan Black Bear, common Palm Civet, Barking Deer, Goral, Indian hare, Rhesus Macaque. 2 Chail WLS 109.00 Solan Sambar, Goral, Himalayan Black Bear, Red Deer, Silver-White Oak, Barking Deer, Common Langur, Leopard, Rhesus Macaque, Himalayan Yellow Throated Marten, Indian Porcupine, Giant and Kashmiri Flying Squirrel. 3 Chandratal WLS 38.56 Lahul &Spiti Ibex and Snow leopard 4 Churdhar WLS 66.00 Sirmaur Himalayan Black Bear, Barking Deer, Musk Deer, Common Langur and Leopards 5 Daranghati WLS 167.00 Shimla Himalayan Black Bear, Brown Bear, Himalayan Palm Civet, Barking Deer, Musk Deer, Flying Fox, Goral, Indian Hare, Stripped Hyena, Himalayan Ibex, Leopard, Himalayan yellow throated Marten, Serow, Blue Sheep, Common giant flying Squirrel and Himalayan Weasel 6 Darlaghat WLS 6.00 Solan Black bears, Sambhals, wild boars, red jungle fowls, barking deer 7 Dhauladhar WLS 944.00 Kangra Nilgai, Sambar, Barking Deer, Wild Buar, Clawless Otter, and Leapord 8 Gamgul Siahbehi WLS 109.00 Chamba Ibex, bear, langur, leopard, musk deer, Himalayan tahr, Himalayan fox, Himalayan shrew, rhesus macaque, common giant flying squirrel, Indian bush rate, jackal, barking deer 9 Gobind Sagar WLS 100.00 Bilaspur Singhara, Catla, Jhalli, Grass Crap, Kuni Rohu, Guj, Ticto, Sarina 10 Kais WLS 14.00 Kullu Serow, blue Sheep, red Fox, musk deer, Goral, ibex, Leopard, snow Leopard, brown Bear, Himalayan black Bear 11 Kalatop-KhajjiarWLS 69.00 Chamba Ibex, deer, black bears and leopards 12 KanawarWLS 61.00 Kullu Serow, blue Sheep, red Fox, musk deer, Goral, ibex, Leopard, snow Leopard, brown Bear, Himalayan black Bear Environment and Social Management Framework Page 44 Himachal Pradesh Horticulture Development Project Sl. No. Protected Areas Area (sqkm) District (s) Fauna 13 KhokhanWLS 14.00 Kullu Serow, blue Sheep, red Fox, musk deer, Goral, ibex, Leopard, snow Leopard, brown Bear, Himalayan black Bear 14 Kibber WLS 1400.00 Lahul &Spiti Ibex and Snow leopard 15 Kugti WLS 379.00 Chamba Brown bear, Asiatic black bear, Leopard, Himalayan Tahr, Himalayan ibex, Goral, Common Langur, Porcupine 16 Lippa Asrang WLS 349.00 Kinnaur Yak, Ibex, Leopard, Goral, Blue Sheep, Brown Bear, Musk Deer, Himalayan black Beer 17 Majathal WLS 57.55 Solan Deer, Bear, Cheer pheasant 18 Manali WLS 32.00 Kullu Himalayan Black Bear, Himalayan Palm Civet, Barking Deer, Flying Fox, Goral, Indian Hare, Stripped Hyena, Leopard, Himalayan yellow throated Marten, Serow, Kashmir flying Squirrel and Himalayan Tahr. 19 Nargu WLS 278.00 Mandi Black Bear, Brown Bear, Himalayan Palm Civent, barking Deer, Indian Hare, common Langur, Leopard, Rhesus Macaque, Himalayan yellow throated stone Marten, Indian Porcupine, common giant flying Squirrel, Himalayan Weasel 20 Pong Dam LakeWLS 307.00 Kangra Nilgai, Sambar, Barking Deer, Wild Buar, Clawless Otter, and Leapord 21 RenukaWLS 4.00 Sirmaur Asiatic lions, spotted deer, lion tailed macaques, peacocks, nilgai or large grey Indian antelope, barking deer and Himalayan black bears. 22 Rupi BhabaWLS 738.00 Kinnaur Serow, blue Sheep, red Fox, musk deer, Goral, ibex, Leopard, snow Leopard, brown Bear, Himalayan black Bear 23 SainjWLS 90.00 Kullu Blue sheep, snow leopard, Himalayan brown bear, Himalayan tahr, and Musk deer 24 Sangla Valley 304.00 Kinnaur Leopard, blue Sheep, Himalayan black Bear, (RakshamChitkul) brown Bear, musk Deer and Gora 25 Sechu Tuan NalaWLS 103.00 Chamba Ibex, bear, langur, leopard, musk deer, Himalayan tahr, Himalayan fox, Himalayan shrew, Rhesus macaque, common giant flying squirrel, Indian bush rate, Jackal, barking deer Environment and Social Management Framework Page 45 Himachal Pradesh Horticulture Development Project Sl. No. Protected Areas Area (sqkm) District (s) Fauna 26 Shikari DeviWLS 72.00 Mandi Himalayan palm civet, barking deer, marten, Indian porcupine, Kashmiri flying squirrel, musk deer, common langur, leopard, the common Squirrel, 27 Shilli WLS 2.00 Solan Himalayan Black Bear. Except Black Bear, other wild species like Leopards, Musk Deer, Barking Deer, Jackals, Brown Bear and Hyena 28 Shimla Water Catchment 10.00 Shimla Flying Squirrel, common langur, Serow, WLS Porcupine, Sambar 29 Shri Nainadevi WLS 123.00 Bilaspur Jackals, Leopards, Rhesus, Himalayan Yellow Throated Marten, Serow, Porcupine, Sambar and Common Giant Flying Squirrel. Wide variety of reptiles namely Indian Cobra, common Indian Krait, North House Gecko and Common Rattle Snake 30 Simbalbara WLS 19.00 Sirmaur Goral, Sambhar and Chittal 31 Talra WLS 40.00 Shimla Flying Squirrel, common langur, Serow, Porcupine, Sambar 32 Tirthan WLS 61.00 Kullu Serow, blue Sheep, red Fox, musk deer, Goral, ibex, Leopard, snow Leopard, brown Bear, Himalayan black Bear 33 Tundah WLS 64.00 Chamba Ibex, bear, langur, leopard, musk deer, Himalayan tahr, Himalayan fox, Himalayan shrew, rhesus macaque, common giant flying squirrel, Indian bush rate, jackal, barking deer At present, there are 2 National Parks, 30 Wildlife Santuaries and 3 Conservation Reserves. The details are as under: Table 16 Protected area in the state of HP S.No. Category of Protected Area Area in Sq.Km 1 National Parks 1440 2 Wildlife Sanctuaries 6226.83 3 Conservation Reserves 19.17 2.4.13 Horticulture in the state of HP Fruits Environment and Social Management Framework Page 46 Himachal Pradesh Horticulture Development Project At present more than 30 types of fruits are being grown in the state. the state is known for the Apple, Walnut, Kiwi fruit, Strawberry etc. The table below gives an account of the fruit growing areas elevation wise. Table 17 Fruit growing areas and species of HP S No Description of Zone Elevation Rainfall Fruit Species 1 Low hill and valley 365-914 600-1000 Mango, Litchi, Guava, Loquat, Citrus, Papaya, Jackfruit, Plum, Peach, Pear, Strawberry etc. 2 Mid Hills 915-1523 900-1000 Stone fruits, (Plum, Peach, Apricot, Almond), Persimmon, Pear, Pomegranate, Walnut, Kiwi fruit, Strawberry 3 High Hills and temperate zone 1524-2742 900-1000 Apple, Pear, Cherry, Almond, Walnut, Chestnut, Hazelnut, Strawberry 4 Cold and dry zone (Dry 2743-3656 240-400 Apple, Grapes, Prunes, Apricot, Temperate) Chilgoza, Almond, Pistachio, Walnut, Chestnut, Hazelnut Source: SoER, Himachal Pradesh, 2013 Table 18 Summary of analysis of baseline and its implication on ESMF Environmental Environmental Issue of the Implications for ESMF Baseline project Climatic Variability Rise in temperature, Irregular Fruit Production, Crop shifting precipitation, seasonal irregularity Land Land use change, land erosion, Around 10000 Ha additional land to be land degradation planted with apple and other fruit species Pesticide usage Health and safety issue of Increased usage of pesticides due to pesticide, toxicity, water increased area and introduction of pollution new varieties Forest Cover No change Risk of encroachment to forest areas, No implication Water Stress on water resources, Water Water for irrigation would be required solution Irrigation Tapping of natural source of Preparation of EMP water, Stress on the existing water resources Environment and Social Management Framework Page 47 Himachal Pradesh Horticulture Development Project Agriculture and More farmers to be engaged farming systems Switching from traditional varieties to new one Switching from agriculture to horticulture Table 19 Summary of key environmental issues of the state and implications for ESMF Environmental Environmental Issues from Implications for ESMF Baseline review of baseline data Climatic Variability  Increased temperature at Insurance schemes and climate smart higher altitudes investments should be designed to  Irregular precipitation, address climatic variability. seasonal irregularity Soil and water conservations methods  More intense rainfall and and rainwater harvesting aim to drought period address the severity of the drought  Changes in suitability of crops period. at different altitudes e.g. Apples. Land  Soil fertility decreasing with The ESMF will have provisions for soil monoculture and water conservation, soil health  High grazing pressure in all management, fencing (prevent regions of the state grazing) and measures for safe and  Significant areas in some efficient fertilizer use, and to reduce agro-climatic zones are the reliance on chemical fertilizers. affected by poor soil health (overuse of chemical fertilizers) Pesticide usage  Over reliance on chemical ESMF provides guidelines for pesticides Integrated Soil and Nutrient  Increased usage of pesticides Management and Integrated Pest due to increased area and Management Strategy-introduced and introduction of new varieties adopted early in the project.  Increased use of fertilizers, pesticides etc. leading to chances of pollution of potable water sources Water  Increased occurrence of ESMF provides guidelines for design water shortages/drought criteria for water structures and to Environment and Social Management Framework Page 48 Himachal Pradesh Horticulture Development Project leading to impacts on rainfed enhance soil and water conservation. cropping. The project will finance water harvesting structures, irrigation, and improved agriculture technologies to meet the demands during the drought period. To prevent the contamination of residual chemicals from insecticides and pesticides the concept of integrated crop management (ICM) covering pest management (IPM) be promoted. Irrigation  Loss of some perennial ESMF provides guidelines for design sources of potable water and criteria for water structures and water irrigation. usage and to enhance soil and water  Irrigation is critical for conservation. agricultural growth and The project will finance water stability since rainfall only harvesting structures, irrigation, and occurs for 3-4 months. improved agriculture technologies to  In some areas, there is meet the demands during the drought absence of irrigation facilities period. together with lack of markets, infrastructure. The project will Improve irrigation and on farm water use efficiency in existing schemes The above mentioned issues would be dealt with comprehensively in the ESMF, the ESMF not only provides guidance on mitigating the impact of these issues but also provides a process for ensuring that the Environment Guidelines are applied at various stages to ensure compliance and bring about the desired mitigation. . Environment and Social Management Framework Page 49 Himachal Pradesh Horticulture Development Project 3.0 RELEVANT LAWS, REGULATIONS AND DEVELOPMENT PROGRAMMES 3.1 Applicable World Bank Policies Applicable acts, notifications, and policies relevant in the context of the project are discussed below in Table 20. The Project Authority will ensure that project activities implemented are consistent with the national, state, local regulatory/legal framework. Table 20 Summary of regulatory framework in respect of environment and their applicability to the project World Bank Operation Applicability Explanation Relevance/Implications for policy/Bank practice ESMF Environmental Assessment Yes Some of the activities and As the Project involves multiple OP/BP 4.01 approaches that the project subprojects, various phases and would finance have the potential spread over a long period of to influence both the time. The ESMF is a requirement environmental setting and social for HP HDP under the Banks fabric within a given landscape OP/4.01. and, therefore, an assessment is required triggering this policy. The proposed project poses no The potential impacts need to serious risk in changing the be identified and mitigated for natural environment and ensuring sustainability of landscapes within its boundaries investments. The project has as bulk of the investments will provisions of introduction of take place in established orchards cultivars of foreign origin and and farms. However, some of the their demonstration trial in the activities and approaches that nurseries may have Himachal Pradesh Horticulture environmental concerns, which Developmental Project would may need to be looked upon. finance have the potential to The Environmental and Social influence both the environmental Assessment and Management setting and social fabric within a Framework will be developed to given landscape and, therefore, identify and assess the impacts an assessment is required besides developing the triggering this policy. The appropriated action to mitigate potential impacts need to be the potential impacts. identified and mitigated for ensuring sustainability of investments. The project has provisions of introduction of cultivars of foreign origin and their demonstration trial in the nurseries may have environmental concerns, which may need to be looked upon. The Environment and Social Management Framework Page 50 Himachal Pradesh Horticulture Development Project World Bank Operation Applicability Explanation Relevance/Implications for policy/Bank practice ESMF Environmental and Social Assessment and Management Framework will be developed to identify and assess the impacts besides developing the appropriated action to mitigate the potential impacts. Natural Habitats OP/BP A Even though the project will not Project site selection criteria will 4.04 take up any activities inside ensure no sites are selected critical natural habitats and within critical natural habitats. protected areas, some of the The sub project specific EMP will proposed investments, monitor effects on natural particularly expanding area under habitat and biodiversity horticulture increases the risk of encroachment into natural areas. Other planned infrastructure and agro-marketing infrastructure could be located in the proximity of natural areas and if not developed appropriately, could adversely impact these. The ESMF specifically requires protected areas National Parks, Wildlife Sanctuaries to be excluded from the project. Forests OP/BP 4.36 No Proposed investments are No activity would be allowed in unlikely to result in any changes the forest area. in forest management practices and will not finance clear felling of forestlands. Pest Management OP 4.09 Yes This policy is triggered as the use The ESMF will include an IPM of chemical fertilizers and strategy pesticides is prevalent at various ESMF will contain a banned list stages of apple and vegetable of pesticides and insecticides as cultivation in the State. Since the well as guidelines for pesticide project is primarily intended to management to be shared from enhance productivity through state PCU to user group level. technological and managerial interventions, there are chances of increased use of chemical fertilizer and pesticides resulting in significant impact on the local environment including implications for the quality of soil and moisture regime, water environment, public health as well as livestock population. To prevent and control the chances of increased use of pesticides by Environment and Social Management Framework Page 51 Himachal Pradesh Horticulture Development Project World Bank Operation Applicability Explanation Relevance/Implications for policy/Bank practice ESMF farmers, there is a need of greater public awareness and understanding in the areas of interventions, besides change in existing practices entailing extensive use of chemical and pesticides. An Integrated Pest Management Plan is developed for proposed interventions. No banned pesticides (formulated products that fall in WHO classes IA and IB, or formulations of products in Class II) would be procured under the project. Physical Cultural Resources No There is no excavation planned Project activities will not OP/BP 4.11 and investments will not impact undertake construction, existing Physical Cultural excavation at sites that are Resources. culturally significant Safety of Dams OP/BP 4.37 No There are no investments on new No implication and/or existing dams. Projects on International Applicatble No Implication Waterways OP/BP 7.50 This policy is triggered as the project is supporting development of minor irrigation systems in about 19,500 ha out of a total of 30,000 ha for sustainable increase in Productivity of the fruit tree crops. The irrigation activities under the project will cover all the 12 districts of the state, however, the intensity of the irrigation activities in each district will primarily depend on the beneficiary demand for improved seedling of the targeted fruit tree crops, and on the production potential of the district. Investments in the development of new minor irrigation systems in all of the 12,608 ha to be supported under the project will fall entirely in the catchments of the Sutlej, Ravi and Beas basins, which as per the Indus river treaty Environment and Social Management Framework Page 52 Himachal Pradesh Horticulture Development Project World Bank Operation Applicability Explanation Relevance/Implications for policy/Bank practice ESMF are for India’s exclusive use only. The riparian states were Notified on January 15, 2016 about the project activities. Projects in Disputed Areas No There are no disputed areas in OP/BP 7.60 the project areas. 3.2 Policy and Regulatory Framework of GoI and GoHP Table 21 National and State regulateon applicable under the project Act/Policy Year Objective Applicability Authority Environment (Protection) Act and 1986 To protect and improve the The project will have MoEFCC, CPCB amendments overall environment investments on processing plants, market yards, cold supply chain development that may require clearances from the State Pollution Control Boards (SPCB) Notification on Environment Impact 2006 To provide environmental MoEFCC, CPCB, Assessment of Development clearance to new development The project Is investing in HPPCB, and State projects (and amendments) activities like ware houses more activities such as market Environmental (referred to as the Notification on than 20,000 SQM following yards, supply chain Impact Appraisal Environmental Clearance) environmental impact infrastructure, pack committee assessment. houses and access roads that requirestandalone EIA; Forest (Conservation) Act 1980 To protect and manage forests Risk of Encroachment MoEFCC, and because the farmland are State Forest Dept near to forest areas Water (Prevention and Control of 1974 To provide for the prevention The project will have CPCB, and HPPCB Pollution) Act (and subsequent and control of water pollution investments on supply amendments) and the maintaining or chain and market restoring of wholesomeness of infrastructure, market water. yards, agriprocessing, units that may increase wastewater flow-Proper measures as per the requirement of theAct will have to be Incorporated. Air (Prevention and Control of 1981 To provide for the prevention, The project will involve CPCB, HPPCB, and Pollution) Act (and subsequent control and abatement of air construction of Transport amendments) pollution, and for the infrastructurewhich can Department Environment and Social Management Framework Page 53 Himachal Pradesh Horticulture Development Project Act/Policy Year Objective Applicability Authority establishment of Boards to result in airpollution, and carry out these purposes. their clearancemay be required by theProject. The Municipal Solid Waste 2000 The rule facilitates and provides As project investments MoEFCC, CPCB, (Management and Handling) Rules, methods to manage the will involve construction and HPPCB Municipal Solid Wastes in an of CSCs, supply chain efficient and reusable manner. infrastructure, pack houses and processing centers, Generation and disposal of solid waste under different components will need to be managed in line with the rules. The Noise Pollution (Regulation and 2000 Work place noise is covered Project activities may MoEFCC, CPCB, Control) Rules, and amendments under Indian factories Act, 1948 lead to generation of and HPPCB but this rule provides safety Noise due to construction against noise in ambient activity, packing and condition with generation of grading houses, CA stores noise by certain point and area and operation of DG sets source. for power backup, loading in the market yards Fly Ash notification 2007 Fly ash bricks in construction The project will involve MoEFCC, CPCB, activities, Responsibilities of Construction activities and HPPCB Thermal Power Plants and under infrastructure Specifications for use of ash- development for based products/ responsibility Grading/packing, CA of other agencies store and market yards Plant Quarantine (Regulation of 2003 The order ensure and regulate The project will involve Ministry Of Import into India) Order the import of plants, root Import and multiplication Agriculture stocks, GM species and its of root stocks and (Department of quarantine in India. cultivars, which will be Agriculture & quarantined in govt. Cooperation) owned nurseries. The process under the Plant Quarantine Order will need to be followed. Post-entry Quarantine 2003 Section IV of the Plant The project will involve Ministry Of Quarantine (Regulation of Import and multiplication Agriculture Import into India) Order, 2003 of root stocks and (Department of Every application for cultivars, which will be Agriculture & certification of post-entry quarantined in govt. Cooperation) quarantine facilities shall be owned nurseries. The submitted to the inspection process under the Plant authority in Form PQ 18. The Quarantine Order will inspection authority if satisfied need to be followed. after necessary inspection and verification of facilities shall issue a certificate in Form PQ 19. Quarantine Treatments and 2005 NSPM 11 The project will involve Ministry of Application Procedures: Import and multiplication Agriculture Environment and Social Management Framework Page 54 Himachal Pradesh Horticulture Development Project Act/Policy Year Objective Applicability Authority I. Methyl Bromide Fumigation of root stocks and cultivars, which will be quarantined in govt. owned nurseries. The process under the Plant Quarantine Order will need to be followed. Protection of Plant Varieties and 2001 he Protection of Plant Variety Such protection is likely Parliament of Farmers' Rights Act and Farmers Right Act, 2001 to facilitate the growth of India (PPVFR Act) is an Act of the the seed industry which Parliament of India enacted to will ensure the availability provide for the establishment of high quality seeds and of an effective system for planting material to the protection of plant varieties, farmers. the rights of farmers and plant breeders, and to encourage the development and cultivation of new varieties of plants. H.P Fruit Plant Nurseries Regulation 2015 An Act to provide for the Nursery owners shall not GoHP and Amendment Act. registration of fruit nurseries in engage in the production Himachal and sale of nursery plants Pradesh or plant material without getting himself or his firm registered with the competent authority and without obtaining a licence, in the form prescribed. National Forest Policy, 1988 Keeping the forest area intact in No project activities will MoEFCC, the Himalayan states- This be implemented/carried policy implies to maintain the out on forest land. This 66.7% of land under forest area policy needs to be in HP. This project does not complied with. involve any forest land. National Agriculture Policy 2000 National Agriculture Policy The project aims to Ministry of seeks to actualize vast improve agricultural Agriculture untapped growth potential of productivity and farm incomes by integrating Indian Agriculture, strengthen technology, institutions rural infrastructure to support and market innovations. faster agricultural development, promote value addition, accelerate the growth of agro-business create employment in rural areas, secure a fair standard of living for farmers and agricultural workers and their families, discourage migration to urban areas and face the challenges arising out of economic liberalization and globalization. National Water Policy 2002 To ensure that planning, As project financed MoWRRDGR Environment and Social Management Framework Page 55 Himachal Pradesh Horticulture Development Project Act/Policy Year Objective Applicability Authority development, and management investments will involve of water resources are development of new governed by national minor community perspectives irrigation systems and remodeling, improvement and strengthening of existing systems. National Horticulture Mission 2005 The NHM's key objective is to GoI develop horticulture to the maximum potential available in the state and to augment production of all horticultural products (fruits, vegetables, flowers, coco,cashewnut,plantation crops, spices, medicinal aromatic plants) in the state Building and Other Construction 1996 To regulate the employment As project financed Ministry of Labour Workers (Regulation of and conditions of service of activities will involve and Employment Employment and conditions of building and other construction labour in construction Service) Act., workers and to provide for their and development of safety, health and welfare infrastructure for the measure and for other matter project this policy is connected therewith or applicable and should be incidental followed Central Motor Vehicle Act Central 1988 To control vehicular air and Operation of vehicles in Motor Vehicle Motor Vehicle Rules 1989 noise pollution. To regulate carriage and construction Department development of the transport activities in the project sector, check and control vehicular air and noise pollution. Environment Master plan, 2013 Protection of environment in Agriculture and HP State Council Himachal pradesh the state, ensure the Horticulture sectors are For Science, sustainability of environmental covered under Natural Technology & heritage and natural resources resource management Environment and to develop a long term perspective of achieving environmentally sustainable Development. Roof-top Rain Water Harvesting 1999 Rain water harvesting in the Any infrastructure facility HP State Council state more than 1000m plinth For Science, area Technology & Environment Himachal Pradesh Non- 1995 Ban on non-biodegradable The project may use non- HP State Council Biodegradable Garbage (Control) garbage including plastics biodegradable material For Science, Act, 1995 for crates and packing Technology & material, however these Environment will be reused in its life cycle and their applicability for use will Environment and Social Management Framework Page 56 Himachal Pradesh Horticulture Development Project Act/Policy Year Objective Applicability Authority also be assessed during project implementation phase. Insecticide Act1968; Insecticide The GOI has notified various As project investments Rules 1971; Acts for the control and are likely to involve use of Insecticide (Control)Order 1985; Prevention of pollution due to pesticides, ferticlizers and FertilizerControl Order 1985; pesticides and fertilizers. insecticides, provisions Fertilizer MovementControl Order of someof these would be 1973; relevant. Essential CommoditiesAct (Amended - 1986) Environment and Social Management Framework Page 57 Himachal Pradesh Horticulture Development Project Table 22 Review of social regulations and their relevance to Project Legislation Objective Provisions Relevance/ (Year) Applicability to Project National level Article 366 (25) Article 366 (25) refers to Defines following essential characteristics, Applicable as some of the Scheduled Tribes as those for a community to be identified as of the project Constitution of communities, who are Scheduled Tribes are; interventions would India scheduled in accordance  Indications of primitive traits; be in tribal Article 244(1) with Article 342 of the  Distinctive culture; dominated areas, of Constitution Constitution, wherein  Shyness of contact with the besides in other communities shall be community at large; areas where tribal declared as such by the  Geographical isolation; and population is President through an initial  Backwardness. dispersed public notification or through a subsequent The criteria for declaring any area as a amending Act of “Scheduled Area” under the Fifth Parliament. Schedule are; (a) preponderance of tribal population, (b) compactness and The Fifth Schedule under reasonable size of the area, (c) a viable Article 244(1) of administrative entity such as a district, Constitution defines block or Taluka, and (d) economic “Scheduled Areas” as such backwardness of the area as compared to areas as the President may the neighbouring areas by order declare to be Scheduled Areas after consultation with the Governor of that State. Right to Fair aims to ensure, a humane, The Act Not applicableall Compensation participative, informed and  defines affected family, interested project interventions and transparent process for persons, project area, are planned either on Transparency land acquisition with least  details process to define public land already in Land disturbance to the owners purpose and social impact, steps belonging to Acquisition, of the land and other towards notification and acquisition government/project Rehabilitation affected families and  Provides institutions (Appraisal implementing and provide just and fair committee, R&R administrator, R&R agencies or taken Resettlement compensation to the Commissioner; National Committee voluntarily from Act, 2013 and affected families whose for Monitoring for Rehabilitation and communities or on HP State level land has been acquired or Resettlement; LARR Authority, etc.) lease policies proposed to be acquired or  details factors for consideration to are affected by such determine market value of assets; acquisition and make solatium & multiplication factors adequate provisions for applicable; and infrastructural such affected persons for amenities at resettlement site; their rehabilitation and apportionment and payment of resettlement and for compensation ensuring that the cumulative outcome of compulsory acquisition Environment and Social Management Framework Page 58 Himachal Pradesh Horticulture Development Project Legislation Objective Provisions Relevance/ (Year) Applicability to Project should be that affected persons become partners in development leading to an improvement in their post acquisition social and economic status Scheduled framed to recognize and The Act provides three kinds of rights to Not applicable as no Tribes and vest the forest rights and Scheduled Tribes and Other Traditional such project activities Other occupation in forest land in Forest Dwellers: Land Rights: Right to are proposed at Traditional forest dwelling STs and continue cultivating land (less than or present. Further such Forest other traditional forest equal to four hectares) where they have locations, if any are Dwellers dwellers who have residing been cultivating prior to 13 December planned would be (Recognition of in such forests for 2005; Use Rights: Provides for rights to included in negative Forest Rights) generations but whose use and/or collect a) minor forest produce list of project Act, 2006 rights could not be (tendu patta, herbs, medicinal plants) that recorded. Its main has been traditionally collected, b) objective is to facilitate the Grazing grounds and water bodies, c) overall development and Traditional areas of use by nomadic or welfare of the tribal pastoralist Communities Right to protect people by empowering and conserve. Gives the community the them socially, right to protect and manage the forest. economically and politically without any impact on their culture, habitation and tradition and in terms of their age old rights and privileges. National Policy It seeks to bring It lists out measures to be taken in respect Applicable as the on Tribal scheduled tribes into the of: formal education, traditional wisdom, policy will be Development, mainstream of society displacement and resettlement, forest applicable to project 1999 through a multi-pronged villages, shifting cultivation, land activities across the approach for their all- alienation, intellectual property rights, state wherein round development tribal languages, Primitive tribal groups, dispersed population without disturbing their scheduled tribes and schedule areas, exist besides in distinct culture administration, research, participatory certain tribal Development. approach and assimilation dominated districts. Panchayati Raj The act leads towards The Act aims to provide a 3-tier system of Applicable as some Act village governance and Panchayati Raj for all States having a of the demand-driven 1953, 73rd establish the bottom up population of over 2 million, to hold project interventions Amendment approach. The Panchayati Panchayat elections regularly every 5 such as irrigation 1994 Raj Institutions considered years, to provide seats reservations infrastructure would as self Government for for scheduled castes, scheduled tribes and be subject to these rural areas whether at the women; to appoint a State Finance provisions level of a village or a block Commission to make recommendations or a district. regarding the financial powers of the Panchayats and to constitute a District Planning Committee, to prepare a Environment and Social Management Framework Page 59 Himachal Pradesh Horticulture Development Project Legislation Objective Provisions Relevance/ (Year) Applicability to Project development plan for the district. The 3- tier system of Panchayati Raj consists of:Village-level Panchayats; Block-level Panchayats and District-level Panchayats. Besides, it indicates the powers and responsibilities and also sources of funds Extension of to cover the "Scheduled Key provisions include: Applicable as project PanchayatiRaj areas", which are not  state legislation on panchayats in the interventions are to Scheduled covered in the 73rd scheduled area should take care of planned in Scheduled Areas(PESA) amendment or Panchayati the customs, religious practices and Areas of the state 1996 Raj Act of the Indian traditional management practices of and these provisions Constitution. community resources have been applicable  Every village shall contain a grama to these areas since sabha whose members are included 1996 in the electoral list for the panchayats at village level  Planning and management of minor water bodies are entrusted to the panchayats Right to Providesa practical regime The act sets out Applicable as all Information of right to information for  obligations of public authorities with documents Act, 2005 citizens to secure access to respect to provision of information; pertaining to the information under the  requires designating of a Public project would be control of Public Information Officer; disclosed to public Authorities.  process for any citizen to obtain information/disposal of request, etc  provides for institutions such as Central Information Commission/State Information Commission National The National Policy on Provides approach for sustainable Applicable as project Agricultural Agriculture seeks to agriculture, food and nutritional security, would comprise Policy, 2000 actualise the vast generation and transfer of technology; many of the features untapped growth potential inputs management and incentives for enunciated in the of Indian agriculture, agriculture, Generation and Transfer of policy strengthen rural Technology, management reforms, infrastructure to support institutional structure faster agricultural development, promote value addition, accelerate the growth of agro business, create employment in rural areas, secure a fair standard of living for the farmers and agricultural workers and Environment and Social Management Framework Page 60 Himachal Pradesh Horticulture Development Project Legislation Objective Provisions Relevance/ (Year) Applicability to Project their families, discourage migration to urban areas and face the challenges arising out of economic liberalization and globalisation National Policy Sets goals such as to: (i)  defines farmers that include tribal Applicable as project for farmers, improve economic viability families / persons engaged in shifting would comprise 2007 of farming by substantially cultivation and in the collection, use many of the features increasing the net income and sale of minor and non-timber enunciated in the of farmers and to ensure forest produce policy that agricultural progress is  prescribes assets reforms required to measured by advances empower farmers such as land, made in this income. (ii) To water, livestock, protect and improve land,  provides for support services water, bio-diversity and including credit, climate change, genetic resources essential agricultural practices, etc. for sustained increase in the productivity, profitability and stability of major farming systems by creating an economic stake in conservation. (iii) To develop support services including provision for seeds, irrigation, power, machinery and implements, fertilizers and credit at affordable prices in adequate quantity for farmers., etc. State Level The Himachal Objective is to ensure It provides that "No person belonging to The act is applicable Pradesh protection to tribes in an Scheduled Tribe transfer his interest in as the act's coverage Transfer of respect of their possession any land by way of sale, mortgage lease, extends to whole Land of land gift or otherwise to any person not districts of Lahaul and (Regulation) belonging to such tribe except with the Spiti and Kinnaur and Act, 1968 previous permission in writing of the to the sub-tehsils of Deputy Commissioner, excepting i) by way Pangi and Bharmour of lease of a building on rent; ii) by way or in Chamba district mortgage for securing loan to any Cooperative land Mortgage bank or cooperative society (all or majority members belonging to any ST) or by acquisition by the state government Environment and Social Management Framework Page 61 Himachal Pradesh Horticulture Development Project Legislation Objective Provisions Relevance/ (Year) Applicability to Project under LA act". Right, title or interest held by persons belonging to Scheduled Tribes in land are not be attached except when the amount due under such decree or order is due to the state government or to any cooperative land mortgage bank or cooperative society. Land Reforms to stream line the Under this act, following categories of Applicable as some Legislations - utilization of village land were vested in the State Government of the lands with the HP Village common lands popularly Those areas which were vested in a implementing 'could' Common Land known as ’Shamlat Land ’. Panchyat under section 4 of the Punjab be subject to Vesting and Village Common Land (Regulation) Act, provisions of this act Utilization 1961, as enforced in merged areas of Act,1974 Himachal Pradesh under section 5 of the Punjab Re-organisation Act, 1966. This precluded lands used or reserved for the benefit of village community including streets, lanes, play-grounds, Schools, wells and ponds within Abadideh or Gohrdeh; areas which were described in the Revenue records as shamlat taraf, patties and thola, and not used as per revenue records for the benefit of the village community or a part thereof for community purposes of the village; Areas which were described in revenue records as shamlat, shamlat, deh, taraf, shamat, shamlat chak and patti. This applied in respect of those areas which comprised Himachal Pradesh immediately before November 1, 1966. Through an amendment made later, the vested land can now also be transferred to some other Departments, of the State Government or can be given on lease to an individual in connection with development activities of the state. H.P. Tenancy provides for restriction on amendments in Rule 38-A (a)(2) of the and Land transfer of land in favour Himachal Pradesh Tenancy and Land Reforms Act, of a person who is not an Reform Rules, 1975 provides that for all 1972: Section agriculturist of the State purposes, other than for a dwelling unit or 118 of Act shop, any non-agriculturist seeking to Himachal acquire land with permission under Pradesh section 118 of Himachal Pradesh Tenancy Tenancy and and Land Reform Act 1972, shall need an Land Reform essentiality certificate (EC) from the Rules, 1975. concerned department that will certify his Environment and Social Management Framework Page 62 Himachal Pradesh Horticulture Development Project Legislation Objective Provisions Relevance/ (Year) Applicability to Project eligibility. It must also be stated that land required is as per norms and that NOCs from all relevant departments and authorities including Local Bodies have been obtained. In effect, for certain purposes like agriculture/horticulture use where no EC was required, this has been brought in Himachal Provides for leasing of land The land may be granted on lease for Applicable as during Pradesh Lease and to be granted only in purposes and to persons as provided project Rules, 2013 the interests of the under these rules with the sanction of the implementation, the development of State, competent authority, out of land vested project may require with the State Government under Section to lease land 3 ( HP Village Common Lands Vesting and Utilization Act) or the land vested under section 11 (HP Ceiling on Land Holdings Act, 1972 (Act No.19 of 1973), in the interest of the development of the State.The land vested with the Government under the Acts, which is encroached, shall not be leased out to the encroacher. The lease may be granted only in the interests of the development of State, if the State Government is satisfied that there are sufficient reasons to do so. The development of State shall include amongst others: location of the specific infrastructure projects, any other common purpose in the interest of the development of the State and shall include the traditional cultural activities of the State of Himachal Pradesh.In Scheduled areas the lease application to the concerned Gram Sabhas for consultation and would be processed further only after obtaining the Gram Sabha’s resolution in this regard. The Himachal an act to re-enact the law Provides for Upgradation, Pradesh to provide for improved  regulation of trading and contract modernization of Agricultural & regulation in marketing of farming that includes: developing and existing market yards Horticultural agricultural produce, regulating the marketing of notified and establishment of Produce development of efficient agricultural produce; Market yards, green-field markets Marketing marketing system, sub-market yards, farmer’s, are proposed under (Development promotion of agri consumer’s and private market yards; the project. & Regulation) processing and agricultural  Establishment of private yards and Act, 2005 exports, establishment and direct purchase of agricultural proper administration of produce from agriculturists; Sale of Environment and Social Management Framework Page 63 Himachal Pradesh Horticulture Development Project Legislation Objective Provisions Relevance/ (Year) Applicability to Project markets for agricultural notified agricultural produce in the produce in the State of market; Himachal Pradesh and to  Control provisions such as ensure level playing field Assessment of market fee; Power to for competitive markets to stop vehicles and inspect, Power to operate through setting of remove encroachments in the market minimum standards for yard etc. facilities, procedures and systems, thereby promoting the establishment of well administered and efficient infrastructure for marketing of agricultural produce in and from the State Results The vision of this RFD is to The Annual RFD accords weightage, set of Applicable as this Framework ensure Socio-economic actions, success indicators and target document would Document for development of Scheduled ratings (Poor to Excellent) to each of the incorporate/support Tribal Tribe population with a following functions: All matters relating to some of the project Development view to bridge the Socio- planning generally e.g. assessment of level interventions Department economic gap between resources, formulation of plans, laying (2015-16) Scheduled Tribe and down of targets and physical aspects and General population. The co-ordination in relation to matters mission is to facilitate the affecting the tribal areas and the up-gradation of levels of Scheduled Tribes of the State. (TSP); administration and Periodical assessment and evaluation of improvement of socio- Plan activities in relation to matters economic infrastructure in affecting the tribal areas and the Scheduled Areas as well as Scheduled Tribes of the State. (Tribal tribal population Advisory Council, PAC, Boards); All policy concentrated areas matters including introduction of new through area and schemes affecting the tribal areas and the population targeted Scheduled Tribes and consultation thereof approaches with a view to by all administrative departments with empower the tribals socio- the Tribal Development Department. economically to be at par (Matters relating to Tribal Advisory with general population Council; Matters relating to the Himachal with special emphasis for Pradesh Transfer of Land(Regulation) women. Act,1968; Matter relating to the Welfare of Scheduled Tribes; Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribes(Prevention of Atrocities) Act,1989 with respect to Scheduled Tribes; Administration and Control of Scheduled Areas and Scheduled Tribes including Single Line Administration; and Matters relating to Integrated Tribal Environment and Social Management Framework Page 64 Himachal Pradesh Horticulture Development Project Legislation Objective Provisions Relevance/ (Year) Applicability to Project Development Projects (ITDPs) Single Line To provide single line Provides for Deputy Applicable as project Administration administration to the ITDP Commissioner/Additional DC to exercise interventions are in ITDP areas areas of the state all powers of Head of the departments in planned in these of Kinnaur, respect of all officers posted in their area areas and Lahaul Spiti implementation and Bharmaur would require support from DC/ADC The World Bank Operational ensures that indigenous The World Bank defines Indigenous Applicable as project Policy 4.10 on population benefits from Peoples (IPs) by the following criteria:Self- interventions are to Indigenous development projects and identification as members of a distinct take place in tribal Peoples those projects’ potentially indigenous cultural group and recognition areas of the state adverse effects are of this identity by others; Collective avoided or mitigated and attachment to geographically distinct prescribes elements for a habitats or ancestral territories in the tribal development project area and to the natural resources framework or tribal in these habitats and territories; development plan Customary cultural, economic, social, or political institutions that are separate from those of the dominant society and culture; An indigenous language, often different from the official language of the country or region;and Identification by the Borrower Country as an Indigenous Group. It seeks the borrower to engage in a process of free, prior and informed consultation. World Bank's This Policy governs the Policy is based on five principles WB is required to Policy on public accessibility of  Maximizing access to information; disclose Project Access to information in the Bank’s  Setting out a clear list of exceptions; related information Information possession that is not on a  Safeguarding the deliberative during preparation list of exceptions process; and implementation  Providing clear procedures for making as per this policy information available; and  Recognizing requesters’ right to an appeals process. The policy outlines a clear process for making information publicly available and provides a right to appeal if information- seekers believe they were improperly or unreasonably denied access to information or there is a public interest case to override an exception that restricts access to certain information. Environment and Social Management Framework Page 65 Himachal Pradesh Horticulture Development Project 3.3 List of Statutory Clearances and Authorizations that may be required Table 23 List of Statutory Clearances and Authorizations that may be required S. Activity Statute Requirement Competent Responsible Time No. Authority Agency for Required Obtaining Clearance Pre-Construction Stage (Responsibility: HP-HDP) 1 Tree cutting from Forest Permission for Local Forest PMU, HP-HDP 3-5 non-forest area Conservation Act tree cutting Authority months 1980 & MOEFCC Letter Dt. 18.02.98 2 Post entry 2003 PEQ Dept of Agr, Head of Dept, 1-2 years quarantine order Govt of India Plant Pathology, Horticulture University, Solan Construction Stage (Responsibility: Contractor/HP-HDP) 1 Establishing stone Water Act of Consent-for- Himachal The 2-3 crusher, hot mix 1974, Air Act of establishment Pradesh Contractor months plant, wet mix 1981, Noise Rules Pollution plant and Diesel of 2000 and Control Generator Sets Environmental Board(HPPCB) Protection Action of 1986 and as amended 2 Operating stone Water Act of Consent-for- HPPCB The 2-3 crusher, hot mix 1974, Air Act of operation Contractor months plant, wet mix 1981, Noise Rules plant and Diesel of 2000 and Generator Sets Environmental Protection Action of 1986 and as amended 3. Storage of fuel Manufacture Permission for HPPCB HP-HDP 2-3 oil, lubricants, storage and storage of months diesel etc. at Import of hazardous construction Hazardous chemical camp Chemical Rules Environment and Social Management Framework Page 66 Himachal Pradesh Horticulture Development Project S. Activity Statute Requirement Competent Responsible Time No. Authority Agency for Required Obtaining Clearance 1989 4 Quarry operation State Minor Quarry Lease State HP-HDP 2-3 Mineral Deed and Quarry Department of months Concession Rules, License Mines and The Mines Act of Geology 1952, Indian Explosive Act of 1984, Air Act of 1981 and Water Act of 1974 5 Clearance for EIA Notification, 1. Mining below HP SEIAA/SEAC HP-HDP 2-3 Mining Operation 2006 and 5 Ha (B2 months and Building Amendment in Category) Construction vide OM No.L- 2. Building above 11011/47/2011- 20000 sqm 1A.II(M) dated 24.06.2013 6 Extraction of Ground Water Permission for State Ground HP-HDP 2-3 ground water Rules of 2002 extraction of Water months ground water for Authority use in road construction activities 7 Engagement of Labour Act Labour license Labour HP-HDP 2-3 labour Commissioner months Environment and Social Management Framework Page 67 Himachal Pradesh Horticulture Development Project 4.0 STAKEHOLDER CONSULTATIONS AND DISCLOSURE Stakeholder consultations were held to ascertain likely social and environmental issues that need to be addressed during project preparation; understand current practices from production to marketing, validate findings from desk reviews, understand perceived benefits of the various interventions, awareness regarding government schemes, constraints faced, prevalent government schemes, etc. Details are presented in ensuing sections. 4.1 Typology of stakeholders The Stakeholder Consultation process considered a number of stakeholders who were engaged at different levels. The purpose was to ascertain their relevance and role in HPHDP during preparation and later during implementation. Table 24 presents the stakeholder analysis: Table 24 Stakeholder Analysis Stakeholder type Importance in HPHDP Rationale for consultation Farmers women These are persons mostly engaged in farming While certain project interventions are members of Self Help across the state and would be covered under already identified within tribal blocks, Groups (SHGs), Tribal the project interventions all such persons have varied Farmers, leaders, experiences relating to farming, marketing of produce and have latent needs and demands that could be covered under the project design and processes such as need for training on different crops, need for irrigation infrastructure, market yards, etc. Hence they were consulted to understand their concerns, previous experiences, expectations and suggestion on livelihoods restoration. Farmers Producer These are persons currently practicing farming Such already formed Organization (FPOs), as a group or formed as a cooperative and have group/cooperatives with varied levels Water User experiences in either collective procurement of of awareness give the project an Association (WUA), farm inputs and marketing of produce, import opportunity to introduce the project Krishi Vikas Sangh and sale of rootstocks, setting up Polyhouses interventions and help scale up. NGOs (KVS) Producers, and/or forming water associations for setting already operational in the area and Farmer Interest up of irrigation infrastructure. While some of involved in community mobilization Groups (FIG), them practice horticulture others are engaged would be key stakeholders in Cooperative societies, in vegetable and/or floriculture. spreading awareness. Non Government Organization(NGOs) Horticulture These officials who are part of the project To inform on the proposed project and Development (Subject implementing agency, would be key to understand their present roles and Matter specialist, assessment of demand, planning and responsibilities, constraints faced by HDO, HEOs), Block implementation of all proposed project these officials, need for capacity Development Officers, interventions. building were noted for proposing Agriculture measures under the ESMF Environment and Social Management Framework Page 68 Himachal Pradesh Horticulture Development Project Stakeholder type Importance in HPHDP Rationale for consultation Department HPMC, Regional HPMC facilities (for sorting, grading and Features regarding Horticulture Research processing of apples and other fruits) are an upgradation/expansion of HPMCs and Training Station, important infrastructure. Under the project were noted in respect of their Dr. Y. S. Parmar while there would be a few new facilities, many requirement/availability of land. As University Mashobara are being proposed upgradation/expansion the University was providing inputs for wherein locals (males and females) are safe and timely use of pesticides and engaged. nutrient management as well as The University is one of the implementing conducting research on apple mites agencies for the project and soil diseases. Practices relating to PEQ nursery 4.2 Aims of Community Meetings and Institutional Consultations Table 25 Aims of Stakeholder Consultations Community Level Institutional Level Create general public awareness amongst the To learn about the current and best local level practices potential beneficiaries about HPHDP from district officials and cooperatives Broadly explain the project processes and planned to learn about the current available schemes offered by interventions departments - horticulture, irrigation and agriculture. Elicit communities support to the project and to learn about the current challenges faced in terms of Increase HPHDP acceptability accessibility, awareness regarding pesticides, fumigants and other farm inputs schemes Understand communities' current practices from Assess institutional capacity to plan and implement procuring of inputs to marketing of produce - their project interventions experiences, success Understand constraints faced, needs for training, exposure, capacity building 4.3 Outcomes of Stakeholder interactions Key Issues from stakeholders, responses provided and their incorporation in the ESMF is provided in Table 26 Key Issues from stakeholders, responses provided and their incorporation in the ESMF. Environment and Social Management Framework Page 69 Himachal Pradesh Horticulture Development Project Table 26 Key Issues from stakeholders, responses provided and their incorporation in the ESMF Stakeholders Participants Key issues discussed Mahakali Farmer Cooperative Cooperative  Need sustainable water supply either through rain-water harvesting/lift irrigation and storage, , Jubal Hatti members,  bigger cold storage to store different commodities at different temperatures is essential to improving Department of shelf life Horticulture  Longer shelf life can be ensured by transportation through the more expensive 'Reefer' vans rather than routine trucks.  Protective cultivation is extremely profitable though support is needed in identifying and subsidizing on farm irrigation schemes.  wildlife conflict has been a concern with monkeys and other animals damaging crops  expect technical training on new technology and pesticides Regional Horticulture University Officials,  Rootstocks being cultivated without micro irrigation systems. Research and Training Station Department of  Provides inputs for safe and timely use of pesticides and nutrient management- as well as conducting Dr. Y. S. Parmar University, Horticulture research on apple mites and soil diseases. Mashobra- Directorate of Horticulture, Officials, Directorate  Though horticulture camps have been organized in the past, there is a need for Training calendar Shimla District of Horticulture  Special provisions for hard and backward areas exist besides additional subsidy is given to farmers in scheduled areas and hilly areas under the GoI's MIDH scheme Water User Association, Members of the  No formal training hence unaware of the full functioning requirements of WUAs. Thalai village, Theog Block association  Water supply, though inadequate to meet their needs fully, has resulted in subsistence farming giving Department of way to a scenario of marketable surplus. Horticulture,  Inputs from government stores, though less reliable in quality are taken mostly to avail of existing Agriculture subsidy, whereas inputs from private firms, though more expensive are better in quality.  Expect technical training related to new technology related to Horticulture and Floriculture; and WUA practices relating to roles and functioning. Farmer consultation at Farmers, Department  Concerns over hale and frost affecting yield with greater frequency of hail and more intensive in the past Narkhanda of Horticulture, 10 yrs.  unclear about insurance schemes in terms of their coverage  Lower altitude orchards now required irrigation in the dry season, where previously it was not needed.  Apple mites were also identified as a recurring issue in this region; as a result many farmers were replacing apple with cherry.  wildlife conflict was also flagged as an issue Shathla Cooperative society, Farmers of  Could have a better yield if there is better access to irrigation systems. Shathla cooperative society,  Current reliance is on chemical agents for fertilizers, though farmers would prefer to use biological Department of fertilizer. Environment and Social Management Framework Page 70 Himachal Pradesh Horticulture Development Project Stakeholders Participants Key issues discussed Horticulture,  farmers are practicing mulching and zero tillage; though soil moisture balance is low in the dry season  Cooperative was planning to construct a CA/CS store as the risk of selling below market price to avoid spoilage of the crop is very high. HPMC CA, Grading sorting HPMC staff,  About 150-200 Labourers are sourced in the season (2-3) months, most of which are male though women and packing facility- Jarol Department of are engaged packing, grading too Tikkar, Kotgarh Horticulture,  About 1000L/day of water is used in the process of washing. No chlorination or chemical agent was added to the water. It is disposed without treatment or filtration into the nearest nullah.  Solid waste disposal was seen as minimal- Packing material included plastic crates for storage and transport.  No fungicide or chemical agent is added to the packaged apples. However a waxing process is used to preserve apples and retain moisture content.  No information was provided on H&S standards  Technical Training related to Sorting, grading, packaging is expected Ikant wadi – Matiana Farmers, Department  Department provides technical knowledge on best practices and new technology, varieties in the market. of Horticulture,  Pesticides are procured from Bayer and horticulture department provides inputs to its application and storage. The CSC processed about 30,000 boxes/year Government Department Officials from  Constraints experienced are water resource, Proper Irrigation system, Technical Knowledge among the Consultation -Agriculture Department of farmers is less, duplication of Pesticides, marketing of Apple and Other fruits and cold Storage Department, Kullu Horticulture and  Anticipate increase the productivity, quality of the Apple should be better and market access should Agriculture improve Public Consultation –Jia Farmers, Department  issues faced include marketing of Apple and Other fruits, cold storage Village-Bhunter of Horticulture,  Women participation is less in the area women  Involvement of the gram sabha is necessary for issues relating to project interventions  Road accessibility is a major constraint to gaining exposure  Communication issue between Government Department and farmers is inadequate Fruit Grower Association, Farmers, women,  Growers' involvement in project design is important Patlikuhl Department of  Communication is major issue between government department and farmers horticulture  anticipated benefit include increase the productivity, improvement in quality of fruits, market access, increase the Income of farmers  Expect support on Technical training related to New technology related to Horticulture, Pesticide and its uses;  Soil testing should be conducting regularly, training related to Marketing Management  Visual/Video presentation regarding the new technology of horticulture; Field training should be organized and also set up Demo plots for new verities  Vermi composting should be promoted,  Training for women related to Horticulture technology Environment and Social Management Framework Page 71 Himachal Pradesh Horticulture Development Project Stakeholders Participants Key issues discussed Public Meeting at Teesa Farmers, HDO, HEO,  Support for marketing is an area of concern; though the department had been supportive in providing block, Chamba, Lead Farmers, NGO guidelines and technical inputs  apples were smaller in shape and less vibrant in color due to inappropriate farming practices or lack of necessary training on usage of pesticides by crop cycle  10% area has irrigation facility  nearest market is Amritsar to which all produce is taken as they lack a market place here. Further the packaging facilities are relatively low as only 10 kg boxes are packed in here at Teesa whereas the markets in Shimla. There is no mechanized packing system here. Meeting with Block Block development  Jasoragarh, Chilli, Choli, Deola, Kajjur and Gujjar are the main tribal clusters. Accessibility is the main Development Officer, Teesa, officer, Department issue in the area, therefore exposure is very limited. Chamba district of Horticulture  orchards in the area are senile and at the stage of re-plantation  provision of ropeway, etc. to overcome accessibility constraints can be considered Meeting with Churaha Valley Officials of society,  has 1023 members of which 70% are Tribals. Alternative Agro and Department of  is involved in import of rootstocks, and their sale to farmers. Members of their society sell about 50% to Horticulture Development, Horticulture, 60% of their produce collectively. Recently they have taken up land for cultivation within their own Marketing Cooperative society on lease at rate of Rs. 25000/ per bigha/year. Society, Teesa, Chamba district Meeting with Tribal Women Representative of  women are also involve in agriculture activities right from preparation of land and harvest including SHG (with Jagori - NGO), NGO, Tribal women seedling, application of fertilizers, sowing, ploughing, sowing, spraying, though sale of produce is Dogali, Choli Panchayat farmers exclusively undertaken by men who deal with the contractors or agents.  Few ladies in the village also have landholding of their own.  Most of the land is rain-fed with less than 10% of their land is irrigated.  Currently only subsistence agriculture is practiced and they consume whatever is produced.  some of the households are involved in beekeeping  Training on Mushrooms, onions, Beekeeping, Vermi-composting is expected Environment and Social Management Framework Page 72 Himachal Pradesh Horticulture Development Project Key consultations in respect of their implications by component for ESMF are summarized below: Table 27 Component wise implications of consultations Components Summary A: Horticulture  Quality planting material and technical knowledge of pesticides is key requirement Production and as their current experience of inputs procured from government is not satisfactory Diversification  Irrigation infrastructure is a major need for which farmers are willing to support project interventions in terms of provision of land as necessary  Training and capacity building is a major requirement of farmers, entrepreneurs  Subsidies exist on different schemes in agriculture and horticulture thereby enabling convergence with project interventions  Expect technical training related to new technology related to Horticulture and Floriculture; and WUA practices relating to roles and functioning  need protection from hail storms and expect better insurance coverage  women groups are keen to cultivate mushrooms and other vegetables such as onions and also other trainings on beekeeping, etc. B: Value Addition and  Involvement of women in post harvest can be expected to increase in new or Agri-enterprise upgraded HPMC sites Development  cold storage are major needs for which farmers are willing to support project interventions in terms of provision of land as necessary  are keen to have better market access  Need training on E&S issues  Want better connectivity C: Market Development Farmers are keen to have market yards closer to produce rather than individual carry and Sector Stewardship goods to distant markets D: Project Management, Are keen for more crop management practices and expect departments to provide Monitoring and Learning necessary support in terms of farm inputs and knowledge, training, exposure visits In addition to the series of consultations with stakeholders, a Disclosure Workshop regarding the Environmental and Social Management Framework was conducted on 21 Januaray under the Chairmanship of Mr. Sharma, IAS, Principal Secretary Printing and Stationary cum Project Director- HPHDP at Shimla.The workshop was attended by over 40 representatives of the State Horticulture Department, farmers, women and tribal representatives, the University Horticulture and Forestry and the project preparation team. Presentations were made by the Project Director, Team Leader and the environment and social management consultants of the project preparation team. Issues and comments raised by the stakeholders included (i) Land availability for area expansion of orchards (ii) concerns over apple replantation which has not been successful in the past were discussed and clarified in the meeting, suggestions have been incorporated into the ESMF. (iii) heavy losses caused by the monkeys in the orchards/vegetable fields and inability to control them (iv) Overuse of chemical pesticides Environment and Social Management Framework Page 73 Himachal Pradesh Horticulture Development Project (v) the cultivation of temperate fruits (especially apples) is shifting regularly to higher altitudes due to global warming affecting their livelihood adversely The project team clarified how the project would address many of the issues raised and how they would be managed during the lifetime of the project. Environment and Social Management Framework Page 74 Himachal Pradesh Horticulture Development Project Environment and Social Management Framework Page 75 Himachal Pradesh Horticulture Development Project 5.0 ANTICIPATED IMPACTS/RISKS AND MITIGATION STRATEGY 5.1 Summary of Project Interventions The project under this its components and sub-components undertake the following activities all across the twelve districts of the state. Table 28 Summary of Project interventionspresents the cumulative figures of each intervention (Refer to Annex VII for location wise details of project interventions) Table 28 Summary of Project interventions Project Interventions Unit Total (unit) Apple Ha Area Expansion Ha 7000 Rejuvenation Ha 8800 Replantation Ha 3000 Other Fruits Ha Area Expansion Ha 11200 Total Ha 30000 PCDOs No. Apple No. 16 Other Fruits No. 20 Bee keeping As provided under the adaptive research component Agri-Processing Centres No. 3 Market Yards No. Existing 12 Greenfield (Nos) 2 Total 14 Pack houses No. Existing No. 5 Greenfield (Nos) No. 15 Total No. 20 FPOs No. 27 CSCs No. 27 CA No. Existing 6 Greenfield (Nos) 2 Source: Project Implementation Plan, HPHDP The table below presents the project interventions proposed under each component and sub- component, likely stakeholders and anticipated or intended outcomes. Environment and Social Management Framework Page 76 Himachal Pradesh Horticulture Development Project Table 29 Summary of Interventions, potential stakeholders and anticipated outcomes Component wise Interventions Stakeholders Anticipated outcomes Component A: Horticulture Production and Diversification A1. Enhancing availability and adoption of elite planting Fruit growers (including women),  enhance availability of disease-free genetic material materials and horticulture technology transfers Nursery operators, , orchard (both root stock and cultivars);  importing true-to-type, disease-free genetic owners,  strengthen post-quarantine facilities and pest and material University of Horticulture and disease surveillance  standardize and certify planting materials by Forestry  nurseries using modern techniques for propagation implementation of a system of inspection and Private sector nurseries  improve capacity vide training and capacity building, certification; SPV for PCDOs including study tours, workshops, vocational and  training and capacity building of private sector academic training, preparation of technical advice (small scale) nurseries, organizing them into a modules, etc.; nursery grower association  enhanced awareness of improved technologies  Support the newly established SPV for modern nursery production.  strengthen post-quarantine facilities and pest and disease surveillance;  establishing nurseries  training and capacity building,  international technical assistance to SPV,  collaboration with international nurseries/research institutions  adoptive research and development and dissemination of improved technologies (including: package of practices) A2. Promoting Climate Resilient Technologies and Apple and other fruit Growers,  increased area, rejuvenated or replanted under apple Adoption fumigators, orchards  area expansion under new orchards Orchard Owners,  improved knowledge on modern farm management  replanting old, senile and unproductive apple Vegetable growers, including, planting systems and structures, canopy orchards by developing soil fumigation systems small and marginal farmers, management and pruning, etc.  scientific orchard management practices in existing tribals,  improved integrated pest, disease andnutrient orchards by modernising farm management women management systems, fertiliser and irrigation practices, including, new planting systems and WUA management. structures, canopy management and pruning, HEO, HDOs, SMS  improved irrigation systems and enhanced water integrated pest, disease andnutrient management Farmer Interest Groups availability for cropping/farming for longer Environment and Social Management Framework Page 77 Himachal Pradesh Horticulture Development Project Component wise Interventions Stakeholders Anticipated outcomes systems, fertiliser and irrigation management. Service Providers duration/periods and improved on farm water efficiency  develop minor community irrigation systems for Pollinators  formation and training of WUAs storage, distribution and delivery of water  awareness regarding and improved post-harvest  on-farm integrated crop management management practices  post-harvest management demonstrations  model centres for knowledge and experience sharing for involving farm level cleaning, grading, packing and future interventions value addition  Increase in availability of quantity of water for  establish Centres of Excellence irrigation  Improvement in quality of water for drinking  Increase in soil moisture retention period for longer duration. A3. Facilitation of access to financial services and Apple and other fruit Growers, ,  improved access to long term credit building financial capability Banks/financial institutions,  new products and improved awareness amongst  Ensure access to long term credit Orchard Owners, vegetable farmers  Development of new products to farmers growers including, small and  knowledge on products and awareness amongst farmers  development of key fact statements for new marginal farmers, tribals, women, regarding uses of financial products to purchase elite products HEO, HDOs, SMS planting material, farm inputs, anti-hail nets, pruning,  development of mobile based communications insurance, improve savings and investments  financial counseling to farmers Component B: Value Addition and Agri-enterprise Development B1 Product aggregation and sale through producer Fruit, Vegetable and Flower  improved shelf life for produce associations growers (including women,  higher prices for saleable produce  to organize the producers into farmer producer tribals), Self Help Groups,  reduction or savings in transaction costs organizations; develop their capacity and skills Common service Centres, Farmers  Farmers’ knowledge of markets and capacities to  investment support to these FPOs for establishing producers organizations, Service negotiate in the market will be enhanced common service centres (CSCs). provider, Transport operators  improved primary and local level grading and processing  Establishment of about 27 common service centres facilities would be supported by the project, primarily  Formation of FPOs will lead to an increase in farmers’ focusing on vegetables, fruits, and cut flowers. bargaining capacity and help in collective procurement of  bulk purchase of inputs for sale to individual quality products members, marketing of produce, grading and  FPO adopts measures for IPM and f icomposting thereby quality control, and enhancing access to distant and reducing reliance on agrochemicals. higher value markets B2 Supply Chain Infrastructure Support and piloting Fruit, Vegetable and Flower  Improve the capacity of the growers to utilize markets to Negotiable Warehouse Receipts: growers (including women, their financial advantages Environment and Social Management Framework Page 78 Himachal Pradesh Horticulture Development Project Component wise Interventions Stakeholders Anticipated outcomes  Renovation, expansion or modernization or green- tribals), Self Help Groups,  provide post-harvest finance against the stored goods fleld cold chain infrastructure such as pack-houses, Common service Centres, Farmers and facilitate NWR based trading. controlled atmosphere storage (CAs) producers organizations, Service  reduce the seasonal gluts of produce and thereby  negotiable warehouse receipts to provide post provider, Transport operators distress sale of produce by farmers and ensuring better harvest finance against stored goods incomes  extend the marketing period by withdrawing some supplies from the fresh spot market and storing them for off-season marketing. B3. Agri-Business Promotion Facility (ABPF) Fruit, Vegetable and Flower  generate and support entrepreneurs  promote private investment in local horticulture growers/entreprenuers, Banks,  improve access for such enterprises agribusiness, fosterbackward and forward linkages financial institutions, Self Help  help scale up existing and new enterprises promote positive policy change; Groups, Common service Centres,  provide agribusiness incubation services; Farmers producers organizations,  facilitating access to financing for agribusiness enterprises. Component C: Market Development and Sector Stewardship C1. Upgradation and modernization of agricultural Fruit, Vegetable and Flower  automation of business transactions leading to wholesale markets growers (including women, transparency in market information and intelligence to  upgrade, modernize wholesale markets/market tribals), Self Help Groups, the farmers. yards Common service Centres, Farmers  Availability of market yards closer to produce rather than  provide basic infrastructure to such yards such as producers organizations, Service chandigarh, amristar, delhi auction hall, internal roads, toilets, parking, price provider, Transport operators,  improving access to distant buyers display board, loading platform, ramps, fence Dept of Horticulture, HPMC, APMC staff C2: Setting up Economic and Market Information and Fruit, Vegetable and Flower  increase information transparency, productivity, Intelligence (EMI) cell growers (including women, profitability and market access to farmers, producers  set up of an EMI cell tribals), Common service Centres,  creation of a body of commercial and market knowledge  support diversification and intensification of Farmers producers organizations, on horticulture marketing and production, horticultural production, aimed at responding to Service provider, Transport market demand and climate variability. operators, Dept of Horticulture, HPMC, APMC, staff, IT Service provider Component D: Project Management, Monitoring and Learning  establish Project Coordination Unit, Project implementation staff,  effectively implement, monitor the interventions and  establishment and operations of Project NGOs/service provider, M&E thereby successfully implement the project Environment and Social Management Framework Page 79 Himachal Pradesh Horticulture Development Project Component wise Interventions Stakeholders Anticipated outcomes Implementation Units in the respective agency implementing agencies;  set up of a monitoring and evaluation (M&E)  contract an external M&E agency to monitor project activities and impact Source: Project Appraisal Document, HPHDP, The World Bank, 2015 5.2 Interventions by Impacts, risks and suggested mitigation measures Table 30 presents summary of interventions, likely impacts, likely risks in achieving the intended outcomes and also lists the potential mitigation measures Table 30 Summary of Interventions, impacts, risks and potential mitigation measures Summary of Interventions, impacts, risks and potential mitigation measures Component wise Interventions Impacts Risks potential mitigation measures Component A: Horticulture Production and Diversification A1. Enhancing availability and adoption of elite  Sites for nurseries if  small and marginal farmers,  Existing and identified sites planting materials and horticulture technology existing land is women and tribals may be would require screening to transfers inadequate and new excluded from training and ascertain if there are any  importing true-to-type, disease-free genetic sites are required capacity building activities adverse impacts and if so, avoid material  A pest or disease outbreak in the site  strengthen post-quarantine facilities and the stoolbed or nursery,  inclusion criteria to be followed pest and disease surveillance; particularly if it related to a in selection of such farmers to  establishing nurseries quarantine organism, could be incorporated in the  training and capacity building, result in loss of a substantial Community Operations Manual  international technical assistance to SPV, amount of plant material, and  project functionaries to be  collaboration with international potentially delay achievement provided due training to ensure nurseries/research institutions of targets inclusion  adoptive research and development and  Release of diseased material  Strict monitoring protocols will dissemination of improved technologies from nurseries to orchards be imposed to prevent major  Demonstrations for integrated crop which would have a outbreaks occurring. management and post harvest detrimental effect on area  Nurseries will be established at management expansion and the long term different sites so that an health and viability of the crop. outbreak will not threaten the Environment and Social Management Framework Page 80 Himachal Pradesh Horticulture Development Project Summary of Interventions, impacts, risks and potential mitigation measures Component wise Interventions Impacts Risks potential mitigation measures entire production.  Plant imports shall be restricted to the first 3 years of the programme. A measured approach to area expansion using material produced from locally propagated trees will aid this. Rapid establishment of nurseries, and focus on rapid multiplication in the early years will minimise the quarantine risks from imported material.  The project will also seek international advice on best practice hygiene and Pest and Disease monitoring.  Imported plants will be inspected by a designated inspection authority (DIA), to ensure that no new pests or diseases are imported into the country. Plants detected with new pests or diseases will be destroyed and containment measures put in place. The Dr. YS Parmar University of Horticulture & Forestry, Nauni, Solan (HP) is currently the registered DIA for carrying out these inspections. A2. Promoting Climate Resilient Technologies  land requirement for  small and marginal farmers,  land for Centres of Excellence and Adoption siting of irrigation women and tribals may be already with implementing  area expansion under new orchards facilities and centres of required to give up land for agencies and further screening  replanting old, senile and unproductive Excellence siting irrigation would be undertaken to assess if apple orchards by developing soil  Improper disposal of  such farmers might not get there are any adverse impacts Environment and Social Management Framework Page 81 Himachal Pradesh Horticulture Development Project Summary of Interventions, impacts, risks and potential mitigation measures Component wise Interventions Impacts Risks potential mitigation measures fumigation systems construction debris water supply as  land requirement would be  scientific orchard management practices or could block natural promised/inequitable included in the agreement rejuvenation in existing orchards by water courses and distribution of water between project and the WUA modernising farm management practices, impact downstream  may not understand  fair and transparent approach in including, new planting systems and beneficiaries. requirements of roles in a siting of irrigation infrastructure structures, canopy management and  Possibility of pollutionof WUA based on land holdings of each pruning, integrated pest, disease groundwatersources  may not be able to benefit beneficiary farmer andnutrient management systems, fertiliser due to excessive use of from postharvest management  developing criteria in selection and irrigation management. fertilizers and pesticide  may be excluded training and of farmers for expansion,  develop minor community irrigation  Increase use of capacity building regarding replantation and rejuvenation systems for storage, distribution and pesticides and other modern farm practices and its effective communication delivery of water agrochemicals  Risk of obstructing natural to farmers  on-farm integrated crop management  Downstream flow is course of flow of water leading  project functionaries to counsel  post harvest management involving farm impacteddue to the to negative impact on ground farmers on WUA, Postharvest level cleaning, grading, packing and value construction of various water recharging and management benefits addition irrigation schemes. impacting already existing  Encourage farmers to opt for  establish Centres of Excellence minor irrigation systems special measures like drip  Increase in the use of irrigation systems, crop pesticides and other management practices agrochemicals with potential  Train farmers on IPM and downstream impacts on discourage use of chemical human health and pollution of pesticides; provide relevant sub-surface water, aquatic and training in storing, handling, soil ecosystems. applying and disposing fertilizers  Some non-adopter farmers and pesticides. could start using pesticides  Apply the Pest Management once irrigation water is Plan IPM strategy available and crop  Circulation of banned list of diversification is be adopted pesticides and insecticides as  Risk of procurement of banned well as guidelines for pesticide pesticides and non-availability management to be shared from of commonly used pesticides national to watershed/ user  Increased incidence of pest if group level the same crop is promoted  Identify special target groups, repeatedly e.g. horticulture officers for Environment and Social Management Framework Page 82 Himachal Pradesh Horticulture Development Project Summary of Interventions, impacts, risks and potential mitigation measures Component wise Interventions Impacts Risks potential mitigation measures  Unplanned use of bio-control training in procuring and measures by employing bio- applying IPM packages for select agents that have not been crops. tested fully, especially when  Awareness programs on using Economic Threshold Limits pesticides, exposure trips, (ETL) are not well worked out demonstration plots/ research  Lack of trained human stations and annual refresher resources to train large farmer training workshops for a range base using pesticides of stakeholders  No plan for post project  Emphasize convergence with sustainability may lead to lack relevant departments for of ownership, operation and providing access to biopesticides maintenance for the water  Standard environmental soil and harvesting structures. water conservation, soil health  Felling of trees for creating management agriculture and village level CSC or Village horticulture measures to be ponds applied,  Availability of water and  Avoid major WHS near imported cultivars may lead to habitation unsustainable use of available  Adoption of IPM as a pest water management strategy whilst  Individual users may not agree developing a package of to use water as per the plan practices is a key mitigation  Failures in check dams measure to ensure that use of  Siltation in water harvesting chemical pesticides does not structures increase substantially due  Cholorpicrin is toxic to mamals HPHDP project activities. and birds, and there is a risk it  Spurs and other stream bank may contaminate water source protection should not cause if handlers are not trained. drainage congestion  Cholorpicrin only through drip (trickle) irrigation systems and not through any other type of irrigation system.  EGs for soil and water Environment and Social Management Framework Page 83 Himachal Pradesh Horticulture Development Project Summary of Interventions, impacts, risks and potential mitigation measures Component wise Interventions Impacts Risks potential mitigation measures conservation, water harvesting structures, and soil nutrient management have been developed for design and operational phase. A3. Facilitation of access to financial services  none  such farmers might not  Ensure all farmers (including and building financial capability comprehend requirements, those needing special assistance  Ensure access to long term credit new products, mobile based - women, tribals with lower  Development of new products to farmers communications and thereby levels of exposure) are provided  development of key fact statements for access credit with adequate training, new products  may not understand handholding support, guidance  development of mobile based requirements of roles in a as necessary to understand and communications WUA comprehend offered features  financial counseling to farmers  Introduction of new and services. to be done through pollinatorswithout prior ICT strategy and Citizen assessment of possible engagement strategy negative impacts of the  Promote policies that support pollinators on native pollination-friendly actions such ecosystems as land use planning and, as  Climate change may be a applicable, responsible use of further threat to pollination pesticides. services  Build capacity for sustainably managing pollinators.  Giving consideration to the season long resources needed by pollinators, both before and after crop flowering  Ensuring connectivity of natural habitats in farming areas, so that pollinators can more easily disperse and make needed shifts in response to changing climates. Component B: Value Addition and Agri-enterprise Development Environment and Social Management Framework Page 84 Himachal Pradesh Horticulture Development Project Summary of Interventions, impacts, risks and potential mitigation measures Component wise Interventions Impacts Risks potential mitigation measures B1 Product aggregation and sale through  Existing government  Small and marginal farmers,  land for CSCs would be either producer associations land may have potential women and tribals may be taken from Panchayat land or  to organize the producers into farmer minor impacts required to give up land for individual land or on lease in producer organizations; develop their  Grey water disposal siting of CSCgroups formed case of investor outside of the capacity and skills after washing the fruits may be weak/ in cohesive state. Further screening would  investment support to these FPOs for and vegetables  Such farmers may not be undertaken to assess if there establishing common service centres  Disposal of packing understand requirements of are any adverse impacts (CSCs). material, especially non- roles in a FIGs/FPOs and may  Engaging community mobilzers  Establishment of about 27 common service bio degradable. be slow to develop their effectively to ensure cohesive centres would be supported by the project,  Increase in solid waste capacity and skills group formation and functioning primarily focusing on vegetables, fruits, and due to packaging  Their interests may be  Ensure all farmers (including cut flowers. material subsumed/ignored and they those needing special assistance  bulk purchase of inputs for sale to  Top soil removal during may not benefit from collective - women, tribals with lower individual members, marketing of produce, the construction of procurement of inputs and levels of exposure) are provided grading and quality control, and enhancing various infrastructure access to markets with adequate training, access to distant and higher value markets  Felling of Trees handholding supportdevelop  Improper storage of inputs criteria, establish quorum for (pesticide, fertilizer and meetings in the COM so as to organic manure) may lead to ensure every farmer's voice is spills/leaks and lead to heard, contamination of soil and  Provide enough space for water composting using bio- Poor storage of may lead to degradable waste Involving local pest and disease infestation SHGsto take this as a micro  Improper disposal of waste enterprise will provide can damage land and create additional revenues and gainful pollution employment.  Rotting organic waste could be  EnvironmentalGuidelines for health hazard FPO operation have been  FPO promoting use of developed agrichemicals  improper construction of CSC B2 Supply Chain Infrastructure Support and  Existing government  Small and marginal farmers,  Land requirement would be piloting Negotiable Warehouse Receipts: land for CAs and women and tribals may be fulfilled by existing land of  Renovation, expansion or modernization or packhousesmay have required to give up land for HPMC /Horticulture. Further Environment and Social Management Framework Page 85 Himachal Pradesh Horticulture Development Project Summary of Interventions, impacts, risks and potential mitigation measures Component wise Interventions Impacts Risks potential mitigation measures green-fleld cold chain infrastructure such potential for minor siting of packhouses screening would be undertaken as pack-houses, controlled atmosphere impacts  Such farmers may not to assess if there are any storage (CAs)  Improper disposal of understand the provisions to adverse impacts  negotiable warehouse receipts to provide construction debris keep one-fourth of the space  Educating farmers to overcome post harvest finance against stored goods  Dust, noise production for their produce reluctance to store produce  Solid and liquid waste  Bigger farmer may usurp space  Facilitate these transition time disposal in construction made available in CAsmay be and build confidence by and operational phase reluctant and therefore not facilitating constant interaction avail of finance against stored between banks and farmers goods  All the infrastructure would be  Inadequate management of created after preparation of a environmental issues during separate EIA, EMP wherein the the construction phase of provisions for mitigation and compliance would be clearly infrastructure mentioned.  Dumping of bio degradable wastes in non-designated area could pollute land and water resources B3. Agri-Business Promotion Facility (ABPF)  None  Small and marginal farmers  Develop simple and easy to  promote private investment in local having desire to scale up may understand messages and horticulture agribusiness, foster backward not fully understand services information brochures for and forward linkages promote positive offered and may stay away effective communication policy change;  provide agribusiness incubation services;  facilitating access to financing for agribusiness enterprises. Component C: Market Development and Sector Stewardship C1. Upgradation and modernization of  Land for siting new  Small and marginal farmers,  APMC land with clear titles agricultural wholesale markets market yards or for women and tribals may be would be ensured. Further  upgrade, modernize wholesale expansion of old ones required to give up land for screening would be undertaken markets/market yards may have potential for siting of packhouses to assess if there are any  provide basic infrastructure to such yards minor impactsWith  Small and marginal farmers adverse impacts such as auction hall, internal roads, toilets, upgraded capacity of particularly tribals in hard and  Provision of market access or parking, price display board, loading facilities for grading backward areas may be unable other access means (such as Environment and Social Management Framework Page 86 Himachal Pradesh Horticulture Development Project Summary of Interventions, impacts, risks and potential mitigation measures Component wise Interventions Impacts Risks potential mitigation measures platform, ramps, fence sorting, packing and to reach these market yards ropeways or transportation processing the  Drainage facilities in theAPMCs means) as decided based on biodegradable waste release the drainwater to the FPICs generated is likely to municipal sewage system  Ensure proper drainage system increase without any treatment. and set up primary treatment  Negative impact of  Inadequate area for facility in market yards before construction activities, parking, loading etc letting out wastewater debris disposal  Encroachment on  Follow guidelines on approach roads etc on forestland wastedisposal – both for organic agriculture land or andinorganic waste. water bodies  In market yards close tofarmlands, use bio-degradable waste for composting  Appoint waste handling agencies whocollect the waste takeit to designated waste managementfacilities.  Do not develop site on agricultural farms, dry river/stream beds-instead identify wasteland, as far as possible, for constructing markets  Site should be suitable for construction activity, with proper drainage, space for traffic movement C2: Setting up Economic and Market  none  Small and marginal farmers,  Continued handholding and Information and Intelligence (EMI) cell women and tribals may be focused communication aimed  set up of an EMI cell reluctant due to lack of prior to enable effective decision  support diversification and intensification exposure to markets and may making would be ensured of horticultural production, aimed at not respond to the new through inclusion criteria and responding to market demand and climate initiatives also culturally suitable variability.  May be slow to understand appropriate IEC material (in case implications of market demand of tribals) Environment and Social Management Framework Page 87 Himachal Pradesh Horticulture Development Project Summary of Interventions, impacts, risks and potential mitigation measures Component wise Interventions Impacts Risks potential mitigation measures and climate variability  HP HDP to document use of any  Better price realization traditional varieties and land can influence farmers to shift from races of main crops and/or other staple food to High yielding crops – crops to preserve this can have an impact on geneticdiversity household level food security Component D: Project Management, Monitoring and Learning  establish Project Coordination Unit,  none  Lack of adequate awareness on  Commensurate periodic training  establishment and operations of Project environment and social on ESMF and refresher trainings Implementation Units in the respective requirements of ESMF as necessary implementing agencies;  frequent turnover of officials  progress monitoring of PCU  set up of a monitoring and evaluation leading to loss of institutional  rigorous monitoring of ESMF (M&E) memory  delivering good quality training  contract an external M&E agency to  issues not being due to and continuous feedback to monitor project activities and impact ineffective coordination ensure improvement between implementing  careful selection of M&E agency agencies  PCU needs to ensure  inadequate trainings -- number streamlining ESMF in the and quality planning stage of various  selection of poor quality M&E interventions agency  Provide training at the cluster  Low or no prior knowledge of level in M&E for tracking project implementing environmental progress and social safeguards  M&E is largely driven by State PCU through PIU- little or no involvement of communities in sub-projects resulting in limitation of availability of real time data Environment and Social Management Framework Page 88 Himachal Pradesh Horticulture Development Project SECTION B ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT FRAMEWORK Environment and Social Management Framework Page 89 Himachal Pradesh Horticulture Development Project 6.0 ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT FRAMEWORK 6.1 Rationale and Objectives The first objective of the EMF is to develop a generic environmental management plan and framework to address environmental issues arising during planning, design, and construction and operation phase of any upcoming project. The EMF will be used to establish criteria to identify the level of EA required for the project and the processes involved, their sequence to conduct the EA studies for various components/phases of the project. All the locations and sub-components of the project have not yet been identified and these will be identified as project implementation progresses. Further, there may be a number of other issues that might emerge during the course of the study and project preparation which will need to also be examined in the EMP. Appropriate management plans to adequately address safeguard issues would have to be developed during the project implementation. For this purpose, develop an EMF that would provide adequate guidance and management framework during the project implementation for subprojects triggering social and environmental issues. Given the need for appropriate environmental management for the project and in the current context of the project formulation, the EMF specifically seeks to: 1. Establish clear procedures and methodologies for environmental planning, review, approval and implementation of sub-projects to be financed under the Project. 2. To provide practical guidance for planning, designing and implementing the environmental management measures. 3. Specify appropriate roles and responsibilities, and outline the necessary reporting procedures, for managing and monitoring environmental and related social concerns of the sub-projects and; 4. Determine the institutional arrangements, including those related to training, capacity building and technical assistance (if required) needed to successfully implement the provisions of the EMF. 6.2 Categorization of HPHDP Interventions Based on the discussion in the preceding sections, HPHDP interventions may be categorized as having a “low-moderate” level or “moderate- high”of impact on the environment. The classification of activities in the figure is largely subjective, and may be overruled by the new site specific issues or information and detailed project activities not captured in this framework. Provision of post-harvest infrastructure, pack houses, market yards and agro- processing and likely associated activities will involve road construction, construction installation of machinery and waste disposal are seen as having “moderate-major” impacts. These sub projects are considered for preparation of a sub project specific standalone EIA/EMP. Specific measures have been suggested in this regard where practicable. Environment and Social Management Framework Page 90 Himachal Pradesh Horticulture Development Project With regard to low- moderate impacts where the project activity is not expected to cause any significant impact in such cases, best practice measures and mitigation have also been recommended where appropriate to improve the environmental and social performance of the project. Table 31 classification of activities based on degree of environmental impact Impact Category Project intervention Application of ESMF Low- Moderate 1. Water harvesting and distribution Application of 2. Irrigation12 systems EGs/best practices in 3. Post entry quarantine (PEQ) and the design and demonstration nurseries operational phase 4. Pesticides and Fertilizers- application, use and storage (follow IPM,IPNM) 5. Pest and Disease Surveillance 6. CSC at village level 7. Management of Pollinators 8. Operation of Farmer Producer Organization 9. Interventions related to climate change resilience 10. Storage & Marketing of Inputs and Produce Moderate- High 1. Agri Processing Centers Assessed on a case to 2. Pack Houses case basis for 3. Cold Storage, CA storage with sorting requirement of grading and packing facilities EIA/EMP. 4. Market Yards 5. Effluent treatment plants 6. Access Roads and connectivity 6.3 Step wise processing of subprojects in relation to the EMF Taking into consideration the above classification of activities/sub projects. The process flow of design, review, approval and monitoring of activities is described in the figure below. 12 The infrastructure that would be needed for the development of minor community irrigation systems will emerge from the actual field level assessment, through participative consultation and crop water budgeting Environment and Social Management Framework Page 91 Himachal Pradesh Horticulture Development Project Project Activity/sub project Reject activities if not in Figure 7 Step Wise EMF Processing compliance with regulatory Check level of requirements environmental impact of proposed activity/sub project For Low- Moderate impact activities refer to For investments /activities with Moderate- environmental guidelines (EGs) High impact, PCU to prepare an EIA and EMP by a suitable external agency Review and Approval of activity design External Consultants Prepare EIA and EMP following EGs in design phase Review and Approval of activity design Review and Approval of DPR, EIA, EMP by following EGs in design phase State PCU Approval of activity Design and EIA/ EMP with Activity Follow EGs in operational Project Implementation Monitoring of EMP in construction and phase, monitor activities in operational phase of the sub project accordance with the indicators accordance with the indicators provided provided. The PIU will submit monthly progress reports to the PCU and the Bank regarding construction monitoring Environment and Social Management Framework Page 92 Himachal Pradesh Horticulture Development Project Table 32 Mapping of EMF to HPHDP components Summary of Interventions, impacts, risks and potential mitigation measures Component wise Interventions Impacts and Risks potential mitigation measures Implmenting agency Provisions in the EMF Component A: Horticulture Production and Diversification A1. Enhancing availability and  A pest or disease outbreak in  Strict monitoring protocols will PIU UHF Mitigation actions have been adoption of elite planting materials the stoolbed or nursery, be imposed to prevent major A Special Purpose Vehicle (SPV), a provided for impacts associated with and horticulture technology particularly if it related to a disease outbreaks occurring. registered body established by GoHP the import of root socks and cultivars transfers quarantine organism, could  Nurseries will be established at is responsible for the propagation of  importing true-to-type, result in loss of a substantial different sites so that an elite planting materials. Post Entry Quarantine regularions disease-free genetic material amount of plant material, and outbreak will not threaten the and monitoring requirements will  strengthen post-quarantine potentially delay achievement entire production. International technical assistance will need to be followed this has been facilities and pest and disease of targets  Plant imports shall be restricted be provided to the SPV provide in Annex IV surveillance;  Release of diseased material to the first 3 years of the  establishing nurseries from nurseries to orchards programme. A measured Nursery Production Consultants  training and capacity building, which would have a approach to area expansion Fruit Production & Orchard  international technical detrimental effect on area using material produced from Management Consultants assistance to SPV, expansion and the long term locally propagated trees will aid Entomology & Plant Pathology  collaboration with health and viability of the this. Rapid establishment of Consultants international crop. nurseries, and focus on rapid Water Harvesting and Management nurseries/research institutions multiplication in the early years Consultancy  adoptive research and will minimise the quarantine development and risks from imported material. dissemination of improved  The project will also seek technologies international advice on best  Demonstrations for integrated practice hygiene and Pest and crop management and post- Disease monitoring. harvest management  Imported plants will be inspected by a designated inspection authority (DIA), to ensure that no new pests or diseases are imported into the country. Plants detected with new pests or diseases will be destroyed and containment measures put in place. The Dr. YS Parmar University of Horticulture & Forestry, Nauni, Solan (HP) is currently the registered DIA for carrying out these inspections.13 13 Details on Import and Post Entry Quarantine have been provided in Annex IV Environment and Social Management Framework Page 93 Himachal Pradesh Horticulture Development Project Summary of Interventions, impacts, risks and potential mitigation measures Component wise Interventions Impacts and Risks potential mitigation measures Implmenting agency Provisions in the EMF A2. Promoting Climate Resilient  Improper disposal of  Encourage farmers to opt for PIU Horticulture Environmental Guidelines have been Technologies and Adoption construction debris from WHS special measures like drip provided for the following  area expansion under new could block natural water irrigation systems, for on farm The project will finance the extended parameters, these will be applicable orchards courses and impact micro irrigation presence of a technical assistance while designing and operating  replanting old, senile and downstream beneficiaries.  Train farmers on IPM and consultant firm which will assist with interventions in component A2 unproductive apple orchards  Possibility of pollution of discourage use of chemical the planning and management of  soil and water conservation by developing soil fumigation groundwater sources due to pesticides; provide relevant implementation of these  water harvesting structures systems excessive use of fertilizers training in storing, handling, investments  water use  scientific orchard management and pesticide applying and disposing  soil nutrient management practices or rejuvenation in  Increase use of pesticides and fertilizers and pesticides. NGOs / field facilitators capable of  Agriculture and Horticuluture existing orchards by other agrochemicals  Apply the Pest Management supporting cluster level community modernising farm  Downstream flow is impacted Plan IPM strategy mobilization, irrigation system A separate intergrated pest management practices, due to the construction of  Circulation of banned list of management, on-farm water management plan has been including, new planting various irrigation schemes. pesticides and insecticides as prepared for the project management, and formation of systems and structures,  Risk of obstructing natural well as guidelines for pesticide canopy management and farmer groups and producer course of flow of water management to be shared from pruning, integrated pest, leading to negative impact on national to watershed/ user organizations disease andnutrient ground water recharging and group level  management systems, impacting already existing  Identify special target groups, fertiliser and irrigation minor irrigation systems e.g. horticulture officers for management.  Increase in the use of training in procuring and  develop minor community pesticides and other applying IPM packages for irrigation systems for storage, agrochemicals with potential select crops. distribution and delivery of downstream impacts on  Awareness programs on using water human health and pollution of pesticides, exposure trips,  on-farm integrated crop sub-surface water, aquatic demonstration plots/ research management and soil ecosystems. stations and annual refresher  Demonstrations for post  Some non-adopter farmers training workshops for a range harvest management involving could start using pesticides of stakeholders farm level cleaning, grading, once irrigation water is  Emphasize convergence with packing and value addition available and crop relevant departments for  establish Centres of Excellence diversification is be adopted providing access to bio  Risk of procurement of pesticides banned pesticides and non-  Standard environmental soil availability of commonly used and water conservation, soil pesticides health management agriculture  Increased incidence of pest if and horticulture measures to the same crop is promoted be applied, repeatedly  Avoid major WHS near  Unplanned use of bio-control habitation measures by employing bio-  Spurs and other stream bank agents that have not been protection should not cause tested fully, especially when drainage congestion Economic Threshold Limits  Adoption of IPM as a pest (ETL) are not well worked out management strategy whilst Environment and Social Management Framework Page 94 Himachal Pradesh Horticulture Development Project Summary of Interventions, impacts, risks and potential mitigation measures Component wise Interventions Impacts and Risks potential mitigation measures Implmenting agency Provisions in the EMF  Lack of trained human developing a package of resources to train large practices is a key mitigation farmer base using pesticides measure to ensure that use of  No plan for post project chemical pesticides does not sustainability may lead to lack increase substantially due of ownership, operation and HPHDP project activities. maintenance for the water  Cholorpicrin only through drip harvesting structures. (trickle) irrigation systems and  Felling of trees for creating not through any other type of village level CSC or Village irrigation system.14 ponds  Availability of water and imported cultivars may lead to unsustainable use of available water  Individual users may not agree to use water as per the plan  Failures in check dams  Siltation in water harvesting structures  Cholorpicrin could contaminate nearby water sources if not under correct supervision and training. There is also a risk of contamination while disposing of equipment washwaters or rinsate. A3. Facilitation of access to financial  Introduction of new  Promote activities that support  PIU Horticulture  services and building financial pollinatorswithout prior pollination-friendly actions capability assessment of possible such as land use planning and,  Ensure access to long term negative impacts of the as applicable, responsible use credit pollinators on native of pesticides.  Development of new products ecosystems  Build capacity for sustainably to farmers  Climate change may be a managing pollinators.  development of key fact further threat to pollination  Giving consideration to the statements for new products services season long resources needed  development of mobile based  by pollinators, both before and communications after crop flowering  financial counseling to farmers  Ensuring connectivity of natural 14 For more details about Choloricprin applications refer to Annex V Environment and Social Management Framework Page 95 Himachal Pradesh Horticulture Development Project Summary of Interventions, impacts, risks and potential mitigation measures Component wise Interventions Impacts and Risks potential mitigation measures Implmenting agency Provisions in the EMF habitats in farming areas, so that pollinators can more easily disperse and make needed shifts in response to changing climates. Component B: Value Addition and Agri-enterprise Development B1 Product aggregation and sale  Improper storage of inputs  Provide enough space for PIU Horticulture Environmental Guidelines have been through producer associations (pesticide, fertilizer and composting using bio- developed for the following  to organize the producers into organic manure) may lead to degradable waste Involving Three private Service Providers will farmer producer spills/leaks and lead to local SHGs to take this as a be contracted by PCU to mobilize  FPO operation organizations; develop their contamination of soil and micro enterprise will provide producer groups, and establish FPOs  H&S of operational faciltities capacity and skills water additional revenues and gainful across 27 possible geographic areas  Investment support to these Poor storage of may lead to employment. in HP. They will be hired for four FPOs for establishing common pest and disease infestation years to establish FPOs and guide service centres (CSCs).  Improper disposal of waste each FPO through to registration.  Establishment of about 27 can damage land and create common service centres would pollution be supported by the project,  Rotting organic waste could primarily focusing on be health hazard vegetables, fruits, and cut  FPO promoting use of flowers. agrichemicals  bulk purchase of inputs for  Grey water disposal after sale to individual members, washing the fruits and marketing of produce, grading vegetables and quality control, and  Disposal of packing material, enhancing access to distant especially non-bio and higher value markets degradable.  Increase in solid waste due to packaging material Top soil removal during the construction of various infrastructure B2 Supply Chain Infrastructure  small and marginal farmers,  land requirement would be PIU HPMC Provision for EIA/EMP Support and piloting Negotiable women and tribals may be fulfilled by existing land of A lead international consultant and preparation, Warehouse Receipts: required to give up land for HPMC /Horticulture. Further an assistant will be responsible for implementation and  Renovation, expansion or siting of pack houses screening would be undertaken assessing current infrastructure at monitoring modernization or green-fleld  such farmers may not to assess if there are any each HPMC pack-house and CA Environmental Guidelines have cold chain infrastructure such understand the provisions to adverse impacts been developed for H&S of as pack-houses, controlled keep one-fourth of the space  educating farmers to overcome stores selected for expansion. These consultants will identify and design operational faciltities atmosphere storage (CAs) for their produce reluctance to store produce  negotiable warehouse receipts  bigger farmer may usurp  facilitate these transition time the most appropriate installations for to provide post harvest finance space made available in CAs and build confidence by each of the six existing sites. against stored goods  may be reluctant and facilitating constant interaction An International Consultant will be therefore not avail of finance between banks and farmers hired to scope the installation of new Environment and Social Management Framework Page 96 Himachal Pradesh Horticulture Development Project Summary of Interventions, impacts, risks and potential mitigation measures Component wise Interventions Impacts and Risks potential mitigation measures Implmenting agency Provisions in the EMF against stored goods  All the infrastructure would be equipment into the two existing  Inadequate management of created after preparation of a HPMC processing plants and any environmental issues during separate EIA, EMP wherein the Greenfield investments that occur the construction phase of provisions for mitigation and later in the project. infrastructure compliance would be clearly  Improper disposal of mentioned. construction debris  Dust, noise production  solid and liquid waste disposal in construction and operational phase  Dumping of bio degradable wastes in non-designated area could pollute land and water resources B3. Agri-Business Promotion Facility  small and marginal farmers  Develop simple and easy to  PCU  (ABPF) having desire to scale up may understand messages and  promote private investment in not fully understand services information brochures for local horticulture agribusiness, offered and may stay away effective communication foster backward and forward linkages promote positive policy change;  provide agribusiness incubation services;  facilitating access to financing for agribusiness enterprises. Component C: Market Development and Sector Stewardship C1. Upgradation and modernization  Drainage facilities in the  APMC land with clear titles PIU HPSAMB Provision for EIA/EMP of agricultural wholesale markets APMCs release the drain would be ensured. Further preparation,  upgrade, modernize wholesale water to the municipal screening would be undertaken HPSAMB would recruit, a design and implementation and markets/market yards sewage system without any to assess if there are any engineering service provider for monitoring  provide basic infrastructure to treatment. adverse impacts working with selected markets for Environmental Guidelines have such yards such as auction  Inadequate area for  provision of market access or the development of market been developed for H&S of hall, internal roads, toilets, parking, loading etc other access means (such as upgradation proposal. operational faciltities parking, price display board,  Encroachment on ropeways or transportation Project would also support the  loading platform, ramps, fence Forestland means) as decided based on recruitment of additional engineers  With upgraded capacity of FPICs in HPSAMB to assist the facilities for grading sorting,  ensure proper drainage system implementation of this sub packing and processing the and set up primary treatment component. biodegradable waste facility in market yards before The project will also recruit generated is likely to increase letting out wastewater independent Market Field Engineer  Negative impact of  Follow guidelines on waste (MFEs) to ensure compliance with construction activities, debris disposal – both for organic and engineering design, technical disposal approach roads etc inorganic waste. specification and contract conditions. Environment and Social Management Framework Page 97 Himachal Pradesh Horticulture Development Project Summary of Interventions, impacts, risks and potential mitigation measures Component wise Interventions Impacts and Risks potential mitigation measures Implmenting agency Provisions in the EMF on agriculture land or water  In market yards close to bodies farmlands, use bio-degradable waste for -composting  Appoint waste handling agencies who collect the waste take it to designated waste management facilities.  Do not develop site on agricultural farms, dry river/stream beds-instead identify wasteland, as far as possible, for constructing markets  Site should be suitable for construction activity, with proper drainage, space for traffic movement  C2: Setting up Economic and Market  small and marginal farmers,  Continued handholding and  PIU HPSAMB  Information and Intelligence (EMI) women and tribals may be focused communication aimed cell reluctant due to lack of prior to enable effective decision  set up of an EMI cell exposure to markets and may making would be ensured  support diversification and not respond to the new through inclusion criteria and intensification of horticultural initiatives also culturally suitable production, aimed at  may be slow to understand appropriate IEC material (in responding to market demand implications of market case of tribals) and climate variability. demand and climate  HP HDP to document use of variability any traditional varieties and  Better price realization land races of main crops and/or can influence farmers to shift from other crops to preserve genetic staple food to High yielding crops – diversity this can have an impact on household level food security Component D: Project Management, Monitoring and Learning  establish Project Coordination  Lack of adequate awareness  Commensurate periodic  HP HDP Society, PCU  Unit, on environment and social training on ESMF and refresher  establishment and operations requirements of ESMF trainings as necessary of Project Implementation  frequent turnover of officials  progress monitoring of PCU Units in the respective leading to loss of institutional  rigorous monitoring of ESMF implementing agencies; memory  delivering good quality training  set up of a monitoring and  issues not being due to and continuous feedback to evaluation (M&E) ineffective coordination ensure improvement  contract an external M&E between implementing  careful selection of M&E Environment and Social Management Framework Page 98 Himachal Pradesh Horticulture Development Project Summary of Interventions, impacts, risks and potential mitigation measures Component wise Interventions Impacts and Risks potential mitigation measures Implmenting agency Provisions in the EMF agency to monitor project agencies agency activities and impact  inadequate trainings --  PCU needs to ensure number and quality streamlining ESMF in the  selection of poor quality M&E planning stage of various agency interventions  Low or no prior knowledge of  Provide training at the cluster implementing environmental level in M&E for tracking and social safeguards project progress  M&E is largely driven by State  PCU through PIU- little or no involvement of communities in sub-projects resulting in limitation of availability of real time data Environment and Social Management Framework Page 99 Himachal Pradesh Horticulture Development Project 6.4 Environmental Guidelines (EGs) Environmental guidelines and actions have been prepared to guide the project management unit in taking proper measures for the environmental issues and concerns during preparation, implementation and operation activities. These include minor irrigation systems, water harvesting structures, village level CSCs and demonstration nurseries (PCDOs). Any project activity resulting in physical displacement or significant conversion or degradation of critical natural habitats would be ineligible for support through the project. Detailed EGs have been provided in Annex I Environmental Guidelines An integrated strategy for managing soil/nutrients and pesticides has been included in the report to address concerns related to overuse of agricultural chemicals. The strategy takes into account the broad principles of achieving maximum production with minimum inputs that minimize environmental pollution and manage pests below the economic threshold level. All the methods (cultural, mechanical/physical, genetic, regulatory, bio-control and chemical) would be employed as per requirements. The chemical methods would be employed only when the pest attack exceeds the Economic Threshold Limit (ETL) and stand to cause severe damage to crops and selection of relatively environmental friendly pesticides would be undertaken. Banned pesticides would not be used and restricted pesticides would be used only as per state/national laws and provisions. More specifically, the strategy provides a year-wise roadmap for sensitization, awareness building, training, demonstration and capacity building of relevant stakeholders to adopt IPM approach. The IPM Strategy is listed in Environment and Social Management Framework Page 100 Himachal Pradesh Horticulture Development Project Annex II: IPM and a List of Pesticides Permissable and Banned under the project is listed in Environment and Social Management Framework Page 101 Himachal Pradesh Horticulture Development Project Annexure III: . 6.4 Subprojects activities requiring EIA/EMP The Environmental Officer will prepare the Terms of Reference for the EIA, and follow procurement rules for the recruitment of consultants for the ESIA. The issues identified during the desk review of environmental baseline and the impact mitigation measures provided in this ESMF may provide some basis for the design of the ToR. The EIA will be based on the Detailed Project Report (DPR) for the subproject, and will identify and evaluate potential environmental impacts for the proposed activities, evaluate alternatives, and design mitigation measures. The preparation of the EIA will be done in consultation with stakeholders, and should identify key issues and determine how the concerns of all parties will be addressed in the EIA. Table 33 Procedures for projects requiring an ESIA First stage: Preparation of Terms of Reference. The results of identification, and extent of the ESIA (scoping), the terms of reference will be prepared by the Environmental Officer in the PCU. Second stage:Selection of consultant Third stage: Preparation of the ESIA with public consultation The report will follow the following format: a. Description of the study area b. Description of the subproject c. Discussion and evaluation of alternatives d. Environment description e. Legal and regulatory environment f. Identifying potential impacts of proposed sub-projects, including cumulative g. impacts h. Process of public consultations i. Development of mitigation measures and a monitoring plan, including estimates of costs and responsibility for implementation and monitoring. Following the preparation of the EIA and EMP for the sub-project, the environmental officer in the PIU and PCU will review the documentsmake recommendationson the adequacy of the assessment as well provide guidance on how any outstanding issue/areas may be satisfactorily addressed. Copies of the EIA will be made available on in the state on the PCU, PIU websites and Bank Infoshop for availability and public comments. Monitoring of the EMP parameters and the required mitigation measures included in contractor’s ToR will need to be carried out by the PIU. Compliance monitoring would include inspections during construction of the project’s components and licenses/clearences which are expected to be adhered to. The operational/ decommissioning phase of the sub-projects of the HPHDP will also be monitored Environment and Social Management Framework Page 102 Himachal Pradesh Horticulture Development Project Table 34 Summary of Project Categorization Process and Responsibilities No # Stage Institutional Responsibility 1 Determining of appropriate environmental Environmental officer in PIU and category/assessment level PCU 2 If EIA/EMP is necessary Environmental officer in PIU and PCU 3 Preparation of TOR Environmental officer in PIU and PCU 4 Selection of Consultant PIU, PCU Environment and Procurement Specialist 5 Preparation of environmental assessment External Consultant 6 Draft document disclosure (in Country) PCU 7 EIA Approval State PCU and World Bank 8 Disclosure State PCU and World Bank 9 Finalization of the EIA,EMP and Integration of PIU environmental management plan issues in the tendering process. 10 Monitoring and EMP Reporting Environment officer in PIU Section C SOCIAL MANAGEMENT FRAMEWORK Environment and Social Management Framework Page 103 Himachal Pradesh Horticulture Development Project Environment and Social Management Framework Page 104 Himachal Pradesh Horticulture Development Project 7.0 SOCIAL MANAGEMENT FRAMEWORK 7.1 Rationale and Objectives Based on the assessment of social impacts and risks, field visits and stakeholder conslutatoins, a social management framework (SMF) has been prepared to guide the detailed social assessment, screening and preparation of plans and strategies as appropriate for the project interventions to be taken up under the project. The purpose, approach to preparation of the draft SMF and the entitlement framework containing the provisions for different project activities are presented in ensuing sections. The SMF would apply to all project interventions under HPHDP at locations identified at this stage and at locations identified during project implementation. 7.2 Purpose The specific purpose of the SMF is to: a) develop a framework in line with provisions of relevant Acts and Rules, and other projects being implemented with financial support from multi-lateral funding agencies (Asian Development Bank, World Bank, etc.); b) bring together and build upon the previous experiences, stakeholder interactions and good project implementation practices; c) enhance institutional capacity at the State (PCU) and DIU and BIU for implementation of social management plans; and d) establish mechanism and processes for grievances redressal and monitoring and evaluation, etc. The Framework comprises the following:  Screening of Packing, Processing and Market Infrastructure for selection of sites - already identified (at this stage) and to be selected in the future  Social Inclusion Strategy  Gender Strategy  Tribal Development Framework (Indigenous Peoples Framework)  Citizen Engagement Framework 7.3 Principles of the SMF The broad principles of the Social Management Framework to be followed are described below:  Compulsory acquisition of private land is to be completely avoided by exploring all viable alternative project designs and adopting a screening approach;  take all required for land for the project activities or interventions on a voluntary basis i.e. either through: i) lease, ii) voluntary donationstated in agreements (WUA/FPOs), and iii) gift deed;  take due precautions to minimize disturbance to sensitive locations or location having cultural significance;  share information, consult and involve project beneficiaries in identifying social issues likely to arise during project implementation;  Ascertain broad community support based on free, prior and informed consultation with all communities and in particular while preparing Tribal development plans . Environment and Social Management Framework Page 105 Himachal Pradesh Horticulture Development Project  Pay special attention to small and marginal farmers, women and tribals and secure their participation in all project planning, implementation and instituiotnal proceeses, as well as project benefits;  Ensure that project does not involve any kind of activities involving child labor; and  Ensure equal opportunities and wage to women/female workers as applicable acts; 7.4 Screening for Adverse Impacts Screening of land sites identified for project interventions: All land for planned interventions such as nurseries, Progeny-cum-Demonstration Orchard (PCDO), Irrigation infrastructure (water storage) Compressed Atmosphere Storages (CAs), Centres of Excellence, Agro-processing Centres, Common Service centres or Pack House Market yards would be undertaken on: a. existing land available with PIUs; b. government land accessed through department transfer c. land taken on lease under relevant legal provisions or d. through voluntary land donation by beneficiaries or taken through lease deed, private market purchase agreement or MOU with panchayats in case of community demand driven interventions involving CSCs, WUAs and FPOs. No private land acquisition will be undertaken under any project component. Table 35below presents details of approximate land requirement for each type of infrastructure and source of land. Table 35 Approximate land requirement by type of infrastructure and source of land Type of infrastructure/ Land requirement/unit Source of land intervention Bigha (local unit) Hectare (ha) Component A Nurseries, Progency-cum- NA 0.01 to 0.5 PCDO or University land Demonstration Orchard (PCDO) As per demand Land to be provided by registered WUA/FPO. Details to be included in the 1. Irrigation infrastructure (water agreement between project and storage) WUA/FPO Centres of Excellence NA 10 to 12 Already with Department of Horticulture Component B Compressed Atmosphere 15-20 1.25 to 1.5 Existing land of HPMC /Horticulture Storages (CAs) Department Agro-processing Centres 25-30 2 to 2.5 Existing government land or lease of land Common Service Centres under section 118 of HP NA 0.03 Panchayat land or individual land on 2. Pack House lease in case of investor outside of the state (under Section 118 of Act H.P. Tenancy and Land Reforms Act, 1972: Himachal Pradesh Tenancy and Land Reform Rules, 1975) 1.5 0.125 Existing government premises, horticulture department or transferred Environment and Social Management Framework Page 106 Himachal Pradesh Horticulture Development Project from government Component C Market yards 12-15 1 to 1.25 APMC land Source: Interactions with DoH, HPMC and Project Implementation Plan, HPHDP, 2015 Each existing and identified site for any project intervention would be screened using format (See Annexure VIII) to assess adverse impacts, if any. The screening exercise would cover the following:  impacts on: o land, Shelter, fixed assets, crops, trees, o businesses or enterprises due to land acquisition and lead to loss of income sources and means of livelihoods o access to natural resources, communal facilities and services  Estimate on affected persons  Nature/Type of affected persons (Poor, female-heads of households, or vulnerable, Encroachers and/or squatters)  Nature/Type of Common Resource Only sites without any encumbrances i.e. without encroachments or unauthorized occupation would be selected to site or undertake project infrastructure/interventions. If for any project intervention, there is no existing land, then land would be either taken on lease, or as a gift(See Annexure X for formats provided by Department of Revenue, GoHP)or on voluntary donation basis from Farmer Producer Organizations (FPOs) or Water User Associations (WUAs) Lease of land by WUA/FPO/CSC from individual (s) or of common (Shamilat Deh)/Panchayat land would be undertaken as per model lease documentation formats available with the Department of Revenue (See Annexure in ESMF document). Voluntary donation of land would be undertaken as per the following principles:  that all donors would compulsorily become beneficiaries i.e. no individual or individuals would end up landless and therefore unable to benefit from the demand driven scheme .  such donors are adequately compensated for land given either o in cash (at market rates) by purchasing body i.e. WUA/FPO/CSC; or o given alternate land by contribution from other members The process of taking such land would involve:  identification of demand from the community (source of water in case of irrigation infrastructure) followed by assessment of suitability of land as per design  drawing up of a MOU or agreement with the WUA/FPO/CSC  such land taken on voluntary donation basis would be registered in the name of WUA, FPO or CSC to avoid future complications More details on consultations with communities, documentation, verification requirements (including role of the district level SDS) would be included in Community Operations Manual. Environment and Social Management Framework Page 107 Himachal Pradesh Horticulture Development Project 7.5 Social Inclusion Strategy The project would ensure inclusion of small and marginal farmers, women farmers and tribal farmers within the implementation structures, community institutions and proposed project interventions by undertaking the following: Selection of Individual Beneficiaries: As stated in the PIP, criteria for selecting growers would be based on technical, financial and social parameters; distribution of planting material would be on first-come- first served basis. The project would ensure criteria developed would provide commensurate weightage to all such social groups and ensure such groups too have equal access to private goods or farm level interventions proposed under the project and avoids elite capture. Representation in institutions/bodies formed: Many new associations or groups would be formed under the project such as Water user Associations, Farmer Interest Groups, Farmer Producers Organization, besides which existing growers associations and women’s groups be supported. The project will include inclusive criteria for membership, representation, recording participation by social groups in meetings and institutional planning and decision making processes, membership in executive committees. Further such groups would also be adequately represented within grievance mechanisms and also in M&E activities including user satisfaction surveys. Socially inclusive Benefit Sharing for shared/public goods: Under the project, Irrigation infrastructure involving selection of clusters (under Component A), provision of space for farmers in cold chain storages (under Component B) and Markets (under Component C) present areas wherein the better placed farmers can usurp project benefits. E.g. the PIP in case of irrigation infrastructure presents: low priority to isolated clusters and social and environment considerations, while in case of Cold Chain storages exclusively reserves one fourth of the installed capacities to individual needs of the farmers about are for such growers. Further it proposes in case of irrigation infrastructure, that the WUA shall be involved right from the field investigations, survey, designing and formulation of the detailed project report. Hence, District level coordination committee responsible for ensuring adherence to selection criteria would ensure appropriate targeting strategies and suitable criteria/benefit sharing norms (in the Community Operational Manual) in selection of such clusters to cover all different social groups such as small and marginal farmers, women farmers and tribal farmers. Further, it would ensure that DIUs, BIU, Service Provider, NGOs, Community mobilizers are made conversant with these norms and effectively communicate such norms and provisions to the beneficiaries of these social groups. These would be monitored at the District level (DCIUs and DIUs) and PCU. PCU would be responsible to liaise with concerned bodies such as growers associations, women and child development department, tribal development department tribal advisory council in ITDP areas. Information and knowledge Sharing: Project proposes information sharing vide workshops, training and exposure visits. Project would ensure that all participation at all such events would be fair representation of such groups. Number of participants by social group/category would be recorded along with suggestions/comments received. As women may be reluctant to move out of households for a period of few days for trainings, etc, efforts would be made to organize such events in proximity to their area. Responsive interventions: The project would respond to many of the concerns directly heard/ expressed during consultations. E.g. provision of market yards, ropeways, beekeeping, vermi- Environment and Social Management Framework Page 108 Himachal Pradesh Horticulture Development Project composting, training on cultivation of mushrooms, exposure visits were some of the key demands that were expressed by participants. As there could be more such latent demands, it is recommended that at the time of collection of Baseline data for monitoring and evaluation purposes and also during consultations/FGDs with women, such requests would be elicited from the participants, diligently recorded and forwarded to DIU. The Social Development Specialists and SMS, HEO within the BIU and DIUs would review, explore the possibility and attempt to accommodate as many of such requests. Capacity building: Female Community mobilizers - new and existing and locals in the tribal areas would be encouraged with commensurate incentives, provided with additional trainings as necessary with a view to engage them for the full project duration and thereby ensure that rapport established with such social groups is continued during project implementation and beyond. 7.6 Gender Strategy The social assessment study highlighted the following:  women contribute significantly to agriculture (except marketing of produce) and horticulture activities including horticulture trainings  do not have ownership of land except in certain areas/tribal areas wherein women own land too  enjoy fair representation in elected political bodies  are desirous of trainings (mushrooms, onions) and exposure visits, etc. though are constrained by the inability to stay from their households for longer duration;  Have many state government schemes for their empowerment including additional subsidies in agriculture and horticulture activities. Overall, women engaged in agriculture/ horticulture development are key to improving agriculture and horticulture productivity, and would need to be engaged in project activities. The project will have potentially significant impact on promoting gender inclusiveness through employment creation in post- harvest management and processing which traditionally employ a higher proportion of female labor. As women farmers are key project stakeholders and carry the risk being excluded, the strategy aims mainstream gender issues and concerns in all interventions at every stage, across all institutions and processes Under the gender strategy, the project undertake the following: i) Gender disaggregated socioeconomic baseline: The M&E consultant would include gender disaggregated information on women farmers and labour as part of the Baseline data collection for subsequent usage as part of M&E activities planned including mid-term and end-term evaluation and achievement of KPI; ii) Focus Group Discussions and mobilization: In order to ensure their needs are well articulated, expressed, articulated and recorded, FGDs would be conducted using experienced community mobilizers/facilitators, besides engaging NGOs who specialize / have prior experience of working with women farmers, groups. Women and child development departments would be consulted for ensuring effective interactions. These FGDs or meetings would be scheduled in terms of time and location so as to maximize their participation. Such meetings would continue across all stages of every project intervention. iii) Inclusion of women in associations, bodies: Even though women contribute significantly to the agriculture/horticulture activities, lack of land ownership impedes their access to interventions. Environment and Social Management Framework Page 109 Himachal Pradesh Horticulture Development Project Hence inclusion of women producers in farmer interest groups, water user associations and common service centers would be ensured. Besides, their inclusion would be ensured farmer selection criteria for provision of public/shared/private goods under various proposed interventions. iv) Training and capacity building: Women farmers/groups would be provided with requisite technical training on management of orchards, soil, nutrients, pests and diseases; entrepreneurial support on indigenous beekeeping, vegetable cultivation, vermi-composting; participation of women producers in post-harvest management and market yards; and other demand driven income generation programs, including those supported under the horticulture mission. The training programmes/modules will be customized to meet women farmers’ expectations and requirements. Trainings on-site, village-level demonstration and exposure visits close proximity of habitation would be ensured so that constraints in staying out of households for long duration is overcome. Financial literacy and accounting to enable access to financial services and exposure to market transactions would be encouraged. In case of women in tribal areas, such trainings would be conducted using culturally appropriate IEC materials and in culturally appropriate manner. v) Socially inclusive Benefit Sharing for shared/public goods: Suitable criteria/benefit sharing norms in selection of such clusters to cover women producers, farmers would be ensured. vi) Convergence with existing state level schemes for empowerment of women: Responsive interventions dovetailing project interventions with existing schemes for drudgery reduction e.g. provision of farm implements would be promoted by provision of such implements on a group basis. vii) External resource persons/consultants to support detailed design and implementation of gender program and conduct special women focused thematic studies viii) Gender dis-aggregated monitoring indicators: Such monitoring indicators would be developed to monitor and evaluate the project and would be used in the proposed i) process monitoring; ii) impact evaluation studies and thematic studies. User satisfaction surveys too would lay emphasis satisfaction of women producers/farmers with project interventions, activities and processes. ix) Inclusion in Grievance redressal mechanisms: Representation of women farmers in grievance mechanisms would be mandatory at all levels. x) Developing a female team of mobilizers/facilitators: Female Community mobilizers - new and existing would be encouraged with commensurate incentives, provided with additional trainings as necessary with a view to develop a team or cadre that would: i) facilitate faster outreach of project information to such women farmers/groups; ii) ensure adherence to selection criteria; iii) engage them for the full project duration and thereby ensure that rapport established with such social groups is continued during project implementation and beyond. 7.7 Citizens Engagement Strategy Social Assessment indicated that many programs and schemes exist for the benefit of the farmers however communication on and community awareness of these schemes is rather limited, besides engagement thus far had been more focused on individual rather on a cluster as would be required in some of interventions under this project involving public/clubbed goods. Therefore, in a project of this Environment and Social Management Framework Page 110 Himachal Pradesh Horticulture Development Project nature involving many demand driven community based interventions and beneficiaries across different social groups, the citizen engagement strategy needs to engage with them to ensure intended outcomes are achieved. Key elements the strategy are: i) Participatory planning, implementation and monitoring: Some of the project interventions such as Common Service Centers and their design, and planning and implementation of community water schemes would involve multiple stakeholders including small and marginal farmers, women, tribal, etc. In such exercises, inclusion and involvement of farmers across all social groups at all stages of planning, implementation and monitoring would be made mandatory. For this purpose, meetings organized and conducted would ensure representation of all such groups besides recording their attendance by category/group. Periodic user satisfaction surveys, continual process monitoring would lay emphasis on quality of interactions during such meetings. ii) Use of ICT in beneficiary feedback, grievance redressal: Feedback from beneficiaries (through user satisfaction surveys), complaints or grievances would be recorded through innovative use of ICT systems. Such information would be collated at the District level for usage in planning and implementing and course and further reporting to PCU/PIUs. iii) Information dissemination: Enhancing outreach on relevant horticulture programs and scientific practices related to management of planting material, orchards, soil, nutrients, mitigation of pests and disease; besides capacity building of FPOs and WUAs with respect to institutional functioning, record keeping, benefit sharing, and operation and management of water schemes and CSCs would be ensured. Other aspects include: development and dissemination of training calendar, information on convergence of schemes; facilitate sharing of experiences amongst farmers through undertaking of exposure tours, besides provision of technical advice, demand estimation for project interventions iv) Support to grievance redressal mechanisms: By information dissemination and technical advice and feedback the strategy would also support the grievance redressal system; v) Monitoring beneficiary satisfaction: User satisfaction surveys would be a critical part of the strategy as it would help gauge the satisfaction levels and elicit the need for any additional or corrective actions. vi) Social impact screening for post-harvest infrastructure, CSCs and minor irrigation schemes: Participatory screening for adverse impacts on land - existing government or newly identified land for planned infrastructure interventions such as market yards, CSCs, Irrigation schemes, would be key areas of engagement. 7.8 TRIBAL DEVELOPMENT FRAMEWORK (Detailed framework is attached in Annex XI Tribal Development Framework) HPHDP would be implemented across all the twelve (12) districts in the state. In the three major tribal districts - Chamba, Kinnaur and Lahaul-spiti, area expansion, rejuvenation and replantation under Apple and area expansions under the other fruits; setting up of PCDOs, greenfield packhouses, Compressed Atmosphere storage (CAs), FPOs and Common Service Centres (CSCs) would be major activities. Given the presence of scheduled tribes (indigenous peoples), the project triggers World Bank's Operational Policy (OP) 4.10 on Indigenous Peoples. Environment and Social Management Framework Page 111 Himachal Pradesh Horticulture Development Project While some project interventions such as Market yards, Cold storages, area expansion are broadly identified by location, subsequent interventions would be planned in tribal areas based on demand assessment and with their free, prior and informed consent. No acquisition of lands is proposed for any intervention under the project and as a result, no direct impacts on tribal communities pertaining to land acquisition are envisaged. As activities such as irrigation infrastructure i.e. water storage/supply are demand driven, their actual locations would be known at a later date. Hence, the preparation of a Tribal Development Framework is a pre-requisite. The TDF would form the basis for preparation of TDP as and when the projects and site locations are identified and on screening whether the impacted population indeed possess the four characteristics as defined in the Operational Policy 4.10. The principal objectives of TDF/IPDF are to:  avoid or to minimize to the extent possible, any kind of adverse impact on the tribal community and to suggest appropriate mitigation measures;  ensure that the project engages in free, prior and informed consultation with tribal people in the entire process of planning, implementation and monitoring of project;  identify the views of tribal people regarding the proposed project and ascertain broad community support for the project;  to ensure that project benefits are accessible to the tribal communities living in the project area; The TDF would comprise the following key features: i) Awareness generation Activities and Informed Consultations: It would involve conducting of FPICs, with tribal communities to generate awareness on the project and assess interest and demand for any project interventions. For this purpose, suitable culturally compatible IEC materials would be prepared/used. These would be undertaken at all stages of the project i.e. while preparing and later implementing TDP to effectively reach out to the communities. During these FPICs, broad community support to the proposed interventions will be documented (See Annexure X for indicative format for FPIC) for this purpose, community mobilizers, preferably locals would be engaged. Participatory instruments such as Transect Walk, etc. would be deployed; ii) Socio-Economic Baseline: The project would undertake a socio-economic baseline of all tribal clusters wherein project interventions would take place. It would enable to accord priority in selection for areas (of non-tribal) with higher proportion of tribal. Particularly in non-tribal area or clusters where demand for any project intervention is recorded. These would be undertaken by the M&E consultant within the first six months of project implementation. iii) Preparation and implementation of Tribal Development Plan (TDP): As there could be project interventions in non-tribal areas or areas having lower tribal population, a screening exercise would be carried out to assess if indigenous peoples are present in the project area and possess the following characteristics as defined in OP 4.10:self-identification as members of a distinct indigenous cultural group and recognition of this identity by others;collective attachment to geographically distinct habitats or ancestral territories in the project area and to the natural resources in these habitats and territories;customary cultural, economic, social, or political institutions that are separate from those of the dominant society and culture; andan indigenous language, often different from the official language of the country or region. Environment and Social Management Framework Page 112 Himachal Pradesh Horticulture Development Project iv) If the communities meet the above characteristics, particularly in non-tribal areas, a social assessment requires to be carried out. The social assessment is intended to evaluate the project’s potential positive and adverse effects on indigenous people and to explore various measures which avoid adverse effects. If such measures are not feasible, the project would identify minimization or mitigation measures and should ensure that indigenous peoples receive culturally appropriate benefits under the project. The results from the screening process would determine whether a TDP would require to be prepared. v) Representation: Adequate representation for women and tribal would be ensured in any of institutions formed under the project such as FIGs, FPOs, WUAs, etc. Inclusion of Scheduled Tribes (men and women) in farmer organizations and their federations, especially in non-tribal areas would be ensured. In tribal-dominated areas, such bodies would be headed by tribal leaders. Also such representation would be ensured in any training, exposure visits, etc.  Special Provision for Community needs: Special Provision for Community needs: As such hard and backward areas could have specific community needs there would be a special corpus of funds at the PCU level that could be accessed as part of the TDP. Key activities identified at this stage include: i. barbed wire/solar fencing for 400 ha in the tribal districts of the state to overcome the problem of stray cattle and wild animals such as yaks that enter cultivated area and damage crops; and ii. construction of 1000 poly lined community water harvesting/storage tanks as soils in tribal areas of Himachal Pradesh are loam or sandy loam with low water retention capacity and crops require frequent irrigation. vi) Feasibility Study on GI certification in tribal areas: Also the project would provide for conducting feasibility study on GI certification in tribal areas vii) Training and exposure visits: Customized training modules (WUA guidelines, grievance resolution, use of farm inputs, implements, pesticides, fumigants, etc.) would be prepared and imparted n a culturally appropriate manner. Besides exposure visits would be suitably identified and organized. Capacity Building: Personnel - SMS, HEO, HDO, SDS, SDC, involved from PCU, BIU, DIU and other agencies would be oriented on tribal development and social safeguards issues, prior to commencing work in these areas. viii) External Support for preparation of TDP: As the department has limited exposure to safeguard requirements or in preparation of such plans, its capacity would be augmented by provision of an External Consultant for entirel project duration ix) Convergence with existing tribal schemes: As there exists many central sponsored and state level schemes, the Social Development Personnel at PCU and DIU will identify such schemes, inform the communities and promote convergence in so as to have a better spatial and demographic coverage and thereby maximize benefits from such intervention. The implementation of TDF (including preparation and implementation of TDP) will be undertaken in accordance with overall project implementation schedule. As per the proposed institutional arrangements, there would be Social Development Coordinator at the Project Coordination Unit level at the state level. S/he would be supported by a Social Development Specialist at the District level, who in turn would be supported by the Horticulture Development Officer at the District Implementation Agency (DIU) and Horticulture Extension Officer (HEO) and Subject Matter Specialist (SMS) at the Block Implementation Agency (BIU). Community Mobilizers as necessary would be involved in preparation and Environment and Social Management Framework Page 113 Himachal Pradesh Horticulture Development Project implementation. Monitoring of TDF would be consistent with the overall M&E under Component D and its overall responsibility would lie with the PCU at the State Level. In this it would be supported by DIU and BIU. It would be responsible to monitor the project along agreed monitoring indicators. Budget for implementation of TDF. Key elements of the budget include provision of an External consultant for entire project duration, conducting of FPICs, preparation and dissemination of culturally appropriate IEC material, training and exposure visits as planned and budget for provision of any special community needs as may be identified during implementation. Environment and Social Management Framework Page 114 Himachal Pradesh Horticulture Development Project SECTION D INSTITUTIONAL & IMPLEMENTATION ARRANGEMENTS, MONITORING, GRIEVANCE REDRESSAL& BUDGET Environment and Social Management Framework Page 115 Himachal Pradesh Horticulture Development Project 8.0 IMPLEMENTATION, MONITORING, GREIVANCE REDRESSAL AND BUDGET This chapter presents the institutional and implementation arrangements for the project overall, specific arrangements to implement ESMF and its implementation schedule in respect of the overall project cycle;the proposed monitoring and evaluation mechanisms including M & E indicators and finally features of mechanism to redress grievances. 8.1 Institutional and Implementation Arrangements The implementation of various components and sub- components of the project shall be carried out by the following departments or Project Implementing Units as given in Table below:- Table 36 Institutions Responsible by Sub Component Institutions responsible by sub-component SN Component Sub- Component Implementing Department 1 Component-A. A.1 Enhance availability of imported rootstocks and PIU-UHFand SPV (Horticulture cultivars Production and A.2 On farm and community level investments: PIU-Horticulture Diversification ) A-3 Demonstration and adoption support PIU-Horticulture 2 Component-B B.1 Common Service Centre and Farmers Producer PIU-Horticulture (Value Addition Organizations and Agri- B.2Supply chain infrastructure support PIU-HPMC enterprise Development) B-3 Agri-Enterprise Support (Agri-Business PCU Promotion Facility) (ABPF) 3 Component-C C.1 Economic and Market Information and PIU-HPSAMB (market Intelligence Services (EMIS) development & C.2 Development of negotiable warehouse receipts PIU-HPMC sector (NWRs) stewardship) C.3 Up-gradation and modernization of select PIU-HPSAMB agricultural wholesale markets 4 Component-D D.1 Project Management PCU & PIU (Project D. 2 Information and Communication Technology PCU & PIU Management, (ICT) Monitoring and D-3 Capacity Building PCU & PIU Learning) D-4 Procurement arrangement( as per manual) PCU & PIU D-5 Financial Management(as permanual) PCU & PIU D-6 Monitoring and Evaluation PCU D.7 Environmental and Social safeguards PCU D.8 Project Redressal & accountability action Plan PCU Source: Project Implementation Plan, HPHDP Sections below present the state and district level project implementation arrangements. Environment and Social Management Framework Page 116 Himachal Pradesh Horticulture Development Project 8.1.1 State level 1. Overall management and coordination would be the responsibility of the HPHDP Society, a registered body established by GoHP to implement the project. The Society has a Governing Council and an Executive Body. 2. The Governing Council under the Chair of the Chief Secretary, Government of Himachal Pradesh, has Principal Secretaries/Secretaries of the implementing agencies, Principal Secretaries Finance and Planning, and Vice Chancellor of the State Horticulture University as members. Additional Chief Secretary – Horticulture is the member secretary. The council will meet once a year to provide overall strategic guidance, policy directives for smooth implementation, and monitor implementation of the project. The key role of the broad based governing council headed by the senior most civil servant in the state is to ensure a coordinated approach across different line departments and stakeholders in the project, and resolve any outstanding issues requiring high-level decision. The committee has the power to approve need-based changes in the design, budget and administrative issues in project implementation. 3. The Executive Body is chaired by the Additional Chief Secretary – Horticulture, and has Commissioners and Directors of theimplementing agencies as members. Project Director (PD), HPHDP is the member secretary of the Executive Body and representatives from NABARD and State Level Banking Committee are special invitees. It will meet quarterly to ensure efficient execution of project activities. 4. Coordination of day-to-day project implementation, planning and scheduling, procurement management, financial control, as well as reporting and monitoring will rest with the Project Coordination Unit (PCU), which is part of the HPHDP society. The PCU is headed by a full-time PD who will report to the Executive Body. The PCU will be responsible to: i. assist the implementing agencies in preparing annual plans and budgets; ii. monitor progress of project components/sub-components, preparing quarterly progress reports, evaluating performance, and providing feedback to implementing agencies; iii. ensure the financial reports are available, audited, and submitted to the World Bank within six months of closing of the financial year; and iv. Hire technical experts, and key consultants, as needed, for project implementation, monitoring, and technical evaluation. The PCU would be staffed by a team of professional staff and support staff, including a Chief Financial Controller, Procurement Specialist, M&E and MIS specialists, Social and Environment Specialists, Agri-business Specialist, Financial Services Specialist, and other technical personnel. In addition, the PCU would have representatives deputed from the participating implementing agencies, to coordinate with their respective department/agency. Special Purpose Vehicle (SPV) for Nursery A Special Purpose Vehicle (SPV), a registered body established by GoHP is responsible for the propagation of elite planting materials. With a view to ensure adequate availability of elite planting material to the growers in the state, a conscious decision has been taken by the State Govt to re- organise nurseries/ Progeny cum Demonstration Orchards into Special Purpose vehicle (SPV) an autonomous body registered under the societies act. Environment and Social Management Framework Page 117 Himachal Pradesh Horticulture Development Project It would be the responsibility of the SPV society to create need based infrastructure, which inter alia includes land development, creation of assured irrigation facilities, strengthening of existing building, stores, fencing etc., so that the following important activities to be undertaken in the PCDOs/ farms are carried out efficiently and effectively. During the project processing, the GoHP had taken an early action towards the implementation of the specific reform of restructuring of Progeny Cum Demonstration Orchards (PCDO) of Department of Horticulture (DoH), by hiving off selected PCDOs into a Special Purpose Vehicle (SPV), and provided a governance structure with financial and administrative autonomy. This has been done with the objective of enabling sustainable production of high quality elite planting material for different fruits crops. A MoU will be signed between the DoH and the SPV for transfer of the identified PCDOs along with the assets and seconded staff. This SPV would be operated on commercial basis, and it would reinvest the funds generated, into the operations and maintenance of the organization, and the SPV is expected to become a financially viable organization after the first three years of operations. As the need arises and based on the performance assessment at midterm, the legal status of the SPV would be changed from Society to Company. Further, international and national consultants will be recruited to provide technical assistance on the best available technology and practices adopted in horticulturally advanced countries of the world. Four Project Implementing Units (PIUs) have been setup within the Department of Horticulture, Himachal Pradesh Horticulture Processing and Marketing Corporation (HPMC), Himachal Pradesh State Agriculture Marketing Board (HPSAMB), and University of Horticulture and Forestry (UHF) to oversee the implementation of their specific activities. These PIUs will be responsible for preparing, implementing and monitoring their respective annual action plans. A nodal officer has been appointed by each department to effectively liaise with the PCU. Besides the nodal officer, each PIU will be supported by procurement, finance, safeguards, and technical specialists, as needed. The PIU acts as a link between the PCU and the final beneficiaries. The PIU also get the assistance of the concerned district or regional officer of their department in order to ensure smooth implementation. The PIU’s of the line departments shall function under the overall guidance and control of the respective head of the department. It will comprise of Nodal Officer of the rank of Class I officer drawn from the departmental cadre with the support staff. The head of the department will constantly monitor that the activities pertaining to the department are being implemented in accordance with the strict observance of World Bank guidelines and as per schedule of the project. Using project funds, PCU and the implementing agencieswill hireservice providers (e.g., international institution, consulting firm, academia, or others) to deliver the technical assistance needed for strengthening their institutional capacity and supporting their PIUs with the implementation of component-specific activities. 8.1.2 District level At the district level there would be two committees - a coordination committee and an implementation committee. District level Coordination committee would be responsible to ensuring coordination and review the project progress at the district level, a District Coordination Committee (DCC), headed by the Deputy Commissioner, comprising all implementing agencies, lead bank, with Deputy Director of Horticulture as member secretary, will be established. The committee at the District level shall comprise of the following:- 1. Deputy Commissioner (chairman) Environment and Social Management Framework Page 118 Himachal Pradesh Horticulture Development Project 2. Deputy Director of Agriculture (member) 3. Manager, Lead bank of the District (member) 4. Executive Engineer, IPH (member) 5. DGM/Regional Manager, HPMC (member) 6. Secretary, APMC of the District (member) 7. Deputy Director of Horticulture (member secretary) 8. Social Development Specialist (Special Invitee) The DCC would have the responsibility to ensure that (i) the participant selection criteria is adhered to, consistently, by all the implementing agencies; and (ii) at a micro level, the convergence of complementary activities is maximized (e.g., on-farm irrigation development through micro irrigation, weather insurance, etc.). DCC would be supported by Block level Implementation Units (BIUs) consisting of Horticulture Extension Officer (HEO), Subject Matter Specialist (SMS), Irrigation Specialists, and Community Mobilizers/Facilitators. The concerned Social Development Specialist of the district would be a Special invitee to this committee. District Implementation Unit: The implementation of activities pertaining to Horticulture Department shall be looked after by the Deputy Director of Horticulture in respective District of the State. He/She is assisted by the Subject Matter Specialists and Horticulture Dev. Officer at the District headquarters and block level. The Deputy Director of Horticulture is head of office as well as drawing disbursing officer in respective district and actual execution and implementation of project activities shall be carried out at this level. It would comprise of the following members: Table 37 Institutional Structure of District Implementation Unit Designation Numbers Govt staff Deputy Director of Horticulture One in each District Subject Matter Specialist One each at the District level Horticulture Development Officer 1-2 for each District Hired staff Bank / Financial Specialist One for each District ( except Lahaul & Spiti) Agribusiness expert One for each District ( except Lahaul & Spiti) Social Development Specialist One for every two District Environmental Safeguards Specialist One of each Zone ( comprising of 4 districts) Irrigation Team Junior Engineer One for each District ( except Lahaul & Spiti) Draughtsman One for each District ( except Lahaul & Spiti) Surveyor One for each District ( except Lahaul & Spiti) Source: Project Implementation Plan, HPHDP, 2015 8.1.3 Block level Block Implementation Unit (BIU):A subject matter specialist has been posted at the Sub division level to oversee the activities of 2-3 Dev. Blocks falling under the jurisdiction of the subdivision. He/she shall be assisted by the Horticulture Dev. Officer and Horticulture Extension Officer posted in each Block. At the Block level the Subject matter Specialist of the Sub- Division and Horticulture Development officer of the respective Blocks shall be responsible for the implementation of the project activities in their Environment and Social Management Framework Page 119 Himachal Pradesh Horticulture Development Project jurisdiction. They shall be assisted by the Horticulture Extension Officers posted at the HEC/PPC level. Block team shall comprise of following:- Table 38 Institutional Structure of Block Implementation Unit Designation Numbers Govt Staff ( Deputed from Horticulture Department) Subject Matter Specialist(SMS) One SMS for two blocks Horticulture Development Officer(HDO) One HDO per block (78 blocks) Horticulture Extension Officer (HEO) 3-7 HEOs per block Irrigation Team ( Hired staff) Junior Engineer One for each block Draughtsman One for each block Surveyor One for each block Community Facilitators 1-3 per block (Total 50) NGOs As decided based on need Source: Project Implementation Plan, HPHDP, 2015 HP HDP Governing Council STATE LEVEL HP HDP Executive Body Technical and Capacity Building Agencies: HP HDP PCU • International Consulting Services for- - Nurseries 4 PIUs: - Orchard Dept. of Horticulture, UHF, Management HPMC, HP SAMB, - Post-harvest Management, and - Irrigation DISTRICT District Coordination Committees • International Partners for LEVEL and Centre of Excellence District Implementation Units • Service Providers for CSCs, ABPF, CA stores, Market Design etc. Block Implementation Units and BLOCK LEVEL Field Facilitators/ NGOs Farmer beneficiaries through community based organizations Environment and Social Management Framework Page 120 Himachal Pradesh Horticulture Development Project Source: Project Implementation Plan, HPHDP Figure 8Implementation Arrangements for HPHDP 8.2 Roles and responsibilities specific to ESMF implementation 5. At the PCU there would be two (2) Social Development Specialist and one Environment Specialist and will be responsible to coordinate with the participating Project Implementation Units (PIUs). The Social Development Specialists and one Environment Specialists at the PCU level will interact with the PIU-Horticulture, HPMC &HPSAMB and the DIU & BIU responsible to coordinate community mobilization towards ESMF and TDF implementation. In addition, six Social Development Specialists would be contracted at the DIUs to cover all the twelve (12) districts. These would be hired within the first six months in PY1 and for entire project duration of seven (7) years. At the district level PIUs, the SDCs would be supported by six (6) Social Development Specialists (SDS) who would be hired to cover all the twelve (12) districts. These SDS would be responsible for all safeguard aspects besides institutional development aspects of bodies such as WUAs, CSC and FPOs. These would hired within the PY 1 and would be contracted for the entire project duration of seven (7) years. They would derive support from Horticulture Extension Officer (HEO) and Subject Matter Specialist (SMS) at the Block Implementation Unit (BIU), besides fifty (50) community facilitators. Additional resource persons and consultants would be contracted as deemed necessary during project implementation. 6. The Horticulture Development Officer (HDO) in PIU (Horticulture) will be designated as Community Extension Officer and the Nodal Officer, PIU (HPSAMB & HPMC) will be given additional responsibility of Community Extension Officer for attending to safeguards aspects under the project.To address theissue of lack of capacity amongst the implementing agencies, a capacity development and training programme will beundertaken for whichprovision has been made under Capacity building cost tables.The overall institutional structure for amanageing safeguards is given in the table below. No Institutional Time to be engaged Arrangement State Level 1 PCU 1 Environmental safeguards Specialist All 7 years of the project 2 Social Development PY1 onwards Specialists/Coordinators 1 Tribal Development Consultant 2 PIU HPMC 1 Environmental safeguards Specialist All 7 years of the project PY1 onwards 3 PIU HPAPMB 1 Environmental safeguards Specialist All 7 years of the project Environment and Social Management Framework Page 121 Himachal Pradesh Horticulture Development Project PY1 onwards 4 PIU UHF No Safeguard Specialists 5 PIU Horticulture No Safeguard Specialists District Level 1 DIU ( Horticulture) 3 Environment specialists per Zone15 (north, All 7 years of the project south and central HP) PY1 onwards 6 Social Development (cum Institutional All 7 years of the project Development Specialists) As agreed to with Mr. Verma, they shall support all other PIUs PY1 onwards and would have multiple reporting arrangements. Additional resource persons and gender intermittently consultants as required Hired at PIU Level External Consultancy firms for preparing EIA Intermittently PY2 and EMP onwards 7. Roles and responsibilities specific to ESMF implementation are presented below: Table 39 Roles and responsibilities by implementation agency Agency Roles and Responsibilities E&S Overall specialists at  To prepare Annual Action Plan in consonance with PDO; PCU (& PIUs)  Clear project based proposals/ requiring approval of Project Director at PCU level and approve projects  contract service provider/NGO and external consultant (for preparation of TDP) as necessary  overall responsibility for implementation of TDF (and SMF) rests with the E&S specialists at the PCU would oversee, monitor & review implementation of the ESMF and TDF implementation for project activities in close association with PIU, DIU, financial Institutions, farmers, societies, grower associations, self-help groups, state institutions and other similar entities;  liaise with relevant PIUs, other government departments and in case of tribal areas liaise with Tribal Development Department, Tribal Advisory Council and HP SCST Development Corporation as necessary; Reporting  Prepare and submit Monthly, Quarterly, Annual progress reports to the concerned authorities 15 Each zone covers 4 districts in HP (total 12) Environment and Social Management Framework Page 122 Himachal Pradesh Horticulture Development Project Agency Roles and Responsibilities  provide orientation, training to concerned personnel of DIU and BIU on ESMF provisions; Planning and approval  undertake field visits and participate in FPIC consultations periodically;  in respect of TDP, review findings from screening exercise, review and approval of TDP prepared by DIU;  organize exposure visits as necessary;  promote convergence /dovetailing of existing schemes with project interventions; and Citizen engagement  Operationalize Information Communication Technology (ICT) enabled Management Information System (MIS) up to grass root level Monitoring  contribute to internal monitoring of TDF implementation; and Grievance redressal  provide support as necessary in resolution of grievances DIUs Overall  responsible for implementation of activities pertaining to Horticulture Department, would be responsible for implementation of ESMF and TDF components of implementation;  contribute to preparation of annual action plans under the project Planning and implementation  provide necessary support to M&E agency in collection of Baseline data  participate, interact, consult with all level district level stakeholders on preparation and implementation of annual activities;  provide guidance and be responsible for preparation of culturally appropriate IEC materials for interventions in tribal areas  support District Coordination Unit in ensuring adherence to farmer selection criteria  responsible for implementing strategies for inclusion, women and tribal  in respect of ESMF and TDF, participate in training provided by PCU on TDF provisions;  In respect of TDP o initiate screening exercise, o review its findings and o participate in FPIC consultations during planning and implementation; o initiate preparation of TDP and o seek/obtain approval from PCU; and o disclosure TDP;  promote convergence /dovetailing of existing schemes with project interventions;  undertake field visitsas necessary; monitoring, reporting  provide support to District level Coordination Unit in internal monitoring of project activities and specifically on ESMF and TDFby reporting on a quarterly basis; and  support activities of M&E agency throughout project cycle BIUs planning and implementation support  Provide support as necessary to HDO and also to the SDS at the DIU in implementation of ESMF and TDF  provide support to BIU and DIU in internal monitoring of project implementation (including ESMF and TDF) by reporting on a quarterly basis;  participate in FPICs during preparation of TDP;  Propose /provide support as necessary in sharing of ideas through exposure visits, trainings, etc. Environment and Social Management Framework Page 123 Himachal Pradesh Horticulture Development Project Agency Roles and Responsibilities  mobilize communities, create awareness on the project  communicate information regarding TDF;  generate demand by holding multiple consultations, if required;  organize FPICs, FGDs with special groups as necessary;  record meeting discussions and thereby support SDS (DIU) in preparation and implementation of TDPs; Monitoring  provide support to monitoring and evaluation exercises; and grievance redressal  respond to queries, complaints on the subject matter and thereby contribute to the grievance redressal; External Preparation and implementation support Consultant  Provide support to PCU,DIU and BIU in preparation of TDP; (for  participate in FPICs conducted at identified project locations; preparation  provide inputs to the preparation of culturally appropriate IEC materials for interventions in of TDP) tribal areas;  Provide inputs, orientation and requisite training towards building capacity for the personnel of the project implementing agencies. External Preparation of EIA/EMP to support high impact infrastructure sub projects consultants for The consultant will carry out a detailed environmental impact assessment of the proposed preparation project activities and suggest applicable design alternatives and mitigation measures of EIA EMP The consultant will also prepare an environment management plan to be followed and monitored during construction and operation phases of the sub project Environment and Social Management Framework Page 124 Himachal Pradesh Horticulture Development Project 9.0 MONITORING, EVALUTION AND REPORTING 9.1 Monitoring & Evaluation The results monitoring and evaluation system (M and E) takes into account the comprehensive nature of the operation and includes the following core elements: (i) a rigorous impact evaluation with baseline, midline and end line household and community surveys allowing for adjustments during implementation; (ii) an ICT-based Integrated Horticulture Management and Monitoring System (IHSMS) for monitoring project implementation; and (iii) a reporting system with half yearly and annual progress reports with data generated from the IHSMS. In addition, the project will introduce ICT-based tools to capture beneficiaries’ feedback; assess changes in the performance of beneficiaries over time; and real time monitoring and evaluation of all the activities carried out under various components of the project. The M and E system will leverage the potential of geographical information system (GIS) for evidence based monitoring and planning. The M and E system would allow tracking of small and marginal farmers’ inclusion in project investments, interventions, and community institutions. It will also for monitoring of gender inclusion and impact and facilitate gender disaggregated analysis. The baseline will involve a gender focused module, including work time dimensions of women engaged in horticulture. Sections below elaborate on the M&E responsibilites at each level 9.2 Project Coordination Unit (PCU) The PCU will also be responsible for: i. analysis of all project-level M&E information and generation of regular 6-monthly M&E reports; ii. updating key performance indicators by consolidating the information provided by different implementing agencies and the external M&E agency; iii. conducting independent field visits to monitor implementation and outputs of selected project activities; iv. commissioning special M&E studies as needed; v. maintaining the Project Management Information System (PMIS); vi. identifying bottlenecks and corrective actions, if needed; documenting success stories; vii. regular reporting to the Project Management Committee and the Project Steering Committee; and six-monthly reporting to the World Bank on the project status. 9.3 Project Implementing Units (PIUs) Nodal officers in each of these PIUs will be responsible for process and performance monitoring of the individual activities within the purview of the respective agencies. They would be responsible for (i) consolidating and analyzing all M&E data provided by district, block officers, and service providers, as relevant; (ii) validating M&E data in the PMIS entered at the District/Block/market level and entering additional data as required; (iii) monitoring field level activities and identifying corrective actions, if needed, as well as documenting success stories; and (iv) providing monthly reports to the PCU. Furthermore, implementing agencies, through their district and block offices would assume the primary responsibility of collecting data to update the process and performance indicators. The data would be consolidated and managed by the relevant PIUs and PCU. Environment and Social Management Framework Page 125 Himachal Pradesh Horticulture Development Project 9.4 M&E Consultant The primary responsibility of the M&E consultant, at PCUwould create an M&E framework for the entire HPHDP project in consultation with the PCU and PIUs. This framework must be aligned with the project and intermediate outcome indicators. In order to do so, the M&E consultant will define key process and performance monitoring indicators, data collection frequencies, and formats for collecting the relevant information. The M&E framework will clearly specify data collection responsibilities of the different implementing agencies and the external consultants. The M&E consultant will be responsible to oversee collection of data for their independent monitoring, of both process and performance indicators. 9.5 M&E Consultant Agency Specific Responsibilities of the M&E consultant are to: (i) conduct the Baseline Survey for the project; (ii) monitor and evaluate the progress in the provision of critical project inputs and activities; (iii) evaluate progress in achieving the project outputs and outcomes and evaluate the project ’s impact at key junctures during the project period, to assess progress towards achieving project’s objectives; (iv) strengthen the capacity of the project implementing agencies to monitor the project impact and use the PMIS by providing on-the-job training; (v) design and implement a Participatory M&E System (PMES) using state-of-the-art methods and tools that will monitor the performance of relevant activities such as the activities of community level institutions, FPOs . The consultants shall identify suitable participatory M&E mechanisms and tools such as the use of community score cards, focus groups, and participatory social auditing. The methodology and approach for the PM&E shall be designed in close consultation with the key stakeholders and will be finalized in consultation with the PCU (vi) prepare six-monthly M&E reports for the PCU which would summarize the achievements of the preceding six months, cross- cutting issues and recommendations, and updated project indicators; and (vii) provide three comprehensive reports - the baseline survey and two impact evaluation assessments at the time of the 2nd , project mid-term review and at project completion. Baseline Survey. The baseline survey for the project will collect information that will aid in project planning as well as to provide baseline values for the M&E framework. The baseline survey will be completed within the first six months of project implementation. In order to enable an impact evaluation of the project,the baseline survey will include would disaggregated data analysis for i) small and marginal farmers; ii) women farmers; and iii) SC and ST farmers. It will also include a special module with respect to women farmers (time work dimensions) and small and marginal farmers. Impact Evaluation and Thematic Studies. In addition to the regular six monthly monitoring reports, there are two junctures during the project period where impact assessment studies will be undertaken by the M&E agency. These studies will evaluate HPHDP’s performance and progress towards achieving the project’s development objectives. The first impact evaluation would be at the time of the second mid- term review (II MTR) of the Project, and, the second impact evaluation around the time of the Project completion. The first review (MTR) would include an impact assessment of the project to date, and also focus on procedures, implementation processes and recommend adjustments in the project design and/or implementation arrangements to overcome the identified bottlenecks. The second major impact evaluation review would be a comprehensive overall impact assessment, including quantitative and qualitative assessment of progress, against project development objectives. The M&E Consultant will also carry out thematic studies to inform the implementation of the project and to serve as a source of learning for the PIUs involved. The impact evaluation studies and analyses would include a disaggregated assessment of impacts with respect to i) small and marginal farmers; ii) women farmers; Environment and Social Management Framework Page 126 Himachal Pradesh Horticulture Development Project and iii) SC and ST farmers. Specific Thematic study and analyses would be undertaken with respect to women farmers and small and marginal farmers. 9.6 Project Management Information System (PMIS) An integrated project monitoring and management system leveraging the potential of ICT and new media technologies will be designed, developed and deployed under the project. The M&E system will use the features of GPRS enabled mobile devices and data analysis tools, to enable submission of data relating to the project activities under each of the components, directly by the field functionaries. This data submitted,will be Geo tagged and time stamped, thus enabling real time and evidence based monitoring of all the project activities. The project monitoring and management system will generate automated reports for all the PDO indicators, customized for each level of project administrators (role based access to data). Project would hire a consultant to develop and deploy this system. During preparation, a functional requirement study for preparing this system has been initiated. The IHSMS system will also track participation and benefit access of small and marginal farmers, women beneficiariesand SC/ST beneficiaries of the project under the various project components and departmental schemes. These indicators would be fully integrated in the project MIS. 9.7 User Satisfaction Surveys PCU & PIUs would conduct such a survey with the assistance of the SP for M&E, since findings often help to pinpoint areas of vulnerability that may have been missed during the mapping exercise. These surveys will be conducted by the SP for M&E at the end of II year and IV year concurrent with the submission of the M&E Report. The parameters will mainly comprise of no. of farmers satisfied with the improved infrastructure, no. of private players satisfied with the introduction of reforms, no. of PPP enterprises that have reached their break-even point (BEP). The universe for the survey will be the area of operation of the SPV, CSC, Private sector investments under the HPMC, APMCs selected for the development & implementation of Modernization & Improvement Plans. The construction of the survey questionnaire (and its translation in local language, Hindi) will be done by the SP in consultation of the PCU. The survey findings on satisfaction would be disaggregated and analyzed with respect to i) small and marginal farmers; ii) women farmers iii) SC and ST farmers as well as tribal/backward areas. 9.7 ESMF Implementation Reporting The six-monthly project progress reports would include, inter alia: (a) up-to-date physical and financial expenditure data compared to annual and end-project targets; (b) updated indicators of project performance compared to annual and end-project targets; (c) successes and problems encountered during the reporting period with suggested remedial actions; and (d) ESMF implementation progress as well as socio-economic and environmental impacts and issues related to the project The project would conduct an ESMF implementation review/audit in the 2nd and 5th year of the project through external agencies. 9.8 Monitoring Indicators Indicators to be followed while monitoring project implementation would be as per provided in Annexure XI Implementation of the ESMF and TDF would follow the activities planned as per the overall project cycle. The Table Below presents the implementation schedule Environment and Social Management Framework Page 127 Himachal Pradesh Horticulture Development Project Table 40 Arrangements as per Sub Project Cycle Phase ESMF (and TDF) Activity Objectives Process Responsibility Outcome Pre-planning Identification of To ensure that sub- Evaluate all the available information /on Implementing Sub-project selected/ rejected and categorized subproject/intervention projects with environmental and social aspects. Agencies, SPs/ according to Low or High Impact. Based on and Screening of activities potentially significant Design Consultants, screening, ascertain if any mitigation is and categorization environmental/ social Environment: Use EMF categorization of E&S Cell, District level required and whether TDP is to be prepared depending on impact issues are identified at projects to indicate high/low impact. Based on Social Development an early stage and this level of expected environmental and social Specialist and TDP avoided. impacts, field visits, compiling with regulatory consultant /Block level Selection of activities to be taken up for requirements the sub-project is eligible for officials planning and design and finalizing procedures selection or rejection. to ensure compliance with triggered policies. Social: Use the Social Screening checklist to screen projects for adverse impacts and to assess mitigation measures if any are required Conduct FPICs in Tribal areas (and in non-Tribal areas with persons meeting characteristics laid out in the OP 4.10) to ascertain broad community support Planning Preparation To integrate the ESMF Environment: For all high impact sub-projects, Independent EIA EMP and TDPprepared as part of DPR and DPRs with EIA, EMP provisions into sub- an external consultants will prepare EIA EMP Consultants and PIUs disclosed prior to commencement of civil works Design of Project project DPRs. To ensure along with the DPR. District level Social for the subproject. Costs of EMP and TDP interventions using EGs and that relevant For all low impact sub-projects, with, Development monitoring incorporated into the DPR. Social Strategies (Gender, environmental and environmental guidelines and mitigation Specialist and TDP Social inclusion and Citizen social issues have been measures detailed in the ESMF shall be consultant /Block level engagement) identified and incorporated by EAs officials appropriate mitigation Social: Include provisions at every level as per measures have been Social Strategies. For projects requiring TDP, designed to address conduct FPIC, social assessment (as per given them. TDP outline) including baseline Implementation Implementation To ensure that the Environment: The prescribed environmental E&S Cell, PIU District Monthly EMP reporting for high impact Implementation of prescribed mitigation measures (construction stage level Social subprojects Environmental and social environmental and measures) as identified through the EMP are Development Guidelines and mitigation social mitigation adequately implemented, indicators are Specialist TDP Semi-annual safeguards progress report will measures. measures (including monitored consultant /Block level indicate: construction stage) are For subprojects with low impact, the PIU needs officials  That EGs have been incorporated into the Compliance with EMP implemented. to report on mitigation measures that have implementation phase of low impact provisions and monitoring been implemented. subprojects. measures Social: Implement laid out provisions as per  monitoring as per indicative list of social strategies including inclusion criteria, indicators (provided in Annexure XI) special provisions for Tribal; continue including grievances conducting FPICs O&M Supervision, Monitoring To ensure that Environment: Monitoring of indicators will be PCU, PIU PMU will submit bi annual reports to The World and Evaluation environmental and conducted as per project monitoring protocol. NGOs? Bank on Safeguards Implementation. Environmental supervision social aspects are Environment and Social Management Framework Page 128 Himachal Pradesh Horticulture Development Project Phase ESMF (and TDF) Activity Objectives Process Responsibility Outcome and monitoring integrated into the sub- Environmental monitoring for operational projects facilities as per the EMP and EGs- conducted by the designated environmental officers of the implementing agencies for all the sub-projects Social: Conduct user satisfaction surveys and other M&E activities; continue conducting FPICs Environment and Social Management Framework Page 129 Himachal Pradesh Horticulture Development Project Table 41 ESMF Year wise implementation schedule Months (7 years/84 months) S.No. Activity 6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48 54 60 66 72 78 84 Initial Establishment activities Contracting of Environment specialist/ officer and SDS at DIUs & 1 M&E specialist at PCU Prepare information on IPM and pesticide use including list of 2 pesticides and insecticides which are banned 3 Setting up/operationalizing GRMs 4 Contracting of M&E agency Operationalizing ICT enabled MIS system under Citizen 5 engagement strategy Development of socially inclusive criteria for selection of farmers, 6 farmer clusters and its dissemination Develop Community Operations Manual for water harvesting 7 structures including guidelines , criteria, etc. 8 Provision of orientation training on ESMF & TDF and safeguards ESMF & TDF implementation 9 Collection of Baseline data - gender disaggregated by M&E Contracting of External Consultant (for TDPs) and contract 10 renewal till 3 years 11 contract renewal for External Consultant (for TDPs) till 3 years Environment and Social Management Framework Page 130 Himachal Pradesh Horticulture Development Project 12 Provision of refresher training on ESMF & TDF and safeguards 13 Introduce IPM 14 Introduce vermi compost production 15 Plan and Implement TDPs 16 Prepare Culturally Sensitive /Appropriate materials 17 Liaise with relevant Tribal bodies 18 Conduct FPICs 19 Identify and implement Special Community investment needs 20 Identify convergence of schemes 21 Implement TDP Conducting of Consultations, FGDs, FPICs (including transect 22 walks, if necessary) 23 undertake Screening on identified land to ascertain impacts Identify and Take land voluntarily as required for project 24 infrastructure 25 Payment of Annual lease amounts Developing of Annual Training Calendar including needs 26 expressed 27 Deliver /Provide Trainings Monitoring & Evaluation Environment and Social Management Framework Page 131 Himachal Pradesh Horticulture Development Project Undertake internal monitoring on ESMF & TDF Implementation 28 (using suggested indicators) 29 Conduct user satisfaction surveys and Thematic studies 30 Conducting Impact evaluation at II Mid-term review of project Reporting 31 Submit half yearly monitoring reports including E&S issues Project Completion Conducting Impact evaluation at End-Term of project (using 32 suggested indicators) Environment and Social Management Framework Page 132 Himachal Pradesh Horticulture Development Project 10. CAPACITY BUILDING AND TRAINING The project stakeholders will apply Environmental and Social safeguards mentioned in ESMF in all project activities during planning and implementation phases. Capacity Building or project staff is vital in maintaining the sustainability of the project, emphasizing on knowledge development and skills building. Capacity building exercises including orientation, technical, refresher, advance trainings, workshops and exposure visits, focusing on ESMF safeguard implication and monitoring, would be undertaken. These will be organised in accordance with capacity development strategy of the project. The capacity building exercises along with monitoring and learning process would not only help to ensure the environmental and social safeguard application, but also develop awareness and understanding towards environmental solutions by the communities. The training programmes will be coordinated and anchored by the PCU The key objectives of the training plan are: i. create awareness about HPHDP activities and their environment and social impacts ii. create awareness about the Environmental Guidelines, activities as per social strategies that provide information on how to mitigate or avoid those impacts iii. To create awareness about the concept, approach and processes of ESMF including selection of sub-projects, application of the specific EGs, social strategies, preparation of EMPs, TDPs monitoring performance of ESMF and reporting iv. Application of ESMF, TDF and monitoring EMPs, TDPs for specific activities Trainings on IPM IPM is a key project strategy and hence trainings on how to implement IPM would also need to be mainstreamed. The measures provided in the EMF are to be incorporated at the time of planning an intervention, technical training on those components should be covered as a part of mainstream project training activities along with integrated crop management. Exposure Visits: Exposure visits for staff will be organised to different Horticulture, Agriculture projects in different parts of the country to broaden their concept and vision on integrated crop management, integrated pest management and environment and social best practices which mainly help in bringing attitudinal change in the farmers. For the adopter farmers, visits will also be organized to research institutions on soil & water conservation, horticulture and agricultural universities existing near the project area in order to expose them and link them with these institutions for support in the future. Environment and Social Management Framework Page 133 Himachal Pradesh Horticulture Development Project Type of Frequency Target Group Content Modality Training Orientation Launch of PCU, PIU , DIUs,  Sensitization on potential Lectures, training ESMF Project + BIUs environment and social impacts Presentations and their mitigation measures and Yearly application within a sub-project cycle  Brief concept of SMF, TDF, EMF, EGs, EIA, Social Strategies  Institutional arrangement for implementing ESMF& TDF State level Twice a year Environment and  Sensitization on potential On field Training Social Specialist environment and social impacts demonstrations, PMU& SDS, DIU and their mitigation measures case studies and best practices.  Environmental EGs&activities Environment and Social Specialist in within social strategies including Lectures, designated Screening Presentations PIUs  ESMF process, institutional Service Providers arrangements for implementing Exposure Visits and NGOs, ESMF& TDF Tribal Development  Applying EGs and monitoring of Consultant EMPs, TDPs  Integrated Nutrient Management/Pest Management District Level One in each Environment and  Environmental EGs On field district Social Specialist in  ESMF process, institutional demonstration, where designated arrangements for implementing presentations, project has PIUs Service lectures and best ESMF investments Providers and NGOs practices  Applying EGs, Screening, Social Refresher Lead Farmers Strategies in design and operation Exposure Visits Trainings Representatives of  Integrated Nutrient FPOs, Tribal Management/Pest Management Development Consultant Block Level One in each Environment and  Environmental EGs On field Blockwhere Social Specialist in  ESMF process, institutional demonstration, project has designated arrangements for implementing presentations, investments PIUs Service lectures and best ESMF Providers and practices Refresher Horticulture  Applying EGs, Screening, Social Trainings Extension Officers, Strategies in design and operation Exposure Visits Subject Matter  Integrated Nutrient Specialists, Tribal Management/Pest Management Development Consultant Environment and Social Management Framework Page 134 Himachal Pradesh Horticulture Development Project Type of Frequency Target Group Content Modality Training Lead Farmers Representatives of FPOs Farm Level before Members of WUA  Environmental EGs and activities On field interventions Members of within Social Strategies demonstration, are initiated FIGs/FPOs  Applying EGs in design and presentations, Lead Farmers lectures and best operation Refresher Adopter Farmers in practices Trainings cluster, small and  Integrated Nutrient marginal, women Management/Pest Management Exposure Visits and tribal farmers  Training on water conservation, water usage, operations and maintenance of WHS.  technical knowhow, extension, and practical training on management of orchards, soil, nutrients, pests and diseases, nurseries;  Training and entrepreneurship promotion in indigenous beekeeping, vermi-composting, fruit processing, nursery management/development (grafting, budding, etc.) Environment and Social Management Framework Page 135 Himachal Pradesh Horticulture Development Project 11. IMPLEMENTATION BUDGET ESMF& TDF Budget Thecost of ESMF implementation comprises of staffing, trainings, capacity building activities, mitigation measures, engagement of NGOs, M&E consultants, etc. and has been budgeted as part of the overall project costs. The cost of preparing and implementing an IPM and NM strategy has been incorporated in the cost of component A, which includes the research component of developing bio pesticides and bio fertilizers. Cost of implementation of TDF including conducting FPICs, preparation of IEC materials, Training and Exposure visits, and External consultant to provide support in preparation of TDPs additional resource persons, specific project investments, feasibility study on organic GI certification and provision of funds for meeting any special community investment needs are included in the TDF budget. All these costs of procurement would be met with World Bank funds following World Bank In view of the environmental and social management measures to be implemented, necessary budgetary provisions should be made in the DPRs for the individual projects requiring EIA/EMP. Tentative budget for each of the project should include the environmental management costs other than the good engineering practices, cost of environmental monitoring. An indicative estimate for fulfilling the project requirements as per the provisions of the ESMF is expected to be INR 34.3 CR. A breakdown of ESMF related costs has been given in the table below. Sr. No Item Cost (INR crore) 1 Environmental Safeguard Specialists 3.5 2 External Consultants for preapring EIA/EMP 3 3 IPM+ NM preparation and implmentation 4 4 Capacity building and training incl IPM 2 5 Miscellaneous expenses including any mitigation measures 1.5 6 Climate change mitigation and adaptation activities 1.7 7 TDF and Social Management Framework 18.6 Total 34.3 Environment and Social Management Framework Page 136 Himachal Pradesh Horticulture Development Project Environment and Social Management Framework Page 137 Himachal Pradesh Horticulture Development Project 12.0 GRIEVANCE REDRESSAL MECHANISM 12.1 Grievance Redressal Mechanism Mechanisms for grievance redressal would be established at four levels - i) first level would the Executive committee of WUA, FPO, ii) second level would be the Sub-divisional level wherein the Sub- Divisional Magistrate would be supported in the grievance resolution processes by BDO, HDO, HEO and facilitators; and iii) third level would be the district level implementation committee; and iv) finally at PIUs and PCU level. These would be also supported by Complaint Handling mechanisms at the PIU levels besides the existing state-wide grievance monitoring system "e-samadhan". The GRM would comprise of arrangements at PCU and PIU levels, Complaint Handling Mechanisms, User Satisfaction surveys. These are described below: 12.2 PCU and PIU level The GM (Technical & HRD) in the PCU and the Nodal Officers of PIUs will be appointed PIO’s or any other officers already appointed in implementing line departments. Similarly, PD in PCU and the Heads of the Departments would be the Appellate Authorities to decide upon the appeals pertaining to RTI. All the names of these officers will be displayed on the projects website. All the line departments have already information officers and Appellate officers functioning in their offices and institutions under their control assisted by the Govt. from District level to State level. Regional information Commissioners and State information Commissioners are appointed under RTI Act, who function as state level appellate authority. In order to ensure proper education of all the stakeholders in this regard, the implementation of the reforms and their expected benefits to the stakeholders will be given wide publicity in the project vicinity. Contact persons & their contact addresses/phonons. will also be displayed prominently for the knowledge of the farmers, traders, commission agents, etc. The members of beneficiary institutions, viz., Horticulture, HPSAMB (APMC), HPMC, CSC, along with the prominent personalities of the village where Project interventions are undertaken would be involved quarterly to get the feedback of the activities undertaken in the Project. The details of feedback would cover the following: (a) quality of the work performed, (b) misappropriation of allocated funds, (c) the progress of work compared to the timelines of the Project, (d) dissemination of the Project details, and (e) transparency in the conduct of the Project activities. The district officer of the concerned line dept. would collect the data of feedback from such villages by sending personnel to such villages on quarterly basis and submit the data so collected to the concerned PIU through MIS. The format for the feedback would be devised by the respective PIU and sent to all the district offices of the concerned line depts. The Grievance Redressal Officer and the Appellate Authority for the redressal of the grievances for various sub-components in the project, along with the time period stipulated for addressing the complaints finally, are given below. The contact details will be disclosed on the project and PIU’s websites and will be updated regularly. Environment and Social Management Framework Page 138 Himachal Pradesh Horticulture Development Project 12.3 Complaint handling mechanisms All the district and regional level offices of the line depts., viz. Horticulture, Agriculture, HPSAMB,HPMC & UHF Nauni, will designate one senior officer, in each district office, as the Grievance Redressal Officer, wherever it has not been constituted so far, who will receive any complaint relating to any matter relating to the project. The Regional or District Head of the concerned line departments will be designated as the Appellate Authority relating to the grievance redressal. The names and contact details of these officers will be published on the website of concerned agency or line department. The nature of complaints which may be envisaged to be received by the Grievance Redressal officer at the district level can be enlisted as follows: (i) Procurement related complaints, (ii) Quality of material used in constructed related complaints, (iii) Quality of construction related complaints, (iv) Measurement of work completed related complaints, (v) Completion Certificate related complaints, (vi) Payment of the bill related complaints, (vii) Quality of delivery related complaints; and (viii) issues relating to ESMF and TDF implementation 12.4 District and Block Level Grievance Handling Arrangements Arrangements at District and Block Level are presented below: Table 42 Grievance Handling Arrangements Level Roles First level This would be the first level of handling grievances to which any aggrieved Executive Committee of person or complainant would report his grievance. The Committee would be the FPO, WUA responsible to maintain a grievance register that records  Number of grievances received.  discussion on grievances and minutes of the meetings,  resolution status They would also share copy of these grievances with Sub-Divisional Magistrate Second level If the aggrieved person or complainant is not satisfied with the resolution Sub-Division level provided at the first level, then he would approach the Block level committee. committee (headed by the The Committee would be responsible to provide necessary support to SDM and supported by resolution by appropriate liaising with relevant departments - horticulture, HDO, HEO, Community agriculture, irrigation, etc. It would maintain a grievance register that Mobilizers) records  Number of grievances received.  discussion on grievances and minutes of the meetings,  resolution status District Level If the aggrieved person or complainant is not satisfied with the resolution Implementation (as per provided at the above two levels, the s/he would approach the District level composition provided in Section 8) Environment and Social Management Framework Page 139 Himachal Pradesh Horticulture Development Project Details of scope of work of these committee, their composition by district, requisite trainings, meeting procedures and processes including frequency, reporting would be detailed in the Community Operations Manual. 12.5 E-Samadhan - State Portal for Monitoring Greivances In order to address grievances of the citizens addressed in a fair, transparent and timely manner, the state launched a software interface titled "E-Samadhan"that enables a citizen to lodge a complaint and keep its track online through the website http://admis.hp.nic.in/esamadhan. The departmental interface allows officers to mark, reply, seek additional information and take other necessary action in work-flow manner by escalating the same. The Chief Minister, Chief Secretary, Ministers and Secretaries can monitor the overall status of functioning of the system. The project GRM would be supported through this portal. 12.6 World Bank Grievance Redressal system Communities and individuals who believe that they are adversely affected by a World Bank (WB) supported project may submit complaints to existing project-level grievance redress mechanisms or the WB’s Grievance Redress Service (GRS). The GRS ensures that complaints received are promptly reviewed in order to address project-related concerns. Project affected communities and individuals may submit their complaint to the WB’s independent Inspection Panel which determines whether harm occurred, or could occur, as a result of WB non-compliance with its policies and procedures. Complaints may be submitted at any time after concerns have been brought directly to the World Bank's attention, and Bank Management has been given an opportunity to respond. For information on how to submit complaints to the World Bank’s corporate Grievance Redress Service (GRS), please visit http://www.worldbank.org/GRS. For information on how to submit complaints to the World Bank Inspection Panel, please visit www.inspectionpanel.org. 12.7 Revision/ Modification of ESMF and TDF As the project implementation period would be seven years, it is likely to bring changes to the operating environment with experiences gathered in application of this ESMF during implementation, besideschanges in external factors such as the legal and regulatory environment (country/state), the ESMF is Intended to be a “live document” enabling revision, when and where necessary. Unexpected situations and/or changes in the project or sub-component design would therefore be assessed and appropriateManagement measures will be incorporated by updating the ESMF to meet the requirements of applicable legislations and Bank safeguards policies. Such updating of provisions and procedures would be undertaken, as appropriate in consultation with all implementing agencies and the World Bank. Any changes to the ESMF & TDF will required to be cleared by the World Bank. Environment and Social Management Framework Page 140 Himachal Pradesh Horticulture Development Project ANNEXURES Annex I: Environmental Guidelines Annex II: IPM and INM plan Annex III: List of pesticides not permissible 132 (WHO classes IA, IB and II) Annex IV: PEQ compliance Annex V: Chloropicrin Annex VI: Details on Stakeholder Consultations Annex VII: Details on Project Interventions by District Annex VIII: Social Impact Screening Checklist Annex IX:Outline of TDP Annex X:Format for recording Free, Prior and Informed Consultation Annex XI:Monitoring indicators Annex XII:Tribal Development Framework Environment and Social Management Framework Page 141 Himachal Pradesh Horticulture Development Project Annex I Environmental Guidelines Guidelines have been prepared for the following measures taking into account the project interventions that are linked to them. The following tables of guidelines and actions have been prepared to guide the project management unit in taking proper measures for the environmental issues and concerns during preparation, implementation and operation activities. Table 43 Environmental Guidelines and Applicable project interventions No # Environmental Guideline Applicable project Interventions Stage of Application 1 Soil and Water  Orchard management Design and Operation Conservation  Water harvesting structures and minor irrigation scheme management 2 Soil Health Management  Application of Fertilizers and Design and Operation Organic manures  Vermicompost/compost production and application  Area Expansions, replantation and rejuvenation of orchards 3 Agriculture/Horticulture  Integrated crop management Operation  Scientific orchard management  Area Expansions, replantation and rejuvenation of orchards 4 Water Harvesting  New Community irrigation schemes Design and Operation Structures  Improvement of existing schemes  Construction of water harvesting structures, check dams, small lifts  Rain water harvesting  Poly lined tanks  Lift irrigation  Water Abstraction 5 Water Use  Formation of WUAs Operation  Fostering and capacity building of WUAs  Drip Irrigation schemes 6 Operation of FPO  Storage and Handling of Inputs Operation  Common Service Centers  Upgrading supply chain infrastructure  Solid, Liquid Waste Management  Construction of storage facilities, and installation of machinery. 7 Health and Safety  Market Yards Operation Guidelines for  Pack Houses Operational Faculties  CA/CS storage with Sorting Packing Grading Environment and Social Management Framework Page 142 Himachal Pradesh Horticulture Development Project Table 44 Environmental Guidelines Levelling of crop fields and maintenance of terraces / bunds to check water runoff EG SG 1.1 and soil loss. EG SG 1.2 Storage of surface/Rain water through water storage structures. SOIL & WATER CONSERVATION Vegetative soil conservation measures around the water engineering structures (bio- EG SG 1.3 engineering measures). EG SG 1.4 All check dams must be below a height of 10m Quarrying for stones prior to construction of any structure in a site should strictly EG SG 1.5 prohibited. The engineering structures for DLT should be constructed from loose bolder/stones lying alongside the drainage line. Use of stone riser technique for field bonding should be adopted as a preventing EG SG 1.6 measure to check soil erosion. In case any run off from higher hill slopes is damaging the bench terracing, then EG SG 1.7 diversion channels need to be made at the upper portions to safely divert run off to drainage lines Check whether bio fertilizers being used is approved for use in HP by seeking EG SH 2.1 guidance from District Horticulture Officer, Department of Agriculture, and Govt. Of HP who is also represented on the HP HDP Society. Organic manures in the form of FYM /Compost /Vermicompost should be applied EG SH 2.2 regularly to not only meet nutrient requirements of the plants but to also enhance soil biotic activity for maintaining soil health. SOIL HEALTH MANAGEMENT EG SH 2.3 Store Bio fertilizers in cool and dry place away from heat and direct sunlight. Bio fertilizers and treated seeds should not be mixed with chemical fertilizers, EG SH 2.4 insecticides and pesticides. Organic manures should be applied as basal dose, preferably at the time of the last EG SH 2.5 ploughing and should be incorporated into the field Organic manures should not be mixed with chemical fertilizers at the time of its EG SH 2.6 application. Crop residues & weeds not being used as fuel or fodder should be incorporated into EG SH 2.7 the soil or composted. Avoiding soil tillage (where possible) during times of the year when heavy rainfall EG SH 2.8 events are likely ULTURE AGRICU HORTIC LTURE/ High nutritional value traditional crops should not be totally replaced by high EG AG 3.1 yielding varieties. Environment and Social Management Framework Page 143 Himachal Pradesh Horticulture Development Project To maintain biological fertility of the soil, planting of nitrogen fixing species on the EG AG 3.2 crop field bunds should be done. Adoption of scientific orchard management practices promoted under the project in EG AG 3.3 existing orchards Protected cultivation (use of polyhouse, polypit, polytrench, etc.) to reduce the EG AG 3.4 chances of HYV crop failure and reduce human wildlife conflict. Follow POP for management of high density planting, pollination, fertility EG AG 3.5 management practices, bio control agents and bio-fertilizers. Consider canopy protection using netting in fruit orchards to increase protection EG AG 3.6 from heat stress, frosts and hail. Encourage participation of adopter farmers in integrated crop management (ICM) EG AG 3.7 demonstrations To retain soil health and reduce soil contamination & water pollution, use of bio- EG AG 3.8 fertilizers (bio-compost, vermicompost, organic mulch (Green manure), microbial inoculants, etc.) and bio-pesticides should be promoted. Use of permissible chemical pesticides should only be done in accordance to the EG AG 3.9 application timings and safety measures mentioned in IPM strategy of the project. Encourage participation of adopter farmers in post-harvest management EG AG 3.10 demonstrations Rain water harvesting and storage of surface water (of streams, nalla, etc.) through EG WH 4.1 water storage ponds/pits should be encouraged. Construction of Roof Rain Water Harvesting Tank will help to collect rain water for EG WH 4.2 domestic uses and kitchen gardening. Tanks/Ponds meant for storage of harvested water should be polylined and also EG WH 4.3 covered suitably to avoid loss of water due to percolation and evaporation respectively. Regular disinfection by chlorination and use of filters in storage structures will WATER HARVESTING EG WH 4.4 reduce chances of water borne diseases. EG WH 4.5 Proper designing, size and site selection for channel should be ensured. EG WH 4.6 Construction of smaller underground tanks to reduce chances of leakage. EG WH 4.7 Use of Ferro-cement for repairs of tanks. EG WH 4.8 Deep wells may not be dug to reduce drawing of underground water. Do not allow runoff from cattle sheds, sullage, etc. to enter the pond or allow solid EG WH 4.9 wastes into the farm pond. Environment and Social Management Framework Page 144 Himachal Pradesh Horticulture Development Project EG WH 4.10 Fish rearing to consume the mosquito eggs. Rules and regulations over sharing and rational use of water to be framed by the EG WH 4.11 stakeholder communities with support from NGO Selection of site for community water storage tanks should be as per the EG WH 4.12 convenience and cooperation of stakeholders to reduce conflicts among users. EG WH 4.13 Installation / lying of pipelines deep in the ground will reduce freezing of water and. EG WH 4.14 Compaction of the excavated soil in the dug pipelines The SP and PCU in consultation with relevant line departments should develop EG WH 4.15 standard designs for various water harvest, storage and recharge structures. All constructions of water related structures should be based on actual site survey EG WH 4.16 and conform to these designs only. Top soil removed during the process of digging ponds, trenches etc. should be used EG WH 4.17 to build bunds and excess soil should be spread over the rest of the farm As far as possible, WHS should be sited where there are no trees. If tree cutting is unavoidable, then compensatory planting in the ratio of 1:10 should be carried out EG WH 4.18 and the beneficiary group made responsible for maintaining it with at least 90% survival till 3 years. Before the water is let into the pond, it should be passed through a silt filter to prevent frequent silting up of the farm pond. A simple silt filter would be a ditch that EG WH 4.19 is filled with gravel and rocks through which water would flow before entering the farm pond. Every farm pond should also have an outlet channel to allow excess water to flow EG WH 4.20 out. This would ensure that the bunds of the farm pond are not under strain when the farm pond is overflowing EG WU 5.1 Matching water availability with crop water demand Compulsory use of organic mulch throughout the cropping season to minimize WATER USE EG WU 5.2 evaporation losses and thereby reduce water demand of crops Compulsory use of micro irrigation to irrigate crops in all water regimes so as to reduce absolute quantity of water applied and also increase water use efficiency. Simple low pressure, gravity fed drip systems could be used to reduce costs to the EG WU 5.3 beneficiary. ORGANISATION Maintain proper records of procurement and sale of pesticides specifying the brand PRODUCER EG FPO 6.1 FARMER name and name of active ingredients. Stock and promote sale of safety gear to be used while handling pesticides (for EG FPO 7.2 example, hand gloves, plastic masks, etc.). Environment and Social Management Framework Page 145 Himachal Pradesh Horticulture Development Project The FPO shall not stock, sell and promote agri-chemicals indiscriminately. It shall EG FPO7.3 make strong efforts to ensure that its members follow IPM and INM and accordingly shall stock and sell inputs relevant to implementing INM and IPM. If pesticides are to be sold or stocked at more than one place, take separate licenses for every such place and display the license in a prominent part of the premises that is open to public.  Do not sell pesticides in classes Ia, Ib, and II (WHO Classification of Pesticides by Hazard). EG FPO 7.4  Do not sell pesticides without ISI Mark Certification.   Do not stock or sell any insecticide unless it is: properly packed, properly labelled and the package includes information leaflet (including safety guidelines).  Do not change or remove any inscription or mark made by the manufacturer on the container, label or wrapper of any pesticide. For sale of insecticides maintain a separate register showing names and addresses of EG FPO 7.5 all the persons to whom it has been sold or distributed and the quantities to be sold or distributed. Do not sell or store pesticide in the same building where any articles consumable by EG FPO 7.6 human beings or animals are manufactured, stored or exposed for sale. Store in a separate room which is well built, dry, well-lit and ventilated and of sufficient size. Acquire license to sell, stock, exhibit and distribute pesticides from the competent EG FPO 7.7 authority (District Agriculture Officer). Coordinate with Department of Horticulture, Agriculture and Krishi Vigyan Kendra to EG FPO 7.8 provide training to farmers on integrated pest and nutrient management EG FPO 7.9 Stock and sell bio fertilizers and organic manures such as vermicompost. Take license to sell fertilizers from the competent authority (District Agriculture EG FPO 7.10 Officer). Immediately after the date of expiry segregate and stamp all such stocks as ‘not for EG FPO 7.11 sale’ and keep in a separate place with clear sign displaying that it is date -expired pesticide. Dispose these stocks in an environment friendly manner. EG FPO 6.12 Provide soil testing and fertilizer recommendation services to member farmers All the organic waste (Bark & Seed of the Fruit, Pulp of Fruit and Vegetables, EG FPO6.13 Decayed Fruit) should be re-used as compost for agricultural purposes. Ensure waste produce composting or dumping areas are well away from packing and EG FPO 7.14 handling facilities to avoid re-contamination of harvested produce with disease, and to avoid attracting vermin to the packing facility. Prevent any nutrient rich run-off from composting sites from causing contamination EG FPO 6.15 of waterways (surface and groundwater). At the CSC level, water is used for washing and other purposes. Thus proper EG FPO 6.18 drainage system should be in place so that the greywater can be collected in a sock pit through a drainage pipe. Environment and Social Management Framework Page 146 Himachal Pradesh Horticulture Development Project Inorganic waste (packaging material, plastic containers) should be re-used after EG FPO 6.19 proper washing. The damaged and unusable canes and bottles should be sent for recycling. Production of FYM/ Compost/ Vermicompost at the farmers’ level as well as the FPO EG FPO 6.20 level should be incorporated in the business plan Cover mouth and nose with cotton cloth or mask for protection against dust and EG HS 7.1 other particulate matter HEALTH AND SAFETY OF OPERATIONAL FACILITIES EG HS 7.2 Install fire extinguishers EG HS 7.3 Maintain a first aid kit at work place EG HS 7.4 Never exceed the maximum permissible speed and load of machine Ensure that children and lay persons do not have access to sites with high speed EG HS 7.5 machinery EG HS 7.6 Work sites must be in places where sufficient ventilation and light are available EG HS 7.7 Work sites must have access to safe drinking water and sanitation facilities Project interventions not complying with the policies/regulations Project interventions with severe environmental impacts and those not complying with the policies/regulations of state government, government of India and World Bank’s safe guard policies should not be promoted under HPHDP. A list of these activities is given below: a. Digging of irrigation tube well without taking required permission from the relevant authority will not be supported. b. Purchase, stock, sale, distribution or exhibition of the following pesticides will not be supported:  Pesticides classified in Class Ia, Ib and II of WHO classification;  Pesticides banned by the Government of India;  Pesticides banned by the State Government.  Purchase, stock, sale, distribution or exhibition of pesticides and chemical fertilizers will not be supported without the requisite licenses. c. No activity will be carried out in Critical or Endangered Natural Habitats d. Construction of roads, buildings, check dams, embankments, etc., will not be supported without prior approval of the design by a qualified Engineer. e. Embankment / check dam exceeding 10 meters in height will not be supported. Environment and Social Management Framework Page 147 Himachal Pradesh Horticulture Development Project f. Activities involving direct/untreated discharge into any water body any industrial waste, sewerage or other polluting substance will not be supported. g. Any industrial activity, effluent treatment plant will not be supported without requisite permission from the applicable Pollution Control Board. Table 45 Likely Environmental issues in construction and their mitigation S. No. Likely Issues Mitigation measures 1 Generation of noise during The construction activities involving generation of noise construction should be carried out in the daytime only and should be avoided in the night; Acoustic barriers may be used in case residential area is in the immediate vicinity or classes are disturbed in the existing facility 2 Loss of top soil Top soil excavated from the site should be carefully handled. It should be collected separately and stored as a heap which is appropriately covered. The heap should not be put in the direction of wind to avoid dust generation; Maximum effort should be made to utilize the topsoil for landscaping within the site; 3 Air pollution due to digging Water sprinkling shall be practiced; and levelling activities Construction machinery shall be properly maintained to minimize exhaust emissions of CO, SPM and Hydrocarbons; These activities shall be avoided in very high wind and cover should be provided for loose construction material 4 Water contamination and Toilet shall be earmarked for both men and women health risks associated contractual workers; with setting labour camp Adequate drinking facilities shall be provided at the for construction construction site; Temporary crèche facility may be provided in case of migrant labourers children residing in the camps to ensure safety 5 Air pollution due to All the vehicles entering the site to be asked to have movement of vehicles updated PUC (Pollution under control) certificate; Sprinkling of water shall be practiced at the site 6 Land and water Proper maintenance of vehicle shall be ensured out to avoid contamination due to any leakage of oil or grease. vehicle movement 7 Safety issues due to vehicle Vehicle speed is to be restricted to 15km/hour at site; movement at the site Provision of adequate personal protective equipment like safety helmets, face masks, safety shoes, safety goggles etc. for the safety of workers 8 Air pollution due to use of D.G set to be optimally used with proper orientation and D.G set adequate stack height; Stack monitoring carried out on regular basis; Proper maintenance of the DG Set should be carried out on regular basis; Environment and Social Management Framework Page 148 Himachal Pradesh Horticulture Development Project Acoustic enclosures are to be provided with the D.G sets to minimize the noise levels 9 Land and water Waste shall be stored at designated place after segregation contamination due to on the basis of category (hazardous and non-hazardous); waste generated at site Hazardous waste shall be disposed of to the authorized vendors only. 10 Issues like child labour Provision of clause in contractor’s agreement that bans child during construction at site labour and forced labour at project site. Adequate procedures to avoid or prevent hiring/entry of child labour at the project site Environment and Social Management Framework Page 149 Himachal Pradesh Horticulture Development Project Annex II: IPM Strategy Introduction and Background During the project span of seven years the pesticide usage would increase, hence, this document has been prepared as a guidance for integrated pestmanagement. IPM combines specific cultural, chemical, and horticultural needs of a particular crop to develop a broad-based approach to controlling the pests. Given the obvious importance of chemical pesticides in controlling pests and thereby managing better productivity and also given the clearly adverse impacts of its excessive use, the HPHDP has adopted Integrated Pest Management (IPM) as the key strategy to combat pests and diseases in the project. Till recently, great emphasis was laid on application of chemical pesticides, which initially proved beneficial, but after continuous and indiscriminate use, it lead to some adverse impacts as summarized below: Development of resistance in target insects/pests and they are no longer eliminated with recommended doses. Destruction of useful insects that were natural predators of problem-insects due to continuous use of chemical insecticides Pollution of soil and water sources resulting in reduced soil productivity Deposition of pesticide residues in the environment that ultimately enters the human food chain Secondary outbreak of pests due to loss of natural enemies IPM is a broad ecological approach of pest control (insects, diseases, weeds, rodents etc.) employing all methods and techniques viz. cultural, mechanical, genetical, regulatory, biological and chemical in a compatible manner to keep pest population below economic threshold level (ETL) and also reduces the residual effects of chemicals on both plants and animals. The project will greatly benefit with the implementation of IPM but will require a strategy for awareness, training and monitoring to support its implementation. Objectives of Integrated Pest Management Plan The purpose of this document is to describe a Plan by which the project can promote and support safe, effective and environmentally sound pest management in horticultural interventions undertaken under HP-HDP. The Plan promotes the use of biological and environmental control methods and the reduction in reliance on synthetic chemical pesticides. Maximize production& minimize inputs Minimize environmental pollution Manage pests below ETL through bio-control involving release of indigenous natural enemies of pests Minimize occupational health hazards due to chemical pesticides. Preserve ecosystem and maintain ecological equilibrium. Environment and Social Management Framework Page 150 Himachal Pradesh Horticulture Development Project No or less use of chemical pesticides for minimum pesticide residues. Replacement of agricultural chemicals by substituting with biological inputs (bio fertilizers, organic manure vermi-compost, bio-agents, bio-pesticides etc.)Integrated Pest Management is the approach now being adopted world-wide to address the issue of excessive use of chemical pesticides in agriculture. The World Bank’s Operational Policy 4.09 defines integrated pest management as a mix of farmer-driven, ecologically based pest control practices that seeks to reduce reliance on synthetic chemical pesticides. It involves managing pests (keeping them below economically damaging levels) rather than seeking to eradicate them. Relying, to the extent possible, on non-chemical measures to keep pest populations low and Selecting and applying pesticides, when they have to be used, in a way that minimizes adverse effects on beneficial organisms, humans, and the environment. The World Bank Operational Guidelines The World Bank & IFC Pesticide guidelines aims to ensure that the pesticide Must have negligible adverse human health effects Should be effective against target pests and minimal effect on non-target species Development of pest resistance to be kept in view Public health pesticides must be safe for inhabitants and animals Integrated pesticide management specifically identifies the following as the key in pest control. A categorical preference for bio control methods along with institutional and capacity building for the same. Reducing reliance on synthetic chemical pesticides and only if approved by IPM approach. Does not permit under any circumstance the use IA, IB and II classified pesticides. Listing of these chemicals and provided by the World Health Organization is given at the end of the report. Recommends the use of Participatory IPM along with specific investment components for the same. Permits category III type chemicals and these are listed at the end of the report. But even these must be used as part of the IPM strategy. Not all chemical l Pesticides if it is likely to be used without training and safety. 6.5.3 IPM Tools Identification of pests & diseases for the crop in the area Assessment of ETL for major pests/diseases Environment and Social Management Framework Page 151 Himachal Pradesh Horticulture Development Project Cultural methods Physical/ mechanical methods Biological methods Bio-pesticides Chemical methods (preferably use chemicals that are less toxic and have a shorter life after application) The IPM process starts with monitoring, which includes inspection and identification, followed by the establishment of economic injury levels. The economic injury levels set the economic threshold level. That is the point when pest damage (and the benefits of treating the pest) exceed the cost of treatment. Crop monitoring, that keeps track of the pests and their potential damage, is the foundation of IPM. This provides knowledge about the current pests and crop situation and is helpful in selecting the best possible combinations of the pest management methods. Identification of minor and major pests, diseases in the project areas has been conducted and depicted in the table below.Identification of minor and major pests, diseases in the project areas has been conducted and depicted in the table below.A package of practices16 has been developed by directorate of extension education, Dr. Y. S. Parmar University of Horticulture & Forestry, Solan for all major fruit crops in Himachal Pradesh. For new imported varierties to be promoted under the project UHF is developing a POP which which will also optimise use of IPM and NM. Table 46 Important Diseases of fruits of HP S. No. Name of fruit Important pests Important diseases crop 1 Pome fruit San Jose Scale, Woolly apple Aphid, Apple Scab (Venturia inaequalis), Powdery (Apple & Pear) European Red Spider Mite mildew (Podosphaera leucotricha), Pre mature (Panonychus ulmi) Two-spotted spider leaf fall (Marsonina coronaria), Canker disease mite (Tetranychus urticae), Blossom complex – Smoky Blight (Sphaeropsis malorum), Thrips (Thrips flavus), Apple root Pink canker (Corticium salmonicolor), Stem borer (Dorysthenus hugelii) Stem Canker (Botryosphaeria dothidea), Stem Black borer (Apriona cinerea, Defoliating (Coniothecium chomatosporium), Nail Head beetles, Leaf roller (Archips spp.), Tent canker (Nummularia discrete), Silver Leaf canker caterpillar (Malacosoma indicum ), (Chondrostereum purpureum), White root rot Defoliating caterpillar (Zagaena moth, (Dematophora necatrix), Collar rot Indian Gypsy moth),etc. (Phytophthora cactorum, Crown gall (Agrobacterium tumefaciens), Hairy roots (A. Rhizogenes), etc 2 Stone fruits Peach leaf curl aphid (Brachycaudus Bacterial gummosis (Pseudomonans spp.), Peach (Peach, Plum, helichrysi), Green Peach Aphid (Myzus leaf curl (Taphrina deformans), Brown rot & Almond, Apricot, persicae), peach fruit fly (Bactrocera Blossom Blight (Monilinia laxa, Leaf spot of Cherry) zonata, Plum fruit moth (Cydia cherry (Cercospora circumscissa), Powdery funebrana), mildew of plum (Podosphaera oxycanthae), Powdery mildew of peach & Apricot (Sphaerotheca panosa), Stigmina Blight of peach and apricot (Stigmina carpophylla), White root 16 http://www.yspuniversity.ac.in/dee/pop/fruit-crops.pdf Environment and Social Management Framework Page 152 Himachal Pradesh Horticulture Development Project rot (Dematophora necatrix), Bacterial leaf spot and gummosis of Almond (Xanthomonas compestris), Shot hole (Cedrcospora spp),Peach X disease, etc 3 Walnut Walnut weevil (Polydrusus mollis) Blotch (Gnomonia leptostyla), Die Back (Glomerella cingulata), Powdery mildew (Phyllactinia roborish) 4 Pomegranate Anar Butterfly (Virchola isocrates) Canker (Ceuthospora phyllosticta) 5 Citrus fruits Citrus psylla (Diaphorina citri), White Canker (Xanthomonas compestris pv. Citri), Die Fly (Dialeurodes citri), Citrus leaf Back (Colletotrichum gloeosporoides), Gummosis minor (Phyllocnistis citrella), Citrus (phytophthora spp.), Citrus decline (Disease butterfly (Papilio demoleus), Citrus complex involving nutritional disorders, infection nematodes (Tylenchulus with fungi, virus MLOs and nematodes), Fruit rot semipenetrans, Radopholus similis) (Penicillium italicum, P, digitatum) 6 Mango Mango hopper (Amirtodus atkinsoni), Anthracnose (Colletotrichum gloeosporioides, Mango mealy bug (Drosicha Powdery Mildew (Oidium Mangiferae), Mango mangiferae), Mango stem borer Malformation (Fusarium moniliformae), Mango (Bactocera rufomaculata, Fruit Fly Die back (Botryodiplodia theobromae) (Ceratitis cosyra) 7 Litchi Red Rust mite (Acerialitchi) Source: Horticulture University, Nauni, Solan Table 47 Disease and pest of flowers and vegetables in HP S. No. Target Crops Target disease Target Insect-Pest Vegetable 1. Tomato Early blight (Alternaria solani) Fruit borer (Helicoverpa armigera) Late blight (Phytophthora infestance) Bacterial spots (Xanthomonas euvesicatoria) 2. Capsicum Virus complex Aphids Anthracnose (Collectrichum capsici) Fruit Borer (Helicoverpa armigera) Powdery Mildew (Leveillula taurica) Flowers 1. Chrysanthemum Septoria leaf blight (Septoria obese and Chrysanthemum aphids (Macrosiphoniella S. chrysanthemella) sanborni) Alternaria (Alternaria sp.) Two-Spotted Spider Mites (Tetranychus Environment and Social Management Framework Page 153 Himachal Pradesh Horticulture Development Project urticae) 2. Marigold Alternaria leaf spots (Alternaria sp.) Two Spotted Spider Mites (Tetranychus urticae) Powdery Mildew (Leveillula taurica) Green peach aphids (Myzus persicae) Source: Horticulture University, Nauni, Solan Assessment of Economic Threshold Level: This is based on the concept that most plants can tolerate at least some pest damage. In an IPM programme where the economic threshold is known, chemical controls are applied only when the pest’s damaging capacity is approaching the threshold, despite application of other alternative management practices.The level of pest population is very important consideration for taking up control measures. Pest population must be maintained at levels below those causing economic injury. The economic threshold is the pest density at which control measures should be determined to prevent an increasing pest population from reaching economic injury level. The determination of these thresholds is a pre-requisite to the development of any pest management strategy. Priority wise various control methods of IPM has been described in the following tabular form: Procedure How it will be done Remarks Biological Conservation of all natural enemies & bio agents of all the First and Prime priority will be harmful insect & pests e.g. Birds, Parasites & pathogens, As these of biological method of IPM. are farmer's friend, therefore all these are to be conserved. Cultural Avoidance of monoculture in large belts Improved disease resistant varieties. Summer ploughing. Optimum plant densities. Avoiding excessive irrigation. Avoiding high nitrogenous fertilization. Trap crops Mechanical Damage/Destroy all the eggs of the insect. Second priority Destroy any material infested by insect, pest and diseases. Chemical If the loss is beyond ETL then only we will go for chemical control, This will be only last and and here only safe chemicals will be used. ultimate priority and only, if crop loss is beyond ETL. Bio-control methods: Control of insect pests and diseases through biological means is one of the most important components of IPM. In broadest sense, bio-control is use of living organisms to control unwanted living organisms (pests). In other words deliberate use of parasites, predators and pathogens to maintain pest population at a level below those causing economic losses either by introducing a new Environment and Social Management Framework Page 154 Himachal Pradesh Horticulture Development Project species into the environment or by increasing the effectiveness of those already present. The different types of bio-control practices are grouped as under: Introduction: In this process a new species of bio-agent is introduced to a locality for its establishment against its host. Introduction is made only after laboratory examination and field trials for its efficiency. Augmentation: In this process the population of natural enemies already present in an area is increased by releasing either laboratory reared or field collected bio-agents of same species in such number as would require to suppress the population in that area. Conservation: This is the most important component of biological control and plays a major role in pest suppression. In this process natural enemies already present in the nature are protected from being hilled. The different practices required to protect the natural enemies are listed below: Collection of egg masses and placing them in bamboo cage-cum-bird percher for allowing emergence of parasites and withholding of pest larvae. Educating farmers through field days, radios & T.V. to differentiate pests and defenders and sparing the defenders during field spray. Chemical spray should be adopted as last resort and that too after observing pest defender ratios and economic threshold level (ETL). Use of broad spectrum pesticides should be avoided. Use of selective and relatively environmental friendly (REF) pesticides. Strip or spot application of pesticides. Growing trap crop on the borders of main fields before the actual sowing of a crop to trap pest and develop natural enemies. Augmentation of crop defenders by release of egg and larval parasites andPredators Root dip/seedling treatment for gall midge prone area. Crop rotation and inter-cropping also help in conservation of defenders. User recommended dose and concentration of pesticides. Use of Botanical Pesticides: These can be prepared in various ways. They can be as simple as raw crushed plant leaves, extracts of plant parts or as complex as chemicals purified from the plants. Environment and Social Management Framework Page 155 Himachal Pradesh Horticulture Development Project Pyrethrum, neem, tobacco, garlic, and pongamia formulations are some examples of botanicals. Some botanicals are broad- spectrum pesticides. Botanicals are generally less harmful to the environment, because of their quick degrading property. They are less hazardous to transport. The major advantage is that these can be formulated on-farm by the farmers themselves. Cultural Methods: Cultural methods of pest control consist of regular farm operations so performed, which either destroy the pests or prevent them from causing economic losses. These practices have been used since long for pest control and needs thorough knowledge of crop production, biology and ecology of pests and their natural enemies. The various cultural practices can be grouped under the following heads: Preparation of nurseries or main fields free from pest infestation e.g. removal of plant debris, trimming of bunds, treating of soil and deep summer ploughing which kill various stages of insects. Testing of soil deficiencies for micronutrients on the basis of which fertilizers Should be applied. Selection of clean and certified seeds and treating of seeds before sowing for Seed borne diseases. Selection of seeds of relatively past resistant/tolerant varieties. These resistant/tolerant varieties play a significant role in past suppression and thus avoid considerable economic losses arising out of pest attack. Many of such crop varieties have been released / are being released. Crop rotation also plays an important role in pest suppression. Synchronized sowing and proper plant spacing. Optimum use of fertilizers at appropriate time. It is well-known fact that highdoses of Nitrogen fertilizers increase pest incidence. Proper water management (alternative wetting and drying to avoid waterstagnation). Harvesting as close as to ground level. Proper weed management. It is well-known fact that the weeds besides competing with crop for micronutrients also harbour many pests. Educate farmers with the ecology of crops and pests for adjusting of time of sowing and harvesting to escape peak season of pest attack. Explore and use traditional knowledge banks (old farmers) in the villages. Mechanical and physical methods: In this process manual labour is involved where we also take the help of some tools. Various practices involved are grouped as under: Environment and Social Management Framework Page 156 Himachal Pradesh Horticulture Development Project Collection of egg masses, larvae, pupae and adults where possible and either destroy them or place them in cage-cum-bird pushers for conservation of natural enemies and withholding of pest species. Removal and destruction of diseased or pest infested portion of plant parts. Use of rope in rice crop before flowering for dislodging larvae of bests e.g. caseworm and leaf folder. Use of light traps and destruction of trapped pests. Use of pheromone traps for monitoring and suppression of pest population. Regulatory methods:Rules formed by various agencies and Government are implemented under this method. Quarantine rules are enforced strictly disallowing infected materials to be imported and transported to other parts where there is no pest problem. Ban on certain dangerous chemicals is also enforced and regulated. Table 48 list of relatively environment friendly pesticides and insecticides Insecticides: Monocrotophos, Phosphamidon, Phosalone, Malathion, Oxydemeton methyl, Carbofuran (for soil application). Fungicides: Copper oxycholoride, Carbendazim, Mancozeb, Thiram, Streptocycline. Weedicides: Anilofos, Pendimethalin, Thiobencarb, Butachlor, Oxyfluorfan, 2,4 – D. Rodenticide: Zinc phosphide, Bromodiolone. New introductions: Neem based insecticides, such as, Neem oil based emulsion containing 0.9% azadirachitin, Neem kernel based emulsion containing 0.15% Azadirachtin. Chemical methods:Use of chemical pesticides is the last resort when other methods fail to keep the pest population below economic threshold level (ETL). Although there is advancement in pest management research, pesticides would continue to play an important role in crop protection. Therefore, use of pesticides should be judicious, based on pest surveillance and ETL to minimize not only the cost but also reduce the associated problems. While going for chemical control the following points must be strictly followed: Environment and Social Management Framework Page 157 Himachal Pradesh Horticulture Development Project Economic threshold level should be observed. Selection of relatively environmental friendly pesticides. Ensure that farmers are sensitized to the use and safe disposal of insecticides, fertilizers etc. and that these harmful chemicals are not used beyond their expiry. If the pest is present in strips or in isolated patches, whole field should not be sprayed. Pest and defender ratio must be observed. If ratio is 1:1, there is no need of pesticide spray. Where chemical pesticides are deemed essential to control pest attack, the project shall ensure that pesticides procured or used in the project are not on the list of pesticides banned by GoI or belong to Classes Ia, Ib or II of the WHO classification of pesticides (See Annex III) IPM implementation in HPHDP Awareness creation: This is an essential component in the IPM that includes, Manuals, pamphlets, brochure, and Farmers discussions to create awareness about IPM in each of the clusters in HPHDP. In addition, IPM is more effective when coupled with INM and appropriate irrigation management. Therefore, the project would provide support and help the farmer groups /Farmer Producer Company to source required inputs such as bio fertilizers, biocontrol agents, bio pesticides, etc. guidelines for soil nutrient management have been provided in section Strategy for Soil and Nutrient Management Pamphlets and posters on safe use of pesticides which deal from purchase, transport, storage, application to disposal must be provided to the farmers. All supports to pesticide sprayers and equipment must include making available a protective gear.A major impact of pesticide usage is on water. Hence, reducing pesticide usage by adopting IPM/NPM and permitting only class III pesticides, while substantially reducing pesticide usage, the threat to water contamination reduction is possible. Educating the community not to spray pesticides during or just before a rain must be included in the awareness material. Capacity Building and Training: In order to train a large no. of farmers, training of trainers will be carried out which would cover Horticulture Extension Officers, project implementation units, service providers who in turn would train adopter farmers in the clusters. Each cluster would have a Lead Farmer on whose plot the entire package of practices including IPM would be demonstrated. Groups of about 20- 30 farmers (both men and women) would be attached to each such Lead Farmer and his/her plot for meeting regularly and learning by observation and experimentation. Monitoring: The project will also evaluate the impact of adopting IPM approaches, such as relationship between climate and pest incidence, application of pesticide vis-a-vis pollination and extent of pest Environment and Social Management Framework Page 158 Himachal Pradesh Horticulture Development Project attack and economic damage, and evaluate the success of the package of practices, including IPM. Training, demonstrations, etc., for implementing IPM has been provided in the ESMF budget. A number of the monitoring indicators covering both adoption as well as knowledge of IPM among P farmers will be assessed periodically as part of internal monitoring, external E &S audit as well supervision missions from the World Bank. The focus of monitoring and evaluation will be to assess the buildup of IPM capacity in the Farmer Producer Groups and the extent to which IPM techniques are being adopted in production, and the economic benefits that farmers derive by adopting IPM. It is also crucial to evaluate the prevailing trends in the benefits of reducing pesticide distribution, application and misuse. Table 47 Monitoring activities IPM Activity Responsibility Methodology Time/frequency 1 Whether IPM package including Horticulture Check if the material has been Periodic field visits to relevant literature, pamphlets Department, District circulated to all adopter the clusters and banned list of pesticides has PIU and SP farmers. been circulated to all farmers 2 Purchase/Selection of Pesticides Horticulture Where are pesticides being Periodic field visits to Department, District purchased from and in what the clusters PIU and SP quantity and are they in line with the IPM guidelines Provide, as required, available bio-control agents 3 Use of Bio-fertilizers and Horticulture Organize awareness camps in Periodic visits and vermicompost Department, District villages on latest technology consultations with PIU and SP in organic farming, and adopter farmers and vermicomposting FPO. Monitor availability and production of vermi-compost, as absence may diminish interest 4 Training and awareness creation PCU, Horticulture Organize at least one linkage A constant monitoring Department, District workshop every year. of training and PIU and SP exposure visits This would be critical to sustain IPM approaches Beyond the project period. Training of Agri/Hort staff (project and line department) in IPM Environment and Social Management Framework Page 159 Himachal Pradesh Horticulture Development Project Pest and Disease Surveillance As part of IPM strategy, a pest surveillance will be undertaken electronically. Pest surveillance is an effective tool as an information system, which renders all pest control methods more effective. It aims at monitoring and forewarning of likely buildup of pests in order to facilitate planning and adoption of suitable control strategy based on ETL. In other words pest surveillance acts as a guiding principle in determining the areas and time needing the pest control. Table 48 IPM Strategy Year Wise Strategy Activity Years Action Points 1 2 3 4 5 Training of Hort staff (project Train at recognized national/state institutions and state and line department) in IPM universities Training of Facilitators/ and Will be useful for inclusion and orientation of women stakeholders Service providers in IPM in IPM approaches, as they are the main agricultural workers. Developing relevant literature Should be in local language and appealing visually. Distribute these and pamphlets for distribution during demonstrations at clusters and awareness camps. with list of banned chemicals (update lists as required) Awareness camps for farmers Organize awareness camps in villages on latest technology in vermi compost production, IPM concept, safe use, handling and disposal of insecticides/pesticides, identification and distinction between predators and pests. Provide technical inputs and Arrange inputs in form of bio-pesticides, bio-weedicides, bio- support to identified farmers fungicides, bio-fertilizers, bio-control agents (predators) etc. and later use them as models Converge with relevant departments of Agriculture, Livestock and for replication by other Horticultural for this purpose interested farmers Develop and distribute Emphasize avoiding use of broad-spectrum pesticides, chemicals guidelines on safe use of that wipe out useful insects etc. Use recommended dose and pesticides/insecticides concentration of pesticides. Do not support sale and use of banned fertilizers, pesticides, insecticides etc. Conduct bench-mark survey Use local research institutions, agricultural universities and and prepare checklist of extension system workers for identifying major area-specific pests pests/pathogens Training and Tie-up for supply Will be required for farmers to immediately switch over to bio- of vermi-compost fertilizers, as absence may diminish interest Legume plantations in farm Link with other arable land development programmes. Plantations bunds and fields, promoting be raised simultaneously with vermi-compost units so that increase use of mulch, setting up of in productivity can be seen in fields. Long-term availability of vermi-compost units vermi-compost is needed to sustain IPM Set up demonstration plots Set up demonstration plots once farmer awareness and training has initiated and after setting up of vermin-compost units. This will reduce delays in adopting IPM and will lead to quick results encouraging others to follow suit Environment and Social Management Framework Page 160 Himachal Pradesh Horticulture Development Project Activity Years Action Points 1 2 3 4 5 Introduce and provide readily Available IPM packages be provided to farmers for immediate available IPM packages adoption. Provide, as required, available Use existing provisions of line departments or state bio-control bio-control agents labs for this purpose. Introduce vermicomposting Organize training and exposure visits, and conduct trainings on vermicompost production Document progress Record changes in inputs and outputs and develop economic gains table for popularizing it among farming community Constraints in Implementing IPM Despite the plans for implementing IPM, several constraints exist. The table below summarizes the constraints in promoting IPM on a large scale. Table 49 Constraints in implementing IPM Constraint/Risks Mitigation Availability of selective pesticides, effective against crop Make available selective bio-pesticides to farmers, as per pests but not against natural enemies of pests, is a problem. their requirements. One of the basic points of IPM is ETL, which have not been Support participatory research programs with farmers and worked out for all the pests and combination of pests for research organizations to work out ETL for various pests different varieties and regions. within different project districts Potential of bio-control agents has not been evaluated fully Do not introduce bio-control agents that have not been for many agents. worked out in detail and are still in study stage. Use only ready to release and duly approved bio-control agents. Techniques of mass rearing of several bio-agents are still Ensure timely breeding and supply of predators to farmers; not well developed. improve linkages with relevant line departments and other institutions. Farmers in many cases are aware of new technologies but Ensure that demonstrations are alongside awareness are unable to access it leading to disillusionment and building and that there is no gap between demonstration consequently non-adoption of the technology. and supply of new technology, lest people lose interest. Lack of adequate trained manpower at the field level to Ensure that a cadre of IPM resource persons are created in work with farmers to help them learn IPM. every cluster, especially in the SP2 teams. Ensure that regular trainings and refresher courses are conducted for IPM resource persons before the beginning of each crop season. Organizations such as Agri Man Ecology (AME) Foundation, PRADAN, FES, ASA may be contacted to develop appropriate training manuals for promoting IPM through FFS approach. Environment and Social Management Framework Page 161 Himachal Pradesh Horticulture Development Project Criteria for Pesticide Selection and Use The procurement of any pesticide in a Bank financed project is contingent on an assessment of the nature and degree of associated risks, taking into account the proposed use and the intended users. With respect to the classification of pesticides and their specific formulations, in reference to the World Health Organization's Recommended Classification of Pesticides by Hazard and Guidelines to Classification. The following criteria apply to the selection and use of pesticides in, They must have negligible adverse human health effects. They must be shown to be effective against the target species. They must have minimal effect on non-target species and the natural environment. Pesticide Storage, Handling and Disposal Exposure to pesticides may occur when handling and spraying pesticides. The exposures to pesticides may occur in following situations: When handling the pesticides product during opening of the package, mixing and preparation of the spray. When spraying the pesticides. When disposing the pesticides solution and containers General precautions: 1. The operator should also wear a protective hat and face shield or goggles. 2. Do not eat, drink or smoke while working. 3. Wash hands and face with soap and water after spraying and before eating, smoking or drinking. 4. Shower or bath at the end of every day’s work and wear new clean clothes. 5. Wash overalls and other protective clothing at the end of every working day in soap and water and keep them separate from the rest of the family’s clothes. 6. If the insecticide touches the skin, wash off immediately with soap and water. 7. Change clothes immediately if they become contaminated with pesticides. Inform the supervisor immediately if one feels unwell. Protective Clothing and Equipment Absorption of pesticides occurs mainly through the skin, lungs and mouth. Specific protective clothing and equipment given below must be worn in accordance with the safety instructions on the product label. Environment and Social Management Framework Page 162 Himachal Pradesh Horticulture Development Project Broad-rimmed hat (protects head, face and neck from spray droplets). Face-shield or goggles (protects face and eyes against spray fall-out). Face mask (protects nose and mouth from airborne particles). Long-sleeved overalls (worn outside of boots). Rubber gloves. Boots Storage Pesticides storehouses must be located away from areas where people or animals are housed and away from water sources, wells, and canals. They should be located on high ground and fenced, with access only for authorized persons. However, there should be easy access for pesticides delivery vehicles and, ideally access on at least three sides of the building for fire-fighting vehicles and equipment in case of emergency. Pesticides must NOT be kept where they would be exposed to sunlight, water, or moisture which could affect their stability. Storehouses should be secure and well ventilated. Containers, bags or boxes should be well stacked to avoid possibility of spillage. The principle of first expiry first out should be followed. Stock and issue registers should be kept up to date. Access to the pesticides should be limited to authorized personnel only. The store room should have a prominently displayed mark of caution used for poisonous or hazardous substances. It should be kept locked. Containers should be arranged to minimize handling and thus avoid mechanical damage which could give rise to leaks. Containers and cartons should be stacked safely, with the height of stacks limited to ensure stability. Transportation Pesticides should be transported in well-sealed and labelled containers, boxes or bags. Pesticides should be transported separately. It should NOT be transported in the same vehicle as items such as agricultural produce, food, clothing, drugs, toys, and cosmetics that could become hazardous if contaminated. Environment and Social Management Framework Page 163 Himachal Pradesh Horticulture Development Project Pesticides containers should be loaded in such a way that they will not be damaged during transport, their labels will not be rubbed off and they will not shift and fall off the transport vehicle onto rough road surfaces. Vehicles transporting pesticides should carry prominently displayed warning notices. The pesticides load should be checked at intervals during transportation, and any leaks, spills, or other contamination should be cleaned up immediately using accepted standard procedures. In the event of leakage while the transport vehicle is moving, the vehicle should be brought to a halt immediately so that the leak can be stopped and the leaked product cleaned up. Containers should be inspected upon arrival at the receiving station. There should be official reports to the national level and follow-up enquiries in the event of fires, spills, poisonings, and other hazardous events. Disposal of remains of pesticides and empty packaging At the end of the day’s work, the inside of the spray pump should be washed and any residual pesticides should be flushed from the lance and nozzle. The rinsing water should be collected and carefully contained in clearly marked drums with a tightly fitted lid. This should be used to dilute the next day’s tank loads or disposed properly by the supervisor at disposal sites like pits or digs. Never pour the remaining pesticides into rivers, pools or drinking-water sources. Decontaminate containers where possible. For glass, plastic or metal containers this can be achieved by triple rinsing, i.e. part-filling the empty container with water three times and emptying into a bucket or sprayer for the next application. All empty packaging should be returned to the supervisor for safe disposal according to national guidelines. Never re-use empty insecticide containers. It shall be the duty of manufacturers, formulators of pesticides and operators to dispose packages or surplus materials and washing in a safe manner so as to prevent environmental or water pollution. The used packages shall not be left outside to prevent their re-use. The packages shall be broken and buried away from habitation. Disposal of Expired Pesticides Adequate measures should be undertaken to avoid expiry of stocks in storehouses. First Expiry First Out principle should be strictly followed during stock movements. The expired stock should be returned to manufacturer for disposal as per guidelines preferably through incineration process. Environment and Social Management Framework Page 164 Himachal Pradesh Horticulture Development Project The chemical efficacy should be tested before disposal of expired pesticides to find out possibility of usage. The efficacy and active ingredient percentage of pesticides is tested and certified by the authorized testing laboratory. Health Monitoring In case of accidental exposures or appearances of symptoms of poisoning, medical advice must be sought immediately. Strategy for Soil and Nutrient Management Maintaining and Improving Soil Structure Compaction of topsoil due to farm mechanization or any other reason results in reduced soil productivity. Efforts would be required to minimize soil compaction by regularly educating the farmers and holding farmer camps. Good soil management practices, as listed below should be shared with the farmers for adoption: No tillage or zero tillage technique to be used for ploughing or sub-soiling; ICAR guidelines should be followed for this. Prevent livestock grazing on farm when soils are wet to prevent damage to soil structure. Encourage regular cultivation on free-draining soils. Preventing soil erosion Soil erosion also leads to reduced land productivity and could takes place due to changes in cropping pattern and management, farm mechanization, overgrazing by livestock and rainfall. Farmer education and awareness building would be required to prevent and/or minimize soil erosion by holding farmer camps. Some of the soil erosion control measures that could be adopted by farmers include: Maintaining organic matter: Organic matter and microorganisms acts as cement in binding small soil particles into aggregates. Good amount of soil organic matter has larger soil aggregates that resist erosion. Maintaining of crop residue cover: Crop residue cover on uncultivated fields helps prevent erosion and also adds to soil productivity. It prevents direct soil erosion due to rain action and also retards flow velocity of runoff, which again reduces incidences of erosion and allows soils to absorb more water. Reduce tillage: Reduced and minimum tillage systems leave a good soil residue cover to prevent erosion and conserve soil moisture. Selecting fertilizers appropriately and applying optimally. Excess application of fertilizers also results in loss of soil productivity. Timing, technique, dose and type of fertilizer are very critical in getting best results and maintaining soil nutrient profile. Farmer education through local language brochures, farmer camps etc would be required to ensure proper use of fertilizers. Farmers should be encouraged to adopt good practices some of which are listed below: Environment and Social Management Framework Page 165 Himachal Pradesh Horticulture Development Project Nutrient deficiency signs on growing crops should be carefully observed for finalizing the type and dose of fertilizers. Farmers should be encouraged to get the soils tested and analyzed at accredited laboratories to determine the nutrient profile and therefore type and dose of fertilizers. Farmers should be encouraged to learn about different fertilizer application techniques, like broadcasting, row/band placement, top dressing, side dressing, foliar application etc and then choose the most relevant technique.Farmers should be encouraged to use bio-fertilizers, vermi-compost and farm yard manure. To maintain natural productivity, green manure crops could be grown during fallow season. Environment and Social Management Framework Page 166 Himachal Pradesh Horticulture Development Project Annexure III: WHO Classification of Pesticides based on Toxicity List of Banned Pesticides Aldrin Benzene Hexa Chloride (BHC) Calcium Cyanide Chlordane Copper acetoarbenite Dibromocworopropane (DBCP) Endrin Ethyl Mercury Chloride Ethyl parathion Heptachlor Manzona Methomyl 24% Formulation Nicotine Sulphate Nitrofen Paraquate dimethyl sulphate Penta Choloro nitrobenzene Penta cholorophenol (PCP) Phenyl Mercury Acetate (PMA) Sodium Methane Arsonate (MSMA) Tetradifon Toxaphene Phosohamidon 85% SL Methomyl 12.5% L Aldicarb Chlorbenzilate Deildrin Ethyl dibromide (EDB) Maleic Hydrazide Trichloro Acetic Acid (TCA) Aluminium phosphamide Carbofuran 505 WP Captafal 80% Malathian 25 DP & 50% EC Methoxy ethyl mertcury chloride (MECE) Extremely hazardous (Class Ia) technical grade active ingredients of pesticides (common name) not permissible in the project Aldicarb Difethialone Parathion-methyl Brodifacoum Diphacinone Phenylmercury acetate Environment and Social Management Framework Page 167 Himachal Pradesh Horticulture Development Project Bromadiolone Disulfoton Phorate Bromethalin Ethoprophos Phosphamidon Calcium cyanide Flocoumafen Sodium fluroacetate Captafol Fonofos Sulfotep Chlorethoxyfos Hexzchlorobenzene Tebupirimfos Chlormephos Mercuric chloride Terbufos Chlorophacinone Mevinphos Difenacoum Parathion Highly hazardous (Class Ib) technical grade active ingredients of pesticides (common name) not permissible in the project Acrolein Ethiofencarb Omethoate Allyl alcohol Famphur Oxamyl Azinphos-ethyl Fenamiphos Oxydemeton-methyl Azinphos-methyl Flucuthrinate Paris green (C) Blasticidin-S Fluoroacetamide Pentachlorophenol Butocarboxim Formetanate Pindone Butoxycarboxim Furathiocarb Pirimiphos-ethyl Cadusafos Heptenophos Propaphos Calcium arsenate Isazofos Propetamphos Carbofuran Isofenphos Sodium arsenite Chlorfenvinphos Isoxathion Sodium cyanide 3-Chloro-1, 2-prppanediol Lead arsenate Strychnine Coumaphos Mecarbam Tefluthrin Coumatetralyl Mercuric oxide Thallium sulphate Zeta-cypermethrin Methamidophos Thiofanox Demeton-S-methyl Methidathion Thiometon Environment and Social Management Framework Page 168 Himachal Pradesh Horticulture Development Project Dichlorvos Methiocarb Triazophos Dicrotophos Methomyl Vamidothion Dinoterb Monocrotophos Warfarin Edifenphos Nicotine Zinc phosphide Moderately hazardous (Class II) technical grade active ingredients of pesticides (common name) not permissible in the project Alanycarb Endosulfan Paraquat Anilofos Endothal-sodium Pebulate Azaconazole Esfenvalerate Permethrin Azocyclotin Ethion Phenthoate Bendiocarb Etrimfos Phosalone Benfuracarb Fenazaquin Phosmet Bensulide Fenitrithion phoxim Bifenthrin Fenobucarb Piperophos Bilanafos Fenpropidin Pirimicarb Bioallethrin Fepropathrin Prallethrin Bromoxynil Fenthion Profenofos Bromuconazole Fenthin acetate Propiconazole Bronopol Fentin hydroxide Propoxur Butamifos Fenvalerate Prosulfocarb Butylamine Fipronil Prothiofos Carbaryl Fluxofenim Pyraclofos Carbosulfan Formothion Pyrazophos Cartap Fuberidazole Pyrethrins Environment and Social Management Framework Page 169 Himachal Pradesh Horticulture Development Project Chloralose Gamma-HCH Pyroquilon Chlordane Guazatine Quinalphos Chlorfenapyr Haloxyfop Quizalofop-p-tefuryl Chlorphonium chloride Heptachlor Rotenone Chlorpyrifos Imazalil Sodium fluoride Clomazone Imidacloprid Sodium hexafluorosilicate Copper sulphate Iminoctadine Spiroxamine Cuprous oxide Ioxynil Sulprofos Cyanazine Ioxynil octanoate Terbumeton Cyanophos Isoprocarb Tetraconazole Cyflutrin Lambda-cyhalothrin Thiacloprid Beta-cyfluthrin Mercurous chloride Thiobencarb Cyhalothrin Metaldehyde Thiocyclam Cypermethrin Metam-sodium Thiodicarb Alpha-cypermethrin Methacrifos Trizamate Cyphenothrin Methasulfocarb Trichlorfon Deltamethrin Methyl isothiocyanate Tricyclazole Diazinon Metolcarb Tridemorph Difenzoquat Metribuzin Vernolate Dimethoate Molinate Xylylcarb Dinobuton Nabam Diquat Naled Slightly hazardous (Class III) technical grade ingredients of pesticides (common name) permissible under IPM. Acephate Fluchloralin Resmethrin Environment and Social Management Framework Page 170 Himachal Pradesh Horticulture Development Project Acetochlor Flufenacet Sethoxydim Acifluorfen Fluoroglycofen Simetryn Alachlor Flurprimidol Sodium Chlorate Allethrin Flusilazole Sulfluramid Ametryn Flutriafol Tebuconazole Amitraz Fomesafen Tebufenpyrad Azamethiphos Furalaxyl Tebuthiuron Bensultap Glufosinate Thiram Bentazone Hexzzinone Tralkoxydim Bromofenoxim Hydramethylnon Triadimefon Butroxydim Ipropenfos Triadimenol Chinomethionat Isoprothiolane Tri-allate Chlormequat (chloride) Isoproturon Triclopyr Chloroacetic acid Isouron Triflumizole Chlorthiamid Malathion Undecan-2-one Copper hydroxide MCPA-thioethyl Uniconazole Copper oxychloride Mecoprop Ziram Cycloate Mecoprop-P Cyhexatin Mefluidide Cymoxanil Mepiquat Cyproconazole Metalaxyl Dazomet Metamitron Desmetryn Metconazole Dicamba Mthylarsonic acid Dichlormid Metolachlor Dichlorobenzene Myclobutanil Dichlorophen 2-Napthyloxyzcetic acid Dichlorprop Nitrapyrin Diclofop Nuarimol Dienochlor Octhilinone Diethyltoluamide N-octylbicycloheptene Difenoconazole dicarboximide Environment and Social Management Framework Page 171 Himachal Pradesh Horticulture Development Project Dimepiperate Oxadixyl Demethachlor Paclobutrazol Demethametryn Pendimethalin Demethipin pimaricin Dimethylarsinic acid Pirimiphos-methyl Diniconazole Prochloraz Dinocap Propachlor Diphenamid Propanil Dithianon Propargite Dodine Pyrazoxyfen Empenthrin Pydridaben Esprocarb Pyridaphenthion Etridiazole Pyridate Fenothiocarb Pyrifenox Ferimzone Quinoclamine Fluazifop-p-butyl Quizalofop Technical grade active ingredients of pesticides unlikely to present acute hazard in normal use (common name) permissible in the project Aclonifen Acrinathrin Alloxydim Amitrole Ammonium sulfamate Ancymidol Anthraquinone Asulam Atrazine Azimsulfuron Azoxystrobine Benelaxyl Benazolin Benfluralin Benfuresate Benomyl Benoxacor Bensulfuron-methyl Bifenox Bioresmethrin Biphenyl Bispyribac Bitertanol Borax Bromacil Bromobutide Bromopropylate Bupirimate Buprofezin Butachlor Butralin Butylate Captan Environment and Social Management Framework Page 172 Himachal Pradesh Horticulture Development Project Carbendazin Carbetamide Chlomethoxyfen Chloramben Chloransulam methyl Chlorbromuron Chlorfluszuron Chloridazon Chlorimuron Chlorothalonil Chlorotoluron Chlorpropham Chlorpyrifos methyl Chlorsulfuron Chlorthal-demethyl Chlozolinate Cinmethylin Cinosulfuron Clofentezine Clomeprop Clopyralid Cloxyfonac Cryolite [C] Cycloprothrin Cyclosulfamuron Cycloxydi Cyhalofop Cyromazine Diamuron Dalapon Daminozide Desmedipham Diafenthiuron Dichlobenil Dichlofluanid Diclomezine Dicloran Diclosulam Diethofencarb Diflibenzuron Diflufenican Dikegulac Dimefuron Dimethirimol Dimethomorph Dimethyl phthalate Dinitramine Dipropyl isocinchomerate Dithiopyr Diuron Dodemorph Ethalfluralin Ethephon Ethirimol Ethofumesate Etofenprox Famoxadone Fanarimol Fenbutatin oxide Fenchlorazole Fenclorim Fenfuram Fenhexamid Fenoxycarb Fenpiclonil Fenpropimorph Fenuron Fenuron-TCA Ferbam Flamprop Flucarbazone-sodium Flucyclozuron Flufenoxuron Flumetralin Flumetsulam Fluometuron Flupropanate Flupyrsulfuron Flurenol Fluridone Flurochloridone Environment and Social Management Framework Page 173 Himachal Pradesh Horticulture Development Project Fluroxypyr Fluthiacet Flutolanil tau-Fluvalinate Flopet Fosamine Fosetyl Gibberellic acid Glyphosate Hexaconazole Hexaflumuron Hexythiazox Hydroprene Hymexazol Imazamethabenzmethyl Imazapyr Imazapyr Imazaquin Imazethapyr Imibenconazole Inabenfide Iprodione Iprovalicarb Isoxaben Kasugamycin Lenacil Linuron Maleic hydrazide Manozeb Maneb Mefenacet Mepanipyrim Mepronil Metazachlor Methabenzthiazuron Methoprene Methoxychlor Methyldymron Metiram Metobromuron Metosulam Metoxuron Metsulfuron methyl Monolinuron 2-(1-Naphthyl) acetamide 1-Naphthylacetic acid Napropamide Naptalam Neburon Niclosamide Nicosulfuron Nitrothal-isopropyl Norflurazon Ofurace Oryzalin Oxabetrinil Oxdiazon Oxine-copper Oxycarboxin Oxyfluorfen Penconazole Pencycuron Pentanochlor Phenedipham Phenothrin Phenylphenol Phosphorus acid Phthalide Picloram Piperonyl butoxide Pretilachlor Primisul furon Probenazole Procymidone Prodiamine Prometon Prometryn Propamocarb Propaquizafop Propazin Propham Environment and Social Management Framework Page 174 Himachal Pradesh Horticulture Development Project Propineb Propyzamide Pyrazolynate Pyrazosulfuron Pyrimethanil Pyriminobac Pyriproxyfen Pyrithiobac sodium Quinclorac Quinmerac Quinoxyfen Pyrithiobac sodium Quintozene Rimsulfuron Siduron Simazine Spinosad Sulfometuron Sulphur Tebutam Tecnazene Teflubenzuron Temephos Terbacil Terbuthylazine Terbutryn Tetrachlorvinphos Tetradifon Tetramethrin Thiabendazole Thidiazuron Thifensulfuron-methyl Thiophanate-methyl Tiocarbzil Tolclofos-methyl Tolylfluanid Transfluthrin Triasulfuron Tribenuron Trietazine Triflumuron Trifluralin Triflusulfuron-methyl Triforine Triticonazole Validamycin Vinclozolin Zine Environment and Social Management Framework Page 175 Himachal Pradesh Horticulture Development Project Annex IV: Import and Post Entry Quarantine of Imported Plant Material The improved plant material shall be imported by the HPHDP from the reputed nurseries situated outside the country. The plant material shall be initially kept in the PEQ under the observation of the DIA ( Prof. & Head, Department of Mycology and plant Pathology) to oversee the entry of any pest and disease coming with the plant material from the country of origin. The field officers of the Department at the District and block level as well staff of the PCDOs/ farms shall coordinate with the DIA for ensuring that the imported plant material is free from any pest and disease. The supply of improved cultivars to the farmers shall be undertaken by calling EOI to be published in the newspaper at the end of one year of mandatory PEQ plantation and observation period is over in the PY1. It is purposed to distribute 200, 000 No. of fruit plants to the farmers for demonstration after one year of PEQ period. The detail of plants to be distributed is as under: Table 50 No. of fruit plants to be imported Crop Plants for on farm demo Area covered (Ha.) orchards (No.) Apple 142800 119 Pear 12800 12 Apricot 4800 4 Plum 9600 9 Peach 6000 5 Walnut 9600 24 Cherry 14400 13 Total 200000 186 In the first three years of the programme, a large amount of plant material will be imported (see Table Above) These plants will be placed in ‘quarantine’ sites, in the PCDOs. There will also be additional quarantine nursery sites in Shimla (Annu, 2 sites), Chamba (Kilod, 2 sites: Nehla, 1 site) and Sirmour (Kawagdhar1 site). The latter are for the 251,000 No. trees imported for early establishment of demonstration orchards at farmer’s field. There are strict rules around quarantine requirements for imported plant material, and these rules and regulations will be strictly adhered to by the programme. The regulations are listed in the ‘Plant Quarantine Order (Regulation of Import into India), 2003’. The environmental impacts seen as consequences of entry, establishment of imported root stocks are the spread of various kinds of pests which have the risk of introduction in temperate fruits in Himachal Pradesh. Some of these are Fire blight, codling moth and plum pox virus. The pest risk analysis is Environment and Social Management Framework Page 176 Himachal Pradesh Horticulture Development Project mandatory for all the plants/plant material prior to its import into India as per PQ Order, 2003. Pest surveillance is an integral component of plant quarantine services to make them useful and effective. Table 51 Potenial Risks and Mitigation Measures with Imported Plant Material Potential Risk Mitigation Measure 1 A pest or disease outbreak in the stoolbed or To mitigate this risk, strict hygiene and monitoring nursery, particularly if it related to a protocols will be imposed to prevent major outbreaks quarantine organism, could result in loss of a occurring. To further mitigate the risk, nurseries will substantial amount of plant material, and be established at different sites (3+), so that an potentially delay achievement of targets. outbreak will not threaten the entire production. The imports of plant material from offshore should be minimised, to limit the risks of importing foreign pests and diseases. 2 Release of diseased material from nurseries Plant imports shall be restricted to the first 3 years of to orchards which would have a detrimental the programme. A measured approach to area effect on area expansion and the long term expansion using material produced from locally health and viability of the crop. propagated trees will aid this. Rapid establishment of nurseries, and focus on rapid multiplication in the early years will minimise the quarantine risks from imported material. The project will also seek international advice on best practice hygiene and Pest and Disease monitoring. 3 Risk of nurseries bulking up millions of trees, A good ICT programme about the project, and but not have the demand for these trees support and advice networks for potential growers. from growers. Plant material will be pre ordered, so that the nurseries are not left holding valuable material that cannot be sold. The project also has an accreditation scheme for nurseries to ensure only high quality material is released to growers. Accreditation of Fruit Nurseries: Existing rules framed under the Himachal Pradesh Fruit Nurseries Registration and Regulation Act, 2015 provide for record keeping of the Departmental Fruit Nurseries. However, each one of them individually does not completely define a Model Horticulture Nursery. Environment and Social Management Framework Page 177 Himachal Pradesh Horticulture Development Project Therefore, it is imperative to define a Model Nursery in all the three aspects of Nursery Infrastructure, Production system and Quality parameters of planting material and Good Nursery Management Practices in a comprehensive manner and put a nursery recognition regime in place. A model Horticulture Nursery should function as a reliable source of supply of quality planting material for horticulture crops. With a view to ensure availability of good quality planting material as outlined above, the National Horticulture Board (NHB) has started a system of Recognition of Horticulture Nurseries on voluntary basis. Hence, the fruit nurseries to be taken over from the Department under the SPV shall be accredited with the NHB to establish a network of quality nurseries across the State for the purpose of propagation and distribution of quality planting material of specified horticulture crops to the farmers. The following action shall be taken in this regard by the Incharge of PCDO/Fruit Nursery. The Incharge of the PCDO shall apply to the NHB for the accreditation of the Fruit Nursery on the prescribed Performa as given on the website of NHB i.e. www.nhb.gov.in. Necessary data with regard to management of Fruit Nursery shall be provided to the team visiting for inspection and accreditation of fruit nursery Surveillance provides vital information for development of robust quarantine policies and also facilitates early detection of invasive alien species which is very essential for their eradication. Establishment of pest free areas and areas of low pest prevalence to gain market access can be achieved only through well-designed pest surveillance programme. Imported plants will be inspected by a designated inspection authority (DIA), to ensure that no new pests or diseases are imported into the country. Plants detected with new pests or diseases will be destroyed and containment measures put in place. The Dr. YS Parmar University of Horticulture & Forestry, Nauni, Solan (HP) is currently the registered DIA for carrying out these inspections.Even beyond the quarantine period, pest and disease monitoring and management is essential to ensure a supply of healthy, disease-free trees to growers. Training of nursery staff at all levels to recognise abnormal plants or pest and disease issues will be essential to provide early detection of pest or disease issues. For import and quarantine requirements for imported root stocks the following steps will be followed based on Plant Quarantine Order 2003 (Ministry of Agriculture, GOI) 1. Project applies year to year basis about the intention to import planting material and shall be kept at specified locations for Post Entry Quarantine for a year as per Plant Quarantine Order 2003. 2. Undertaking from Professor & Head, Plant Pathology, UHF Nauni, Solan (Designated PEQ Authority for HP) that they will conduct (PEQ) at the specified locations. 3. Applied to Secretary MOA, GOI for import permit along with Pro forma Invoice of the material and the consent of Professor & Head, Plant Pathology to conduct PEQ. 4. Inspection of PEQ sites and facilities by GOI officers. 5. Issue of Import Permits by Directorate of Plant Protection, Quarantine & Storage, Faridabad (MOA, GOI). Environment and Social Management Framework Page 178 Himachal Pradesh Horticulture Development Project 6. Import of planting material from the nursery accompanied by the Phytosanitory certificate issued by the concerned agency of the country of origin. 7. Inspection and release of material by Directorate of Plant Protection, Quarantine & Storage, Faridabad (MOA, GOI). 8. Material kept for PEQ under the supervision of Professor & Head, Plant Pathology, UHF Nauni, Solan (Designated PEQ Authority for HP). 9. Satisfactory PEQ report submitted by the PEQ Authority to Directorate of Plant Protection, Quarantine & Storage, Faridabad (MOA, GOI). 10. After all these steps, the material can be put to use by the concerned agency (HPHDP) Environment and Social Management Framework Page 179 Himachal Pradesh Horticulture Development Project Annex V Details of Chloropicrin Specific Apple Replant Disease (SARD) is a major problem in apple orchards worldwide, preventing re- establishment of healthy apple orchards. SARD will be a major impediment to the replanting requirements for the programme. Remediation such as soil fumigation in apple replant land is standard practice in many countries, and fumigated replant land will generally be as productive as untreated new land. Some apple growers in India have historically used formalin to drench replant soil, but this is now illegal. Internationally, chloropicrin, Telone II (1,3-dichloropropene), metam sodium and basamid (Dazomet) are widely used as pre-plant fumigants, with chloropicrin or chloropicrin/Telone mixes being most favoured for apple replant. Of these products, only Dazomet is currently registered in India. The current unavailability of chloropicrin in India seriously restricts the options available to Indian growers, and impacts the project’s plans for replanting and rejuvenation of orchards. Without chloropicrin, growth and productivity of replanted trees will generally be extremely poor, and probably economically unviable. The replanting targets that have been set for the project are based on efficient fumigation of soil allowing almost immediate replanting, followed by rapid establishment and productivity of replanted trees. Chloropicrin unavailability will also have repercussions for nurseries, which will rely on fumigation of land between removal of one batch of trees and planting of the next. Without this, nursery productivity and tree health will decline, unless substantial new areas for nursery production can be found every year. However, other soil management practices could potentially be used in some situations. These include soil replacement, incorporation of organic material, fallow, soil solarisation, crop rotation etc. Information on these practices, including their pros and cons shall be provided to growers. Comparison of these practices with soil fumigation will be made in PCDOs to allow informed decisions to be made by growers. Pursuit of registration of chloropicrin in India is an early aim of this project by year 2 of this programme. Each fumigation team will be capable of treating 15 ha per year. Standard Operation Procedures for application of chloropicrin. (Hand application) Metered concentrated or dilute emulsified product applied through a robust, sealed hand held injection tool to a depth of 30/50 cms on an individual or 30cms grid pattern. Applied through or before sealing the barrier film. (Drip application) Metered concentrated or dilute emulsified product continually injected (specialist equipment) into the irrigation flow through a pre-laid and barrier film covered tested drip irrigation system. The irrigation system is primed prior to introduction of the product and flushed after application. The dripper spacing can vary but 30cms is the normal spacing with the distance between irrigation lines also normally being 30cms (Motor driven) Metered concentrated or dilute emulsified product is introduced to a depth of 30- 50 cms through injection points evenly spaced (30 cms) across the treatment width. Barrier film can be laid concurrently or separately. Formulation of chloropicrin that would be most suitable for Himachal Pradesh would be Chloropicrin 100 and Chloropicrin EC wit possible dosage range 30g/65g/m² (dependent on Indian registration and demonstration trials results per unit area being recommended in USA and/or other countries) Issues that may impact the timelines for trials and application of cholorpicrin Environment and Social Management Framework Page 180 Himachal Pradesh Horticulture Development Project 1. steep topography and accessibility of orchards 2. No registered available pre-plant solution for Specific Apple Replant Disease (SARD), nematodes or other soil borne pathogens. 3. Lack of modern clonal rootstocks and limited varieties. 4. Lack of high health status quarantine nursery for imported and domestic plant material and modern orchards planting/growing systems. 5. Shortages of on farm water storage for drip and mini sprinkler irrigation. Potential Environment Risk Environmental Guidelines Cholorpicrin is toxic to mamals Cholorpicrin application will be finalized under the trials of the and birds, and shouldn’t project. Its application should only be done by trained professionals contaminate any water source as to not contaminate any water source. even while disposing of equipment washwaters or rinsate. Low level of Knowledge to Information that must be provided annually and fumagators/handlers of must include the following: (1) what fumigants are and how they cholopicrin work, (2) safe application and handling of soil fumigants, (3) air monitoring and respiratory protection requirements for handlers, (4) early signs and symptoms of exposure, (5) appropriate steps to take to mitigate exposures, (6) what to do in case of an emergency, and (7) how to report incidents. The project staff, applicators The project will deploy a Soil Fumigant Training Program: Certified lack information about applicator training that provides information on (1) cholorpicrin, trained human how to correctly apply the fumigant, including how to comply with resources not deployed may new label requirements; (2) lead to toxicity of soil and risk how to protect handlers and bystanders; (3) how to determine of direct exposure to handlers. buffer zone distances; (4) how to complete an FMP and the post-application summary; (5) how to determine when weather and other site-specific factors are not favorable for fumigant application; (6) how to Develop and implement emergency response plans. For untarped applications of Do not connect an irrigation system (including greenhouse systems) chloropicrin, leaching and used for pesticide runoff may occur if there is applications to a public water system unless the pesticide label- heavyrainfall after soil prescribed safety devices for fumigation. public water systems are in place Environment and Social Management Framework Page 181 Himachal Pradesh Horticulture Development Project Annex VI- Details on Stakeholder Consultations S. No. Date Group 1 18/11/2015 Mahakali Farmer Cooperative , Jubbar Hatti - Shimla District 2 18/11/2015 RegionalHorticulture Research and Training Station Mashobra-Dr. Y. S. Parmar University 3 19/11/2015 Water User Association, Thalai village, Theog Block- Shimla District 4 19/11/2015 Farmer consultation at Narkhanda- Shimla District 5 19/11/2015 Shathla Cooperative society, Shathla- Shimla District 6 19/11/2015 HPMC CA, Grading sorting and packing facility- Jarol Tikkar, Kotgarh—Shimla District 7 19/11/2015 Ekant wadi – Matiana- Shimla District 8 06/12/2015 Government Department Consultation -Agriculture Department, Kullu District 9 07/12/2015 Public Consultation –Jia Village-Bhunter Kullu District 10 07/12/2015 Upper Kullu Fruit Grower Association, Patikuhal- Kullu District 11 10/12/2015 Public Meeting at Teesa block, Chamba District 12 10/12/2015 Meeting with Block Development Officer, Teesa, Chamba district 13 10/12/2015 Meeting with Churaha Valley Alternative Agro and Horticulture Development, Marketing Cooperative Society- Chamba District 14 10/12/2015 Meeting with Tribal Women SHG (with Jagori - NGO) Chamba District Environment and Social Management Framework Page 182 Himachal Pradesh Horticulture Development Project Annex VII - Details on Project Interventions by District Table 52 District wise details of Project Interventions Unit Shimla Kullu Kinnau L&S Solan Sirmaur Mandi Chamb Una Hamir Kangra Bilaspur Total r a pur (unit) Apple Ha Area Ha 1000 800 300 200 0 2000 700 2000 0 0 0 0 7000 Expansion Rejuvenation Ha 3500 2300 1500 0 0 0 1500 0 0 0 0 0 8800 Re plantation Ha 1500 900 100 0 0 0 500 0 0 0 0 0 3000 Other Fruits Ha Area Ha 1350 1450 50 0 1200 1850 600 1300 900 500 1400 600 1120 Expansion 0 Total Ha 7350 5450 1950 200 1200 3850 3300 3300 900 500 1400 600 3000 0 PCDOs No. Apple No. 5( 1 2( 1(UHF) 2(Kwagdha 2( 1( 2( Duttanag (Bajau Gyabo r, Bagthan) Janjhali, Kilod) Palamp ar, ra) ng, Kingas) ur, Sarahan, Pooh) HPKW) Anu, Chopal, Gopalpur ) Other Fruits No. 2 (Dhalli, 3 2 (Patta 4 (Norha, 2( 2( 1 3(Jach, 1( Khadrala) (Chow Mehloy, Jbbal Pangna, Rajpur (Badiy Bhumpa Nihal) ai, Darlagh Chandresh, Harabag a, ana) l, Sagot, at) Rajgarh, h) Bhanot Indpur) Bajaur Shirumyala a) a) ) Bee keeping Agri- No. 2( 1 (Jarol) Processing Parwan Centres u, Jabli) Environment and Social Management Framework Page 183 Himachal Pradesh Horticulture Development Project Unit Shimla Kullu Kinnau L&S Solan Sirmaur Mandi Chamb Una Hamir Kangra Bilaspur Total r a pur (unit) Market Yards No. Existing 2( 3 2( 1(Ponta 2( 2( Parala- (Bhunt Solan, Shahib) Takoli,K Dharam Theog, ar,Patl Parwan angani) shala,Pa Bhattakk ikuhal, wo) lampur) uffar) Shaat) Greenfield 1 1( (Nos) (Mendhel Bandr i) ol) Total 3 4 2 1 2 2 14 Pack houses No. Existing No. 4( 1 Gumma, (Patlik Jarol uhal) tikkar-, Oddi- Kumarsai n, Rohru, Greenfield No. 1 4( 1 3 2( 4( (Nos) (Bhunt Pooh, (Spiti ( Jangheli, Churah er) Ribba, ) Rajgarh/Na Karsog) , Nichar, uradhar, Bharm Sangla Sangarh, our, ) Shillai) Salooni , Pangi) Total No. 5 2 5 1 3 4 4 24 FPOs No. 4( 3 1(Reck 1(La 1 2 (Papnta 3 (Sadar, 4 1(U 2(Nau 3 2 27 Theog, (Kullu, ongpe haul) (Solan& Sahib,Sang Bahl, (Bharm na) aun, (Nurpur, (Bhager, Rohru, Nagar, o) Kandagh arh)) Karsog) aour, Bijri) Samloti, Namhol) Jubber Nirma at) Salooni Palamp Hatti, nd&Ra , ur) Chopal) mpur) Bhatiya Environment and Social Management Framework Page 184 Himachal Pradesh Horticulture Development Project Unit Shimla Kullu Kinnau L&S Solan Sirmaur Mandi Chamb Una Hamir Kangra Bilaspur Total r a pur (unit) t, Chamb a) CSCs No. 5( 4 1(Reck 1(La 2 3 (Papnta 4 (Sadar, 5 1(U 2(Nau 4 3 27 Theog, (Kullu, ongpe haul) (Solan& Sahib,Sang Bahl, (Bharm na) aun, (Nurpur, (Bhager, Rohru, Nagar, o) Kandagh arh)) Karsog) aour, Bijri) Samloti, Namhol) Jubber Nirma at) Salooni Palamp Hatti, nd&Ra , ur) Chopal) mpur) Bhatiya t, Chamb a) CA No. Existing 5( 1 Gumma, (Patlik Jarol uhal) tikkar-, Oddi- Kumarsai n), Rohru, Greenfield Nauradhar Churah (Nos) Cold Storages None Proposed under this project Source: Department of Horticulture, HPMC, Y.S.Parmar University, HPSAMB Environment and Social Management Framework Page 185 Himachal Pradesh Horticulture Development Project Annex VIII–Social Impact Screening Checklist ITEMS FINDINGS/OBSERVATIONS Purpose of land take for i. PCDO, Nurseries ii. Agro-processing centres, iii. Market Yard iv. storage/Irrigation(water Storage structures)/ v. Pack-houses vi. CSCs vii. CAs Land Requirement (in ha) Land Location (District, Tehsil, Sub-Tehsil, Block, Panchayat, Village) Land Type (Ownership status) i. Government ii. Panchayat iii. Others Mode of Land take, i. Purchased (mutual consent), ii. Taken on lease iii. donation Documentation required i. Sale deed ii. MOU iii. Lease Deed iv. Others Number of Targeted Beneficiaries Screening for Adverse impacts Any loss of/impact on: Y/N, If Y, provide description agricultural, residential and other productive assets Shelter, fixed assets crops, trees businesses or enterprises due to land acquisition and lead to loss of income sources and means of livelihoods access to natural resources, communal facilities and services Change in land use, leading to adverse impact on social and economic activities Environment and Social Management Framework Page 186 Himachal Pradesh Horticulture Development Project ITEMS FINDINGS/OBSERVATIONS Information on Affected persons/Common Resource Estimate on affected persons [ ] No [ ] YesIf Yes, approximately No. Nature/Type of affected persons Poor, female-heads of households, or vulnerable [ ] No [ ] YesIf Yesapproximately No. Encroachers and/or squatters [ ] No [ ] YesIf Yesapproximately No. Nature/Type of Common Resource (Provide description) Outcome: Is the site free of any encumbrances: Yes or No: Mitigation Action Needed Signature: Environment and Social Management Framework Page 187 Himachal Pradesh Horticulture Development Project Annex IX - Outline of TDP 1. Project Description - HDHDP and proposed sub-project 2. Objectives of TDP 3. Methodology for preparation of TDP (include results from the Screening exercise) 4. Minimization of impacts 5. Free and prior informed consultations (FPIC) for Broad community support 6. Social Assessment a. Household survey findings b. Impact details - positive impacts and adverse impacts on assets, community resources, livelihood etc. 7. Action Plan a. mitigation measures (as outlined in the TDF) b. FPICs to be undertaken during implementation c. implementation schedule (by activities and months) i. FPIC ii. Provision of mitigation measures iii. monitoring of implementation d. monitoring indicators (as necessary by sub-project) e. implementation budget including cost of i. mitigation measures ii. conducting FPICs - material, logistics iii. miscellaneous contingency f. grievance mechanisms (by level of mechanism) Environment and Social Management Framework Page 188 Himachal Pradesh Horticulture Development Project Annex X - Monitoring indicators Type Indicators KPI Number of direct project beneficiaries of which female (percentage) Impact Indicators Number of direct project beneficiaries of which:  small farmers  margiinal farmers  tribal farmers (segregated by men and women) Number of water users provided with new/improved irrigation Services segregated by male and female, small farmers, margiinal farmers, tribal farmers (segregated by men and women) Number of operational water users associations created/reconstituted and strengthened by composition segregated by (women farmers, small farmers, marginal farmers and tribal farmers (segregated by men and women) Number of clients who have adopted an improved horticultural/ agricultural technology promoted by the project. segregated by (women farmers, small farmers, marginal farmers and tribal farmers (segregated by men and women) Number of client days of training provided. segregated by (women farmers, small farmers, marginal farmers and tribal farmers (segregated by men and women) Economic Returns from higher quality yield based implementation of the following measures  Pollination services  Irrigation efficiency  Soil nutrient management using vermicomposting, organic manure Integrated Pest Management Project Outcome Number of farmers who received elite planting material segregated by (women farmers, Indicators small farmers, marginal farmers and tribal farmers (segregated by men and women). Percentage increase in net farm revenue over control group segregated by (women farmers, small farmers, marginal farmers and tribal farmers (segregated by men and women). Increased share of wholesale price realized by producers segregated by (women producers, small farmers producers, marginal farmer producers and tribal farmers (segregated by men and women) Increased share of selected horticulture commodities sold through new marketing channels. segregated by (women farmers, small farmers, marginal farmers and tribal farmers (segregated by men and women) Intermediate Measure of diversification (number of farmers adopting higher value cultivars) Outcome segregated by (women farmers, small farmers, marginal farmers and tribal farmers Indicators (segregated by men and women) Change in production volume for targeted commodities among project beneficiaries segregated by (women farmers, small farmers, marginal farmers and tribal farmers (segregated by men and women) Number of clusters covered by providing water harvesting & irrigation support by composition segregated by women farmers, small and marginal farmers, tribals Number of project beneficiaries adopting climate – smart agriculture (CSA) practices promoted by the project segregated by composition: women farmers, small and marginal farmers, tribals Number of farmers obtaining warehouse receipts. segregated by (women farmers, small farmers, marginal farmers and tribal farmers (segregated by men and women) Number of farmers adopting Good Agricultural Practices segregated by (women farmers, small farmers, marginal farmers and tribal farmers (segregated by men and women) Environment and Social Management Framework Page 189 Himachal Pradesh Horticulture Development Project Type Indicators Number of exposure visits conducted by composition of participants segregated by women farmers, small and marginal farmers, tribals Number of trainings organized by type of training (Beekeeping, vermicomposting, vegetable cultivation) and by composition of participants segregated by women farmers, small and marginal farmers, tribals No. of Ha of land brought under IPM and NM at State Level Adoption Rate (%) of Biological Control and Bio fertilizers at Block Level Production increase of organic manure/compost (tons) at the Block level Increase in Natural Pollinators over baseline at the Block level No of staff trained in safeguards Management (including IPM, NM, Crop tech) Physical Quantum of land by type (Panchayat, private, government land) taken by type (lease, donation, gift) for setting up CSCs, Irrigation infrastructure, Number of infrastriucture sites with safe disposal of of solid and liquid waste Number of lands by type (Panchayat, private, government land) taken by location segregated by location - tribal and non-tribal areas Number of farmers giving up land segregated by men and women Number of lands (existing and newly identified) screened for adverse impacts Number of lands 'rejected' due to existing encroachments or unauthorized occupation Institutional Setting up of ES Cell with E&S cell at PCU, PIUs and DIUs Hiring of Social Development specialists at DIUs Number of water user associations formed segregated by composition of women farmers, small and marginal farmers, tribals Number of FIGs, FPOs and CSC segregated by composition of women farmers, small and marginal farmers, tribals Composition of GRMs by composition segregated by composition of women farmers, small and marginal farmers, tribals Processes Number of Consultations held by composition of participants segregated by women farmers, small and marginal farmers, tribals Number of female cadre/tribal cadre of community mobilizers formed Tribal (specific Number of specific community needs expressed and addressed by location (non-tribal community needs) areas and ITDP areas) Grievance Number of grievances received by type of grievances resolution Number of grievances segregated by women farmers, small and marginal farmers, tribals Number of grievances received and redressed by level and number of attempts Environment and Social Management Framework Page 190 Himachal Pradesh Horticulture Development Project Environment and Social Management Framework Page 191 Himachal Pradesh Horticulture Development Project Annex XI Tribal Development Framework 1 Project Description The Project Development Objective (PDO) is: “to support small farmers and agro-entrepreneurs to increase the productivity, quality, and market access of selected horticulture commodities in Himachal Pradesh”. The project aims to address key well known gaps and deficiencies in the horticulture sector in Himachal Pradesh and transform the sector (and the overall rural economy) to being more productive, efficient and profitable. By doing so, it will contribute to the key aspects of GoHP and the Bank’s strategic objectives related to faster and broader agriculture sector growth and inclusive development. Target beneficiaries under the project will be small and marginal farmers. As majority (70 %) of agriculture producers in Himachal Pradesh are marginal, the project would mostly benefit this category of farmers. In addition, project will have potentially significant impact on promoting gender inclusiveness through employment creation in post-harvest management and processing which traditionally employ a much higher proportion of female labour. 2 Project Components and Planned Interventions The project components and planned interventions are presented in the table below Project Components and Interventions Component Objectives Planned Interventions A. to enhance horticultural (i) enhancing producer’s access to disease free Horticulture competitiveness at the farm level by elite planting materials; Production supporting access to knowledge, (ii) supporting sustainable intensification and and technology and finance in order to diversification of horticultural production Diversification increase long term productivity and through technology and knowledge transfer, farm incomes in an environment including harvest, capture, collection, delivery marked by changing market patterns and distribution of water; and and increased climate variability (iii) strengthening applied research and development; and enhancing the access to finance to producers. B Value improve value realization at the farm (i) building community/farm level marketing Addition and level, promote investments in capacities and supporting them through Agri- agribusiness, fostering backward and matching grants to acquire productive assets; enterprise forward linkages in the value chains (ii) establishing a modern supply chain comprising Development for horticulture products, support pack-houses, controlled atmosphere (CA) supply chain infrastructure that stores, and processing facilities to be operated prevents wastage and value erosion; under Public Private Partnerships (PPP) and enable secondary and tertiary arrangement; processing that create higher value for (iii) providing access to warehouse receipt systems the produce linked to commodity exchanges; identifying, mobilizing and supporting agro entrepreneurs; (iv) facilitating access to finance for agribusiness enterprises, including collectives such as Environment and Social Management Framework Page 192 Himachal Pradesh Horticulture Development Project Project Components and Interventions Component Objectives Planned Interventions producer companies. C. Market to provide an improved platform for (i) supporting market information and intelligence Development market-related information and services; intelligence, expand market access (ii) introducing of e-marketing platforms; and through alternative marketing (iii) upgrading wholesale markets. channels, enhance transparency in the price discovery process, and improve market infrastructure D. Project ensure the effective implementation support: Management, of the project activities and monitor (i) establishment and operations of Project Monitoring and evaluate project implementation Coordination Unit (PCU), which will oversee and Learning progress, outputs and outcomes, and coordinate activities of the implementing Project building on implementation agencies of the project; Management, experience. (ii) establishment and operations of Project Monitoring Implementation Units in the respective and Learning implementing agencies; and (iii) setting up of a monitoring and evaluation (M&E) system for the project, including a project management information system and contracting an external M&E agency to monitor project activities and impact. It will also finance dedicated staffing for the project activities that are attributable to the outcomes of the project, consultancies, training and related material, office equipment, and operational costs. Source: Project Implementation Plan, HPHDP, 2015 3 Project Interventions in Tribal areas HDHDP would be implemented across all the twelve (12) districts in the state. In the three major tribal districts - Chamba, Kinnaur and Lahaul-spiti, area expansion, rejuvenation and replantation under Apple and area expansions under the other fruits; setting up of PCDOs, greenfield packhouses, Compressed Atmosphere storage (CAs), FPOs and Common Service Centres (CSCs) would be major activities. Project interventions in these Tribal dominated areas are presented in Table 55 below: Table 53 Project Interventions in major tribal districts by location Project Interventions Unit Kinnaur L&S Chamba Apple Area Expansion Ha 300 200 2000 Rejuvenation Ha 1500 0 0 Replantation Ha 100 0 0 Other Fruits Environment and Social Management Framework Page 193 Himachal Pradesh Horticulture Development Project Project Interventions Unit Kinnaur L&S Chamba Area Expansion Ha 50 0 1300 Total Ha 1950 200 3300 PCDOs No. Apple No. 2( Gyabong, Pooh) 1 ( Kilod) Other Fruits No. 2 ( Rajpura, Bhanota) Bee keeping No. To be decided under the research component Agri-Processing Centres No. 0 0 0 Market Yards No. 0 0 0 Pack houses No. Existing No. 0 0 0 Greenfield (Nos) No. 4 ( Pooh, Ribba, 1 (Spiti) 4 ( Churah, Bharmour, Salooni, Nichar, Sangla ) Pangi) Total No. 5 1 4 FPOs No. 1(Reckongpeo) 1(Lahaul) 4 (Bharmaour, Salooni, Bhatiyat, Chamba) CSCs No. 1(Reckongpeo) 1(Lahaul) 5 (Bharmaour, Salooni, Bhatiyat, Chamba) CA No. Existing No. 0 0 Greenfield (Nos) No. 0 0 1 (Churah) Source: Project Implementation Plan, HPHDP, 2015 Environment and Social Management Framework Page 194 Himachal Pradesh Horticulture Development Project 4 Need for Tribal Development Framework (TDF)/Indigenous Peoples Development Framework (IPDF) The World Bank recognizes that the identities and cultures of Indigenous Peoples are inextricably linked to the lands on which they live and the natural resources on which they depend. These distinct circumstances expose Indigenous Peoples to different types of risks and levels of impacts from development projects, including loss of identity, culture, and customary livelihoods, as well as exposure to disease. Gender and intergenerational issues among Indigenous Peoples also are complex. As social groups with identities that are often distinct from dominant Box 7.1 - % of tribal population by district District % age groups in their national societies, Indigenous Peoples are Bilaspur 2.80 frequently among the most marginalized and vulnerable segments of the population. As a result, their economic, social, Chamba 26.10 and legal status often limits their capacity to defend their Hamirpur 0.67 interests in and rights to lands, territories, and other productive Kangra 5.60 resources, and/or restricts their ability to participate in and Kinnaur 57.95 benefit from development. Kullu 3.84 As HDHDP would be implemented across all the twelve (12) Lahaul-Spiti 81.44 districts having varied proportion of tribal population (See Box Mandi 1.28 7.1), it triggers World Bank's Operational Policy (OP) 4.10 on Shimla 1.08 Indigenous Peoples While some project interventions such as Sirmaur 2.13 Market yards, Cold storages, area expansion are broadly Solan 4.42 identified by location, subsequent interventions would be Una 1.65 planned in tribal areas based on demand assessment and with their free, prior and informed consent. No acquisition of lands is Source: HPSCSTC, 2014 proposed for any intervention under the project and as a result, no direct impacts on tribal communities pertaining to land acquisition are envisaged. As activities such as irrigation infrastructure i.e. water storage/supply are demand driven, their actual locations would be known at a later date. Hence, the preparation of a Tribal Development Framework is a pre-requisite. The TDF would form the basis for preparation of TDP as and when the projects and site locations are identified and on screening whether the impacted population indeed possess the four characteristics as defined in the Operational Policy 4.10. 5 Objectives of TDF (IPDF) The principal objectives of TDF/IPDF are to:  avoid or to minimize to the extent possible, any kind of adverse impact on the tribal community and to suggest appropriate mitigation measures;  ensure that the project engages in free, prior and informed consultation with tribal people in the entire process of planning, implementation and monitoring of project;  identify the views of tribal people regarding the proposed project and ascertain broad community support for the project;  to ensure that project benefits are accessible to the tribal communities living in the project area; 6 Methodology adopted for TDF (IPDF) preparation For this purpose of preparation of TDF, the following approach was adopted:  a desk based review of socio-economic baseline of STs in the state was carried out for which data was collected from the following secondary sources: (i) census records for demographic information, Environment and Social Management Framework Page 195 Himachal Pradesh Horticulture Development Project (ii) Tribal Development Department and HP Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribes Development Corporation for information on notified Scheduled Tribes, details about various development schemes intended for the benefit of STs, i.e. both centrally sponsored and state level programs were reviewed.  review of legal and regulatory provisions at the national, state and guidelines specific to the tribal areas of the state in order to understand their economic, social, and legal status and rights to lands, territories, and other productive resources.  the institutional arrangements at state level - HPSCSTDC and Tribal Development Department had been studied and their current delivery systems.  series of stakeholder consultations were carried out particularly in areas of project interventions that are currently identified. The participants in these interactions included: farmers, representatives from horticulture development department, irrigation and agriculture, cooperative societies. The purpose of these stakeholder consultations were to:  introduce the project - HDHDP to these communities;  understand the profile of the farmers in terms of size - large, medium, small and marginal, SC/ST and women;  current farm practices from production to marketing;  elicit their knowledge in respect of ongoing government scheme, including subsidies available:  elicit their concerns, constraints faced and challenges experienced that could feed into the project design or proposed interventions;  learn about their understanding of anticipated project benefits and adverse impacts, if any;  assess their demand in terms of expected support such as: training, farm inputs, exposure visits); and  seek their overall opinion and impressions on the proposed project. 7 Stakeholder Consultations Stakeholder consultations were held to ascertain likely social and environmental issues that need to be addressed during project preparation; understand current practices from production to marketing, validate findings from desk reviews, understand perceived benefits of the various interventions, awareness regarding government schemes, constraints faced, prevalent government schemes, etc. Details are presented in ensuing sections. Typology of stakeholders: The Stakeholder Consultation process considered a number of stakeholders who were engaged at different levels. The purpose was to ascertain their relevance and role in HPHDP during preparation and later during implementation. Table 56 presents the stakeholder analysis: Table 54 Stakeholder Analysis TDF Stakeholder type Importance in HPHDP Rationale for consultation Farmers women These are persons mostly engaged in farming While certain project interventions are members of Self Help across the state and would be covered under already identified within tribal blocks, Groups (SHGs), Tribal the project interventions all such persons have varied Farmers, leaders, experiences relating to farming, marketing of produce and have latent needs and demands that could be covered under the project design and processes such as need for training on Environment and Social Management Framework Page 196 Himachal Pradesh Horticulture Development Project Stakeholder type Importance in HPHDP Rationale for consultation different crops, need for irrigation infrastructure, market yards, etc. Hence they were consulted to understand their concerns, previous experiences, expectations and suggestion on livelihoods restoration. Farmers Producer These are persons currently practicing farming Such already formed Organization (FPOs), as a group or formed as a cooperative and have group/cooperatives with varied levels Producers, Farmer experiences in either collective procurement of of awareness give the project an Interest Groups (FIG), farm inputs and marketing of produce, import opportunity to introduce the project Cooperative societies, and sale of rootstocks, setting up Polyhouses interventions and help scale up. NGOs Non Government and/or forming water associations for setting already operational in the area and Organization(NGOs) up of irrigation infrastructure. While some of involved in community mobilization them practice horticulture others are engaged would be key stakeholders in in vegetable and/or floriculture. spreading awareness. Horticulture These officials who are part of the project Informing them of the proposed Development (Subject implementing agency, would be key to project and understanding their Matter specialist, assessment of demand, planning and present roles and responsibilities, HDO, HEOs), Block implementation of all proposed project constraints faced by these officials, Development Officers, interventions. need for capacity building were noted Agriculture for proposing measures under the Department ESMF Aims of Community Meetings and Institutional Consultations: Table 57 below summarizes the objectives of the community meetings and PAP consultations held. Table 55 Aims of Stakeholder Consultations Community Level Institutional Level Create general public awareness amongst the To learn about the current and best local level practices potential beneficiaries about HPHDP from district officials and cooperatives Broadly explain the project processes and planned to learn about the current challenges faced in terms of interventions accessibility, awareness regarding pesticides, fumigants Elicit communities support to the project and and other farm inputs schemes Increase HPHDP acceptability Understand communities' current practices from Assess institutional capacity to plan and implement procuring of inputs to marketing of produce - their project interventions experiences, success Understand constraints faced, needs for training, exposure, capacity building Outcomes of Stakeholder interactions: Stakeholder consultations were organized in two of the tribal districts - Chamba and Kinnaur. Key Issues from stakeholders, responses provided and their incorporation in the ESMF is provided in the Table below: Environment and Social Management Framework Page 197 Himachal Pradesh Horticulture Development Project Table 56 Aims of Stakeholder Consultations TDF Stakeholders Participants Key issues discussed Public Meeting at Farmers, HDO,  Support for marketing is an area of concern; though the department Teesa block, HEO, Lead had been supportive in providing guidelines and technical inputs Chamba, Farmers, NGO  apples were smaller in shape and less vibrant in color due to inappropriate farming practices or lack of necessary training on usage of pesticides by crop cycle  10% area has irrigation facility  nearest market is Amritsar to which all produce is taken as they lack a market place here. Further the packaging facilities are relatively low as only 10 kg boxes are packed in here at Teesa whereas the markets in Shimla. There is no mechanized packing system here. Meeting with Block Block  Jasoragarh, Chilli, Choli, Deola, Kajjur and Gujjar are the main tribal Development development clusters. Accessibility is the main issue in the area, therefore exposure Officer, Teesa, officer, is very limited. Chamba district Department of  orchards in the area are senile and at the stage of re-plantation Horticulture  provision of ropeway, etc. to overcome accessibility constraints can be considered Meeting with Officials of  has 1023 members of which 70% are Tribals. Churaha Valley society,  is involved in import of rootstocks, and their sale to farmers. Members Alternative Agro Department of of their society sell about 50% to 60% of their produce collectively. and Horticulture Horticulture, Recently they have taken up land for cultivation within their own Development, society on lease at rate of Rs. 25000/ per bigha/year. Marketing Cooperative Society, Teesa, Chamba district Meeting with Representative  women are also involve in agriculture activities right from preparation Tribal Women SHG of NGO, Tribal of land and harvest including seedling, application of fertilizers, (with Jagori - NGO), women sowing, ploughing, sowing, spraying, though sale of produce is Dogali, Choli farmers exclusively undertaken by men who deal with the contractors or Panchayat agents.  Few ladies in the village also have landholding of their own.  Most of the land is rain-fed with less than 10% of their land is irrigated.  Currently only subsistence agriculture is practiced and they consume whatever is produced.  some of the households are involved in beekeeping  Training on Mushrooms, onions, Beekeeping, Vermi-composting is expected Key consultations in respect of their implications by component for TDF are summarized below: Components Summary Environment and Social Management Framework Page 198 Himachal Pradesh Horticulture Development Project Components Summary A: Horticulture  Quality planting material and technical knowledge of pesticides is key requirement Production and as their current experience of inputs procured from government is not satisfactory Diversification  Irrigation infrastructure is a major need for which farmers are willing to support project interventions in terms of provision of land as necessary  Training and capacity building is a major requirement of farmers, entrepreneurs  Subsidies exist on different schemes in agriculture and horticulture thereby enabling convergence with project interventions  Expect technical training related to new technology related to Horticulture and Floriculture; and WUA practices relating to roles and functioning  need protection from hail storms and expect better insurance coverage  women groups are keen to cultivate mushrooms and other vegetables such as onions and also other trainings on beekeeping, etc. B: Value Addition and  cold storage is a major need for which farmers are willing to support project Agri-enterprise interventions in terms of provision of land as necessary Development  are keen to have better market access  Need training on E&S issues  Want better connectivity C: Market Development Farmers are keen to have market yards closer to produce rather than individual carry and Sector Stewardship goods to distant markets D: Project Management, Are keen for more crop management practices and expect departments to provide Monitoring and Learning necessary support in terms of farm inputs and knowledge, training, exposure visits Environment and Social Management Framework Page 199 Himachal Pradesh Horticulture Development Project 8 Legal and policy framework The Acts and policies related to Scheduled Tribes at the state level and national level were reviewed to ascertain their relevance to the project. The Table below below reviews the existing legislations and assesses their relevance to the project: Environment and Social Management Framework Page 200 Himachal Pradesh Horticulture Development Project Table 57 Summary of Social regulations and their applicability to Project - Legislation (Year) Objective Provisions Applicability to Project National level Article 366 (25) of the Article 366 (25) refers to Scheduled Defines following essential characteristics, for a Applicable as some of the Constitution of India Tribes as those communities, who are community to be identified as Scheduled Tribes are; project interventions would be scheduled in accordance with Article Indications of primitive traits; in tribal dominated areas, Article 244(1) of 342 of the Constitution, wherein Distinctive culture; besides in other areas where Constitution communities shall be declared as such Shyness of contact with the community at large; tribal population is dispersed by the President through an initial public Geographical isolation; and notification or through a subsequent Backwardness. amending Act of Parliament. The Fifth Schedule under Article 244(1) The criteria for declaring any area as a “Scheduled of Constitution defines “Scheduled Area” under the Fifth Schedule are; (a) preponderance Areas” as such areas as the President of tribal population, (b) compactness and reasonable may by order declare to be Scheduled size of the area, (c) a viable administrative entity such Areas after consultation with the as a district, block or Taluka, and (d) economic Governor of that State. backwardness of the area as compared to the neighbouring areas Right to Fair aims to ensure, a humane, participative, The Act Not applicable all project Compensation and informed and transparent process for interventions are planned either Transparency in Land land acquisition with least disturbance to  defines affected family, interested persons, project on land already belonging to Acquisition, the owners of the land and other affected area, government/project Rehabilitation and families and provide just and fair  details process to define public purpose and social implementing agencies or taken compensation to the affected families impact, steps towards notification and acquisition voluntarily from communities or Resettlement Act, whose land has been acquired or  provides institutions (Appraisal committee, R&R on lease 2013 and HP State proposed to be acquired or are affected administrator, R&R Commissioner; National level policies by such acquisition and make adequate Committee for Monitoring for Rehabilitation and provisions for such affected persons for Resettlement; LARR Authority, etc.) their rehabilitation and resettlement and  details factors for consideration to determine for ensuring that the cumulative outcome market value of assets; solatium & multiplication of compulsory acquisition should be that factors applicable; and infrastructural amenities at affected persons become partners in resettlement site; apportionment and payment of development leading to an improvement compensation Environment and Social Management Framework Page 201 Himachal Pradesh Horticulture Development Project - Legislation (Year) Objective Provisions Applicability to Project in their post acquisition social and economic status Scheduled Tribes and framed to recognize and vest the forest The Act provides three kinds of rights to Scheduled Not applicable as no such rights and occupation in forest land in Tribes and Other Traditional Forest Dwellers: Land project activities are proposed Other Traditional forest dwelling STs and other traditional Rights: Right to continue cultivating land (less than or at present. Further such Forest Dwellers forest dwellers who have residing in equal to four hectares) where they have been cultivating locations, if any are planned such forests for generations but whose prior to 13 December 2005; Use Rights: Provides for would be included in negative (Recognition of Forest rights could not be recorded. Its main rights to use and/or collect a) minor forest produce list of project Rights) Act, 2006 objective is to facilitate the overall (tendu patta, herbs, medicinal plants) that has been development and welfare of the tribal traditionally collected, b) Grazing grounds and water people by empowering them socially, bodies, c) Traditional areas of use by nomadic or economically and politically without any pastoralist Communities Right to protect and conserve. impact on their culture, habitation and Gives the community the right to protect and manage tradition and in terms of their age old the forest. rights and privileges. National Policy on It seeks to bring scheduled tribes It lists out measures to be taken in respect of: formal Applicable as the policy will be Tribal Development, into the mainstream of society through a education, traditional wisdom, displacement and applicable to project activities 1999 multi-pronged approach for their all- resettlement, forest villages, shifting cultivation, land across the state wherein round development without disturbing alienation, intellectual property rights, tribal languages, dispersed population exist their distinct culture Development. Primitive tribal groups, scheduled tribes and schedule besides in certain tribal areas, administration, research, participatory approach dominated districts. and assimilation Panchayati Raj The act leads towards village The Act aims to provide a 3-tier system of Panchayati Applicable as some of the Act1953, 73rd governance and establish the bottom up Raj for all States having a population of over 2 million, demand-driven project Amendment1994 approach. The Panchayati Raj to hold Panchayat elections regularly every 5 years, to interventions such as irrigation Institutions considered as self provide seats reservations for scheduled infrastructure would be subject Government for rural areas whether at castes, scheduled tribes and women; to appoint a State to these provisions the level of a village or a block or a Finance Commission to make recommendations district. regarding the financial powers of the Panchayats and to constitute a District Planning Committee, to prepare a development plan for the district. The 3-tier system of Panchayati Raj consists of: Village-level Panchayats; Environment and Social Management Framework Page 202 Himachal Pradesh Horticulture Development Project - Legislation (Year) Objective Provisions Applicability to Project Block-level Panchayats and District-level Panchayats. Besides, it indicates the powers and responsibilities and also sources of funds Extension of to cover the "Scheduled areas", which Key provisions include: Applicable as project PanchayatiRaj to are not covered in the 73rd amendment interventions are planned in Scheduled or Panchayati Raj Act of the Indian  state legislation on panchayats in the scheduled Scheduled Areas of the state and Areas(PESA) 1996 Constitution. area should take care of the customs, religious these provisions have been practices and traditional management practices of applicable to these areas since community resources 1996  Every village shall contain a grama sabha whose members are included in the electoral list for the panchayats at village level  Planning and management of minor water bodies are entrusted to the panchayats Right to Information provides a practical regime of right to The act sets out Applicable as all documents Act, 2005 information for citizens to secure access pertaining to the project would to information under the control of  obligations of public authorities with respect to be disclosed to public Public Authorities. provision of information;  requires designating of a Public Information Officer;  process for any citizen to obtain information/disposal of request, etc  provides for institutions such as Central Information Commission/State Information Commission National Agricultural The National Policy on Agriculture Provides approach for sustainable agriculture, food and Applicable as project would Policy, 2000 seeks to actualise the vast untapped nutritional security, generation and transfer of comprise many of the features growth potential of Indian agriculture, technology; inputs management and incentives for enunciated in the policy strengthen rural infrastructure to support agriculture, Generation and Transfer of Technology, faster agricultural development, promote management reforms, institutional structure value addition, accelerate the growth of agro business, create employment in rural areas, secure a fair standard of Environment and Social Management Framework Page 203 Himachal Pradesh Horticulture Development Project - Legislation (Year) Objective Provisions Applicability to Project living for the farmers and agricultural workers and their families, discourage migration to urban areas and face the challenges arising out of economic liberalization and globalisation National Policy for Sets goals such as to: (i) improve  defines farmers that include tribal families / persons Applicable as project would farmers, 2007 economic viability of farming by engaged in shifting cultivation and in the collection, comprise many of the features substantially increasing the net income use and sale of minor and non-timber forest enunciated in the policy of farmers and to ensure that agricultural produce progress is measured by advances made  prescribes assets reforms required to empower in this income. (ii) To protect and farmers such as land, water, livestock, improve land, water, bio-diversity and  provides for support services including credit, genetic resources essential for sustained climate change, agricultural practices, etc. increase in the productivity, profitability and stability of major farming systems by creating an economic stake in conservation. (iii) To develop support services including provision for seeds, irrigation, power, machinery and implements, fertilizers and credit at affordable prices in adequate quantity for farmers., etc. State Level The Himachal Pradesh Objective is to ensure protection to It provides that "No person belonging to an Scheduled The act is applicable as the act's Transfer of Land tribes in respect of their possession of Tribe transfer his interest in any land by way of sale, coverage extends to whole (Regulation) Act, 1968 land mortgage lease, gift or otherwise to any person not districts of Lahaul and Spiti and belonging to such tribe except with the previous Kinnaur and to the sub-tehsils of permission in writing of the Deputy Commissioner, Pangi and Bharmour in excepting i) by way of lease of a building on rent; ii) by Chamba district way or mortgage for securing loan to any Cooperative land Mortgage bank or cooperative society (all or majority members belonging to any ST) or by Environment and Social Management Framework Page 204 Himachal Pradesh Horticulture Development Project - Legislation (Year) Objective Provisions Applicability to Project acquisition by the state government under LA act". Right, title or interest held by persons belonging to Scheduled Tribes in land are not be attached except when the amount due under such decree or order is due to the state government or to any cooperative land mortgage bank or cooperative society. Results Framework The vision of this RFD is to ensure The Annual RFD accords weightage, set of actions, Applicable as this document Document for Tribal Socio-economic development of success indicators and target ratings (Poor to Excellent) would incorporate/support some Development Scheduled Tribe population with a view to each of the following functions: All matters relating of the project level interventions Department (2015-16) to bridge the Socio-economic gap to planning generally e.g. assessment of resources, between Scheduled Tribe and General formulation of plans, laying down of targets and population. The mission is to facilitate physical aspects and co-ordination in relation to matters affecting the tribal areas and the Scheduled Tribes of the the up-gradation of levels of State. (TSP); Periodical assessment and evaluation of administration and improvement of Plan activities in relation to matters affecting the tribal socio-economic infrastructure in areas and the Scheduled Tribes of the State. (Tribal Scheduled Areas as well as tribal Advisory Council, PAC, Boards); All policy matters population concentrated areas through including introduction of new schemes affecting the area and population targeted approaches tribal areas and the Scheduled Tribes and consultation with a view to empower the tribals thereof by all administrative departments with the Tribal socio-economically to be at par with Development Department. (Matters relating to Tribal general population with special Advisory Council; Matters relating to the Himachal emphasis for women. Pradesh Transfer of Land(Regulation) Act,1968;; Administration and Control of Scheduled Areas and Scheduled Tribes including Single Line Administration; and Matters relating to Integrated Tribal Development Projects (ITDPs) Single Line To provide single line administration to Provides for Deputy Commissioner/Additional DC to Applicable as project Administration in the ITDP areas of the state exercise all powers of Head of the departments in interventions are planned in ITDP areas of respect of all officers posted in their area these areas and implementation Kinnaur, Lahaul Spiti would be routed through the and Bharmaur, 1988 DC/ADC The World Bank Operational Policy ensures that indigenous population The World Bank defines Indigenous Peoples (IPs) by Applicable as project Environment and Social Management Framework Page 205 Himachal Pradesh Horticulture Development Project - Legislation (Year) Objective Provisions Applicability to Project 4.10 on Indigenous benefits from development projects and the following criteria: Self-identification as members of interventions are to take place in Peoples those projects’ potentially adverse a distinct indigenous cultural group and recognition of tribal areas of the state effects are avoided or mitigated and this identity by others; Collective attachment to prescribes elements for a tribal geographically distinct habitats or ancestral territories in development framework or tribal the project area and to the natural resources in these development plan habitats and territories; Customary cultural, economic, social, or political institutions that are separate from those of the dominant society and culture; An indigenous language, often different from the official language of the country or region;and Identification by the Borrower Country as an Indigenous Group. It seeks the borrower to engage in a process of free, prior and informed consultation. World Bank's Policy This Policy governs the public Policy is based on five principles WB is required to disclose on Access to accessibility of information in the  Maximizing access to information; Project related information Information Bank’s possession that is not on a list of  Setting out a clear list of exceptions; during preparation and exceptions  Safeguarding the deliberative process; implementation as per this  Providing clear procedures for making information policy available; and  Recognizing requesters’ right to an appeals process. The policy outlines a clear process for making information publicly available and provides a right to appeal if information-seekers believe they were improperly or unreasonably denied access to information or there is a public interest case to override an exception that restricts access to certain information. Environment and Social Management Framework Page 206 Himachal Pradesh Horticulture Development Project 9 Socio-economic profile of ST’s in the state Major tribal areas in the state are three major tribal districts - Chamba (comprising of 2 blocks of Pangi and Bharmour), Kinnaur and Lahaul Spiti. There are total of 10 communities as notified in State's Scheduled Tribes list namely, Bhot, Bodh, Gaddi, Gujjar, Jad, Lamba, Khampa, Kanaura (Kinnaura), Lahaula, Pangwala and Swangala. There are total of 10 communities as notified in State's Scheduled Tribes list namely, Bhot, Bodh, Gaddi, Gujjar, Jad, Lamba, Khampa, Kanaura (Kinnaura), Lahaula, Pangwala and Swangala. Population: According to the Census 2011 the population of Himachal Pradesh is 6864602 of which 392126 (5.71%) belongs to Scheduled Tribes. Kinnaur (57.95%) and Lahaul-Spiti (81.44%) have the highest Schedule Tribe populations. Table 60presents population of Scheduled Tribes by districts. Table 58 District wise population of Scheduled Tribes S. No District Total Nos. % 1 Bilaspur 381,956 10,693 2.80 2 Chamba 519,080 135,500 26.10 3 Hamirpur 454,768 3,044 0.67 4 Kangra 1,510,075 84,564 5.60 5 Kinnaur 84,121 48,746 57.95 6 Kullu 437,903 16,822 3.84 7 Lahaul-Spiti 31,564 25,707 81.44 8 Mandi 999,777 12,787 1.28 9 Shimla 814,010 8,755 1.08 10 Sirmaur 529,855 11,262 2.13 11 Solan 580,320 25,645 4.42 12 Una 521,173 8,601 1.65 State Total 6,864,602 392,126 5.71 Source: Census of India, 2011 The tribal population of H.P. as per Census 2011, can be divided into three categories as under: i. Scheduled Tribes in Scheduled Areas: District of Kinnaur, Lahaul-Spiti, the two Sub-Division of District Chamba viz. Pangi and Bharmour have been declared as Scheduled Area because majority population comprise of communities declared as Scheduled Tribe under the Fifth Schedule of the Constitution. These tribal areas are very remote and inaccessible having tough mountainous terrain and inhospitable climatic conditions thus involving high cost of infrastructural development and harsh living conditions. They are also considered as five Integrated Tribal Development Projects (ITDP) areas. Hence, 31.52% of the State’s tribal population falls under the Scheduled Areas of the State. ii. Modified Area Development Approach (MADA): The ambit of Tribal Sub-Plan was expanded in the Sixth Five Year Plan and Modified Area Development Approach was adopted to cover smaller areas of tribal concentration having 10,000 population in contiguous areas of which 50% or more were tribal. In Himachal Pradesh two such pockets namely Chamba and Bhatiyat- Blocks of the District Environment and Social Management Framework Page 207 Himachal Pradesh Horticulture Development Project Chamba were identified in 1981-82. These two pockets cover 7.51% Scheduled Tribes as per Census 2011. iii. Dispersed Tribes Population: During the Seventh Five Year Plan the strategy of Special Central Assistance (SCA) to Tribal Sub-Plan was further extended to cover all tribal living outside the Scheduled Area and Modified Area Development Approach pockets for beneficiary originated programme out of funds released by the Union Ministry of Tribal Affairs under Special Central Assistance. Besides Scheduled Area and MADA Pockets. 239,086 (60.97%) population belonging to Scheduled Tribes are residing in Non-Tribal areas of the State. As a whole, out of total ST population in the State, 68.51% resides outside Scheduled Areas of the State. Table 61elaborates on the population breakup of tribal population for areas outside the Scheduled Areas. Table 59 Tribal Population outside of Scheduled Areas Name of Total number of No. of villages having % of Villages having ST population more than District villages more than 40% population 100 persons but concentration is less than 40% % of total population Bilaspur 953 3.15 1.89 Chamba 1110 17.30 9.91 Hamirpur 1671 0.60 0.12 Kangra 3617 4.87 3.65 Kullu 314 1.59 11.78 Mandi 2850 0.91 0.88 Shimla 2705 0.52 0.30 Sirmour 968 1.24 1.76 Solan 2383 1.80 1.89 Una 790 1.39 1.39 Total 17361 2.99 2.33 Socio-economic parameters In the tribal areas, as per Census 2011 are (See Table 62): Density of population per square kilometer: Density is the highest in Bharmour (22), Kinnaur (13) and Pangi (12) are followed by Lahaul (3) and Spiti (2). Concentration of tribals vis-à-vis total population is higher in Pangi (90.18%), Bharmour (82.12%), Spiti (84.64%) and Lahaul (79.36%) have higher concentration of tribals. Kinnaur (57.95%) has relatively less %age of Scheduled Tribes. Pangi and Bharmour tehsils along with Holi sub- tehsil constitute the tribal area of Chamba district giving the district its Ist rank in terms of population (135,500) of STs in the state. Sex ratio: Amongst these five ITDP areas, Kinnaur (1065), Lahaul (1021) and Spiti (1010) have a higher ratio than the state figure (999). Literacy: In terms of literacy rate, Lahaul (86.97%) has a literacy rate higher than the state literacy rate (82.80). The other four areas have rates ranging from 71.02 (Pangi) and 80 (Kinnaur). Chamba district is ranked 8th in terms of literacy Environment and Social Management Framework Page 208 Himachal Pradesh Horticulture Development Project Land Holdings: Out of total geographical area of 23,65,533 hect., operational area is only 39,900 hect. i.e. 1.69% owned by 34,500 farmers. The average size of holdings in tribal areas is 1.16 hect. About 65 percent of the main workers are engaged in agriculture according to the 2001 census. Cultivated area per agriculture workers is 0.44 hect. only. Intensity of cropping varies from 100% to 146% average being 124.70% against 171% at State level. The low cropping intensity is due to the fact that mostly these areas are monocrop. About cent per cent cropped area in ITDP Lahaul and Spiti and 50% area in ITDP. Pangi is under irrigation. In ITDP Kinnaur and Bharmour, the irrigation facilities are scarce except in Pooh sub-division of district Kinnaur where sizeable area has been brought under irrigation through the Desert Development Project. Agriculture: It is the largest industry and main occupation of the people in tribal areas of Himachal Pradesh. In these areas too, economy is primarily dependent on agriculture. E.g. crop season is limited to only six months due to severe cold and snowfall. In Lahaul Spiti too, 58.18% of the workers are engaged in this sector. It is the only district in the state engaged in cultivation of 'hops' and Kuth. Also it has attained fame in producing high quality potato crop and peas which are much in demand within and outside the country. The farming in tribal areas is highly agro-pastoral and most of the areas are monocarp areas. In these areas, the commercial crops are potato, rajmas, peas, bean and some vegetables such as cabbage, cauliflower and carrot, etc. Total cropped area: Highest cropped area is recorded in Kinnaur with more than 9000 hectares of land followed by Bharmour with around 6000 ha of cropped area. Other areas are much lower ranging from 1200 to 2500 hectares. Area under fruit crops: Area under fruit crops - by Apple and by other fruits are highest in Kinnaur (around 10,000 hectares and around 1,700 hectares), followed by Bharmour (4000 ha and 745 ha). Amongst other areas, Lahaul has 954 ha under Apple, while Pangi has 781 ha under Apple. Kinnaur district is famous for delicious apples which are directly marketed to different places of the country. Table 60 Socio-economic parameters in Scheduled areas S.No. Item Unit Year Tribal Areas H.P. Kinnaur Lahaul Spiti Pangi Bharmour Total Total 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 1 Population No. 2011 84121 19107 12457 18868 39108 173661 6864602 Male No. 2011 46249 9897 6691 9579 20109 92525 3481873 Female No. 2011 37872 9210 5766 9289 18999 81136 3382729 2 Geographical Sq.Km. 2011 6401 6250 7591 1595 1818 23655 55673 Areas 3 Density of No. 2011 13 3 2 12 22 7 123 Population per sq.km. area 4 Percentage %age 2011 57.95 79.36 84.64 90.18 82.12 71.16 5.71 of ST population to total population 5 Sex Ratio No. of " 1065 1021 1010 993 964 1018 999 (ST) females per Environment and Social Management Framework Page 209 Himachal Pradesh Horticulture Development Project S.No. Item Unit Year Tribal Areas H.P. ‘000 males 6 Literacy a) Persons % " 80 86.97 79.76 71.02 73.85 77.1 82.8 b) Males % " 87.27 86.5 87.37 82.52 82.55 85.5 89.53 c) Females % " 70.96 64.5 70.74 59.27 64.67 67.41 75.93 7 Net irrigated ‘000 5.554 2.203 1.214 1.301 0 10.272 Area Hect 8 Gross ‘000 4.943 2.203 1.23 0.045 0.68 9.101 irrigated Hect. area 9 Area under ‘000 2011- 11.866 0.997 0.472 0.899 4.755 18.989 fruit crops Hect. 12 10 Fruit 000MT " 52.435 0.128 0.129 0.082 18.67 71.444 Production 11 Area under 000 509.261 613.691 399.6 121.678 135.756 1779.986 forests Hect. (Forest 12 No. of Gram No. Nov., 65 28 13 16 29 151 panchayats 2011 13 No. of all No. " 90 131 64 14 30 329 types of Cooperative Societies Source: Statistical Profile of Tribal Areas vis-à-vis Himachal Pradesh, 2014-15 Workforce participation: Chamba district stands 5th in terms of its working force having total workers of 294,035 persons against 3,559,422 working persons of the state. Also it has returned 66.88% persons as cultivators out of the total working population. In all three districts % of those engaged in agriculture is expectedly more than sixty percent. A significant percentage i.e. one-third or more than one-third are engaged are other workers i.e. workers outside of agriculture or household industry. Table 61 District-wise workforce participation - Kinnaur LS Chamba Main 83.13% 78.73% 40.69% Marginal 16.87% 21.27% 59.31% Total 56273 19295 294035 Cultivators 58.63% 58.19% 66.88% Agriculture labour 7.69% 2.96% 3.13% Household industries 1.68% 0.87% 1.54% other workers 35.18% 37.98% 28.45% Source: District Handbooks, Chamba, Kinnaur and Lahaul -Spiti, 2011 Environment and Social Management Framework Page 210 Himachal Pradesh Horticulture Development Project 10 Ongoing government Schemes for Tribals Government schemes for Tribals can be classified into Central government and state government schemes. These are presented below: 10.1 Central government support/schemes Special Central Assistance (SCA) is intended to be additive to State Plan efforts for tribal development and forms part of TSP strategy. The objective of the strategy is two folds: i) socio-economic development of STs; and ii) Protection of trials against exploitation. Of the above, SCA primarily funds schemes/projects for economic development of STs. Guidelines for SCA state that SCA is primarily meant for income generating family oriented schemes and infrastructure incidental thereto (not more than 30% of the total outlay). Wherever a scheme is provided for any Central Sector/Centrally Sponsored Schemes (CSS), SCA should not be utilised for the same. Rather, the allocations available under specific schemes can be availed of. Major infrastructure development should be supplemented from the TSP flow, rather than being catered out SCA like roads, electrification etc. Schemes for funding demonstration units should not be financed out of SCA. Rather, the follow-up of demonstrations should be catered to looking to the Special disadvantages that the tribal funds themselves with. Tribal population below poverty line should alone be supported with SCA financed activities. In any specific schematic projects financed by outside agencies, both national and international, normally a part of the outlay is proposed as State Government contribution. Such contribution should flow from normally State Plan and not out of SCA. Specific sectors related to the Tribal need to be givers a fillip by special schemes in the areas like sericulture, horticulture, etc out of SCA. Wherever conjunctional flow of funds can be ensured from other on-going development programmes, this must be dovetailed so as to have a better spatial and demographic coverage. SCA is released for the economic development of the following a) Integrated Tribal Development Project (ITDP) area contiguous large area in which ST population is 50% or more out of a total population. b) Modified Area Development Approach (MADA) pockets identification of pockets containing 50% or more of ST population out of a total population of 10000 and above c) Clusters-identified pockets containing 50% or more ST Population out of a total population of 5000. d) Primitive Tribes-identified isolated communities among the STs charactarised by the low rate of population, pre-agricultural level of technology and extremely low levels of literacy (so far 75 Primitive Tribal Groups (PTGs) have been identified. e) Displaced tribal population outside (a),(b),(c) and (d) above. f) Assistance for Margin Money Loan Programme (MMLP) for Tribal Finance and Development Corporations in the States to implement MMLP. g) Special Projects-Specific Project proposals are also received and sanctioned. Current schemes in Himachal Pradesh under CSS: Table 64 presents the types of schemes currently operational in the state with SCA. Table 62 Funding Pattern under SCA and types of Scheme - Central Sector Schemes Types of schemes under which Environment and Social Management Framework Page 211 Himachal Pradesh Horticulture Development Project - Central Sector Schemes Types of schemes under which 100% Assistance is given to 1. SCA for TSP. State/ UTs & Govt. of India under taking: 2. Grants under First Proviso to Article 275 (1) of the Constitution. 3. TRIFED. 4. Establshment of Grain Banks in Tribal Villages. matching (50:50) Assistance is 5. Construction of Girls Hostels for Scheduled Tribes. given to State: 6. Construction of Boys Hostels for Scheduled Tribes. 7. Esstt. of Ashram Schools in Tribal Sub-Plan Area. 8. Research and Training cent per cent assistance is given 9. Vocational Training in Tribal Areas. to States/ UTS and NGOs: bifurcated from Ministry of 10. Post Matric Scholarship to the students belonging to Scheduled Tribes Social Justice & Empowerment for studies in India from 2000-2001: Source: Tribal Development Department, Government of Himachal Pradesh Support specific to Horticulture: Under the Central government's Mission for Integrated Development of Horticulture (MIDH), tribal areas and STs are benefitted and could be dovetailed under the project. Some of the schemes are listed in Table 65below Table 63 Provisions for Tribals under MIDH scheme Item Pattern of Assistance Plantation Infrastructure Development Open pollinated crops 50% in Himalayan States, Tribal Sub Plans (TSP) areas,, limited to 5 ha. Hybrid seeds 50% in Himalayan States, TSP areas, limited to 5 ha. Output target of seed for each crop will be fixed by the individual state for each beneficiary, before releasing funds Horticulture Mechanization Tractor (upto 20 PTO HP) 25% of cost, subject to (in case of ST, 35% of cost, subject to a maximum of Rs. 1.00 lakh per unit) Power tiller (below 8 BHP) Subject to a maximum of Rs.0.50 lakh/unit for ST Power tiller (8 BHP & above) subject of a maximum of Rs. 0.75 lakh/unit. Land Development, tillage and subject of a maximum of Rs. 0.15 lakh/unit. seed bed preparation equipments Environment and Social Management Framework Page 212 Himachal Pradesh Horticulture Development Project Item Pattern of Assistance Sowing, planting reaping and subject of a maximum of Rs. 0.15 lakh/unit digging equipments c) Plastic mulch laying machine subject of a maximum of Rs. 0.35 lakh/unit. Self-propelled Horticulture subject of a maximum of Rs. 1.25 lakh/unit. Machinery Integrated Post Harvest Management Integrated pack house with Credit linked back-ended subsidy @ 50% of cost in case Hilly & Scheduled facilities for conveyer belt, areas for individual entrepreneurs. sorting, grading units, washing, drying and weighing. Pre-cooling unit; Cold room (staging,); Mobile pre- cooling unit Cold Storage (Construction, Expansion and Modernisation) Cold storage units Type 1 and 2 - Credit linked back-ended subsidy @ 50% of cost in case Hilly & Scheduled basic mezzanine structure with areas, per beneficiary. large chamber (of >250 MT) type with single temperature zone Cold Storage Units Type 2 with add on technology for Controlled Atmosphere Establishment of marketing infrastructure for horticulture produce in government/private and cooperative Wholesale markets Credit linked back-ended subsidy@33.33% in Hilly and Scheduled areas Rural markets/apni mandies/direct Credit linked back-ended subsidy@55% in Hilly and Scheduled areas, per markets beneficiary Gravity Operated ropeway in hilly Credit linked back ended subsidy @50% of capital costs in Hilly areas areas Source: Operational Guidelines, Mission for Integrated Development of Horticulture 10.2 State level schemes The state level schemes for tribal areas are planned under the overall tribal sub-plan of the state. The basic objective of the Tribal Sub-Plan is to allocate government resources equitably between the overall population and tribal population. The Tribal Development Department prepares the Tribal Sub-plans with inputs from all state departments. Under this new system, the State Planning department communicates 9% ceiling of the total State Plan outlays to the Tribal Development Department who in turn allocate the divisible outlays to each of the ITDP viz. Kinnaur, Lahaul, Spiti, Pangi and Bharmour. The indivisible outlays in the nature of grant-in-aid etc. are conveyed to the Administrative departments. Environment and Social Management Framework Page 213 Himachal Pradesh Horticulture Development Project Each ITDP has its own needs and requirements as such each ITDP shall be free to determine its own priorities and allocate funds only to those schemes which are relevant to the area. Each ITDP shall prepare its plan in consultation with the concerned Project Advisory Committee headed by the respective Hon’ble MLA of the area. The Tribal Sub-Plan in respect of ITDP prepared in consultation with the Project Advisory Committee are compiled by the Tribal Development Department in consultation with Heads of implementing departments and dovetailed in the main Tribal Sub-Plan. For equitable flow of funds to the 5 ITDPs, the State has evolved an objective formula based on 40% population, 20% area and 40% relative economic backwardness of each ITDP. Based on this formula, the share of each ITDP is as under:- Kinnaur (30%), Lahaul (18%), Spiti (16%), Pangi (17%) and Bharmour (19%). Some of the schemes relating to Agriculture, Horticulture and rural development included in the 2015- 16 plan are given below: Agriculture  Distribution of agriculture implements tools and machinery on 50% subsidy basis.  Distribution of seed including high-yielding variety seed on 50% subsidy.  Supply of insecticides, pesticides and other plant protection material on 50% subsidy basis.  Distribution of minikits free of cost.  Distribution of tarpaulins on 50% subsidy  Soil & Water Conservation measures for construction of water harvesting structure.  Distribution of fertilizers on subsidy basis. Horticulture  Supply of fruit plants on 50% subsidy basis  Supply of insecticides, fungicides and other plant protection material on 50% subsidy.  Supply of horticulture tools and machinery on 50% cost.  Package programme on different fruit crops Rural Development  Supply of milch cattle on 50% subsidy basis.  Supply of agricultural/Horticultural machinery on 50% subsidy basis;  Supply of Sheep and goat units on 50% subsidy;  Supply of pack animals on 50% subsidy basis;  Training to rural youths to provide them technical skill to take up self-employment In addition, state schemes involving financial assistance are implemented through HPSCSTC. Table 64 List of Schemes under HPSCSTC for Scheduled Tribes Name Brief description Swarojgar Yojna Financial Assistance up to Rs.50,000/- for setting up & expansion of Income (Self-Employment Scheme) generating avocations. Himswablamban Yojna To provide loans for Projects Costing more than Rs.50,000/- in collaboration (NSFDC &NSTF DC) with NSFDC and NSTFDC Study Loan To provide loan upto Rs.1,50,000/- for a full course of five years Dalit Varg Vayavsaik To provide training to the SC and ST youth in traditional and non-traditional Environment and Social Management Framework Page 214 Himachal Pradesh Horticulture Development Project Name Brief description Prashikshan Yojna trades through ITI/ Private Institution/ Master Craftsman Construction of Shop/Shed Corporation Provides Loan to the MunicipalCorporation/ Municipal Scheme Committees/ Nagar Panchayats/ Blocks Samitis/ GramPanchayats for (Laghu Vikray Kendra Yojna) Construction of Shops/Sheds for SC's/ST's . Hast Shilp Vikas Yojna Corporation provides working capital assistance up to Rs.5000/- to individual as well as Group/ Society/Association of artisans. Small Business Yojna (NSTFDC) To meet the small Financial need of poor Scheduled Tribes families to start small and petty business individually, the term loans assistance up to Rs 50,000/- is provided by the Corporation directly in collaboration with NSTFDC. N sirahcmaraK iafaS lanotia Financial assistance to set up any income generating activity of higher cost ecnaniF& tnempoleveD i.e. above Rs. 50000/- on concessional rate of interest such as small business notiaroproC (NSKFDC) unit, Taxi, Mahindra Jeep, Tata Sumo, Shuttering, Piggery farm etc. Micro Credit Finance (MCF) Provide Loans up to Rs.50,000/- under Small Loan Scheme Source: HPSCSTC website, GOHP 11 Existing Institutional Arrangements There are two main bodies - Tribal Development Department and HPSCST Corporation, besides advisory council and project committees. Details are presented below. 1. Tribal Development Department. It came into existence in June, 1976 with the objective/purpose to give special focus on the social and economical upliftment of most deprived class of society i.e Scheduled Tribes. The business of department relates to:  All matters relating to planning generally e.g. assessment of resources, formulation of plans, laying down of targets and physical aspects and co-ordination in relation to matters affecting the tribal areas and the members of the Scheduled Tribes of the State.  Periodical assessment and evaluation of Plan activities in relation to matters affecting the tribal areas and the members of the Scheduled Tribes of the State.  All policy matters including introduction of new schemes affecting the tribal areas as also matters relating to the members of the Scheduled Tribes consultation thereof by all administrative departments with the Tribal Development Department.  Initiation of any proposal concerning any other department in relation to matters affecting the tribal areas or the members of the Scheduled Tribes of the State after due consultations and agreements with the concerned departments.  Tendering advice to all departments in relation to matters affecting the Tribal areas and the members of the Scheduled tribes of the State.  Overall co-ordination and evaluation of all activities of any department in relation to the matter affecting the tribal areas and the members of the Scheduled Tribes of the State.  Tribal Advisory Council.  Integrated Tribal Development Projects.  Establishment, budget and accounts matters of the Tribal Development Department. Environment and Social Management Framework Page 215 Himachal Pradesh Horticulture Development Project In case of the tribal areas in the State have well-defined administrative units. The ITDP Kinnaur comprises the whole district; the ITDP Lahaul comprises tehsil Lahaul and tehsil Udaipur and the rest of the three ITDPs are by the name of Spiti, Pangi and Bharmour (now sub-tehsil Holi and tehsil Bharmour) comprise tehsils by the same name.  Single Line- Administration in ITDP areas: From 15th April, 1988, Single line administration was effective in all five ITDP areas i.e Kinnaur, Lahau-Spiti, Bharmour and Pangi. It implied that Deputy Commissioner (DC)/Additional DC would exercise all powers of the Head of the Department in respect of all officers upto the Divisional level i.e. Executive Engineer, Deputy Conservator of Forests posted in their areas. In other words, the Deputy Commissioner, who more due to single line administration is not only District Magistrate and Collector but for all intents and purposes is also the head of all the district level offices. In addition to the usual and traditional role as Deputy Commissioner he has multifarious duties. As Deputy Commissioner, he is the executive head of the District looking after development, Panchayats, local bodies and civil administration. As District Magistrate, he is responsible for the maintenance of law and order and is the head of Police and prosecuting agency in the district. As Collector he is at the apex of the revenue administration and is responsible for the collection of land-revenue and all dues recoverable as arrears of land-revenue. He is also revenue-applause authority. He ensures the successful execution of plan-schemes and co-ordinates the functions of all development departments and in fact due to the peculiar circumstances and situation of the area his functions are largely those of a Development Officer.. In addition to the above the Deputy Commissioner has been invested with so many other administrative and financial powers. He can effect transfers of non-gazetted staff within the district in respect of staff of all the departments. The development schemes of various departments have also to route through the Deputy Commissioner. Other existing bodies are described hereunder:  Tribal Advisory Council: Under the provision of Article 244(1) read with Part B-paragraph 4 of the Fifth Schedule to the Constitution of India, a Tribes Advisory Council has been constituted in the State since 13.12.1977 and having its meeting twice a year. The Tribes Advisory Council consists of 20 members including the Chairman (Chief Minister). Though the Council is advisory in nature by convention its recommendation are by and large accepted by the Government or dropped by the Council itself, after the deliberation. Apart from advising on matter referred to it, it oversees implementation of the tribal sub-plan in the State.  Project Advisory Committees: These have been constituted for each of the five Integrated Tribal Development Project headed by the local MLA and of which Members of Parliament representing the area, Chairman Zila Parishad, Vice Chairman Zila Parishads, Chairman Panchayat Samiti(s), Vice-Chairman Panchayat Samities, One elected member of Zila Parishad of each ITDP, Two Gram Panchayat Pardhans nominated by the Chairman of respective ITDP from each development Block of concerned ITDP for period of two years, Members of T.A.Cs from the area and all Heads of Offices of Project including Officers of the State Govt. Undertakings in the area concerned with Tribal Sub-Plan. The R.C./D.C./A.D.C. is the Vice-Chairman of the Committee. The Project Officer ITDP, will be the Member Secretary of the Committee. The Committee looks after formulation as well as implementation and review of the sub-plan at the Project level and also the dispensation under nucleus budget funds. Environment and Social Management Framework Page 216 Himachal Pradesh Horticulture Development Project 2. Himachal Pradesh Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribes Development Corporation was established on 14th November, 1979. Initially this corporation was established solely to uplift economic status of the Scheduled Caste families but later in 1984 the Government of Himachal Pradesh and Government of India decided to entrust the work of providing financial assistance to Scheduled Tribe families of Himachal Pradesh to this corporation, as such the nomenclature of corporation was changed to “Himachal Pradesh Scheduled Castes And Scheduled Tribes Development Corporation”. It is headed by a Chairman, supported by a Vice-Chairman, has a board of directors, managing director, general manager with district level offices at each district and also for specific blocks. 12 Tribal Development Framework The TDF would comprise the following key features: i. Awareness generation vide Free Prior and Informed Consultations: It would involve conducting of FPICs, with tribal communities to generate awareness on the project and assess interest and demand for any project interventions. For this purpose, suitable culturally compatible IEC materials would be prepared/used. These would be undertaken at all stages of the project i.e. while preparing and later implementing TDP to effectively reach out to the communities. During these FPICs, broad community support to the proposed interventions will be documented (See Annexure 8.2 for indicative format for FPIC) For this purpose, community mobilizers, preferably locals would be engaged. Participatory instruments such as Transect Walk, etc. would be deployed. ii. Socio-Economic Baseline to enable selection of clusters: The project would undertake a socio- economic baseline of all tribal clusters wherein project interventions would take place. It would enable to accord priority in selection for areas (of non-tribals) with higher proportion of tribals. particularly in non-tribal area or clusters where demand for any project intervention is recorded. These would be undertaken by the M&E consultant within the first six months of project implementation. iii. Preparation and implementation of TDP: As there could be project interventions in non-tribal areas or areas having lower tribal population, a screening exercise would be carried out to assess if indigenous peoples are present in the project area and possess the following characteristics as defined in OP 4.10:  self-identification as members of a distinct indigenous cultural group and recognition of this identity by others; collective attachment to geographically distinct habitats or ancestral territories in the project area and to the natural resources in these habitats and territories;  customary cultural, economic, social, or political institutions that are separate from those of the dominant society and culture; and  an indigenous language, often different from the official language of the country or region. If the communities meet the above characteristics, particularly in non-tribal areas, a social assessment requires to be carried out. The social assessment is intended to evaluate the project’s potential positive and adverse effects on indigenous people and to explore various measures which avoid adverse effects. If such measures are not feasible, the project would identify minimization or mitigation measures and should ensure that indigenous peoples receive culturally appropriate Environment and Social Management Framework Page 217 Himachal Pradesh Horticulture Development Project benefits under the project. The results from the screening process would determine whether a TDP would required to be prepared. iv. Representation: Efforts would be made ensure inclusion of small and marginal farmers and also women in any project intervention. Adequate representation for women and tribals would be ensured in any of institutions formed under the project such as FIGs, FPOs, WUAs, etc. Inclusion of Scheduled Tribes (men and women) in farmer organizations and their federations, especially in non- tribal areas would be ensured. In tribal-dominated areas, such bodies would be headed by tribal leaders. Also such representation would be ensured in any training, exposure visits, etc. v. Special Provision for Community needs: As such hard and backward areas could have specific community needs (e.g. ropeway for access, farm equipment, etc.) there would be a special corpus of funds at the PCU level that could be accessed based on business plans submitted by FIGs/WUAs or any specific needs as identified and recorded during FPICs conducted in these areas. Process for the same would be as follows: In selected habitations, BIU shall hold FPIC to ascertain any community need(s). The communities will decide as to what type of community need is needed in their habitation unanimously. A resolution in this regard will be passed by the community following the official procedure which will then be submitted to the BIU The resolution shall contain details i. on the nature and type of community work requested; ii. the likely benefit accrued; iii. an approximate number of persons who shall benefit from it; iv. consensus reached amongst the community members on the activity; and v. Post construction i.e. O&M measures by the community vi. finally a statement of proposed support and cooperation for the activity with signatures (or thumb-impressions) of the participants Upon receipt of such requests, the BIU and DIU would: i) assess funds required from under the project to support the same and ii) identify existing schemes for convergence and then forward the same to PCU. The forwarded application shall comprise: i. Planned community welfare work (s) ii. Location and population of the village, iii. Cost of the activity iv. Intended and likely benefit v. details on convergence of schemes, if any vi. Procurement plan for materials vii. Likely duration for execution of the work(s) viii. Number of labor required ix. Details of Minutes of meeting and resolution passed by the village, x. Design required, if any vi. Continued Focused support: As such tribal communities, besides conducting FPICs, additional and continued handholding would be provided through the Community mobilizers, facilitators, Subject Matter Specialists (SMS), Horticulture Extension Officer (HEO). There would be fortnightly meetings, at least or even more frequently as per need. Environment and Social Management Framework Page 218 Himachal Pradesh Horticulture Development Project vii. Training and exposure visits: Customized training modules (WUA guidelines, grievance resolution, use of farm inputs, implements, pesticides, fumigants, etc.) would be prepared and imparted n a culturally appropriate manner. Besides exposure visits would be suitably identified and organized. viii. Capacity Building: Personnel - SMS, HEO, HDO, SDS, SDC, involved from PCU, BIU, DIU and other agencies would be oriented on tribal development and social safeguards issues, prior to commencing work in these areas. ix. External Support for preparation of TDP: As the department has limited exposure to safeguard requirements or in preparation of such plans, its capacity would be augmented by provision of an External Consultant for an initial period of 2-3 years. Once adequate capacity is built within the line departments, TDP - preparation would be undertaken in house i.e. by the line department. x. Convergence with existing tribal schemes:As there exists many central sponsored and state level schemes, the Social Development Personnel at PCU and DIU will identify such schemes, inform the communities and promote convergence in so as to have a better spatial and demographic coverage and thereby maximize benefits from such intervention. xi. Monitoring: In non-tribal areas, monitoring of project interventions would specifically include parameters relating to tribals (men and women) and amongst by size of farmer - small, marginal, medium. xii. Grievance redressal arrangements: Grievance redressal mechanism in tribal areas would be headed a tribal while in non-tribal areas would ensure adequate representation with at least one tribal (man or woman) 13 Process in preparation of a Tribal Development Plan As stated in section above, the results from the screening process would determine whether a TDP would required to be prepared. Step wise process to prepare TDP is presented below (for content outline of TDP, refer to Annex IX): Table 65 Steps in preparation of TDP and by responsibilities No. Steps Responsibility 0 Review findings from Screening exercise SDC, PCU & SD, DIU 1 Undertake review of secondary data available 2 Hold a Free prior and informed consultation to gauge community SD, DIU, SMS, HEO and External support to the project consultant 3 Record Support or community opinion on the project SD, DIU & M&E and External 4 Conduct primary household survey to list project households for consultant Socio-economic profile including: land-holding, literacy level and health status, sources of income, items of expenditure, migration status, indebtedness, expected benefits, anticipated support and impacts from the project 5 List specific project impacts (both positive and negative) by households, tribal group and also segregated by gender Environment and Social Management Framework Page 219 Himachal Pradesh Horticulture Development Project No. Steps Responsibility 6 Inform households of the project of available mitigation measures as SD, DIU, SMS, HEO and External per TDF and convergence with other existing programs consultant 7 Prepare TDP report as per outline (see AnnexureIX) External consultant & SD, DIU 8 Send and seek approval of TDP - Draft report from Social SDC, PCU Development Coordinator at PCU level 9 Hold another round of consultation to inform communities /disclose SD, DIU, HEO and External TDP consultant 14 Institutional Arrangements for TDF The implementation of TDF (including preparation and implementation of TDP) will be undertaken in accordance with overall project implementation schedule. As per the proposed institutional arrangements, there would be Social Development Coordinator at the Project Coordination Unit level at the state level. S/he would be supported by a Social Development Specialist at the District level, who in turn would be supported by the Horticulture Development Officer at the District Implementation Agency (DIU) and Horticulture Extension Officer (HEO) and Subject Matter Specialist (SMS) at the Block Implementation Agency (BIU). Community Mobilizers as necessary would be involved in preparation and implementation. Roles and responsibilities of these officers are listed in Table 68 below: Table 66 Implementation Responsibilities for TDF Official by Level Roles and responsibilities State Level (Project Coordination Unit) Social Development  overall responsibility for implementation of TDF (and SMF) rests with the Social Coordinator Development Coordinator within the PCU;  liaise with Tribal Development Department, Tribal Advisory Council and HP SCST Development Corporation as necessary;  provide orientation, training to concerned personnel of DIU and BIU on TDF provisions;  undertake field visits and participate in FPIC consultations periodically;  in respect of TDP, review findings from screening exercise, review and approval of TDP prepared by DIU;  organize exposure visits as necessary;  promote convergence /dovetailing of existing schemes with project interventions; and  contribute to internal monitoring of TDF implementation External Consultant  Provide support to PCU,DIU and BIU in preparation of TDP (for preparation of TDP)  participate in FPICs conducted at identified project locations Environment and Social Management Framework Page 220 Himachal Pradesh Horticulture Development Project Official by Level Roles and responsibilities  provide inputs, orientation and requisite training towards building capacity for the personnel of the project implementing agencies. District Level (District Implementation Agency) Social Development  responsible for implementation of TDF (and SMF); Specialist  participate, interact, consult with all level district level stakeholders on preparation and implementation of annual activities;  participate in training provided by PCU on TDF provisions;  undertake field visits;  participate in FPIC consultations - planning and implementation;  in respect of TDP, initiate screening exercise, review its findings and initiate preparation of TDP and seek/obtain approval from PCU; and in disclosure of TDP;  promote convergence /dovetailing of existing schemes with project interventions; and  provide support to PCU in internal monitoring of TDF implementation by reporting on a quarterly basis Block Level (Block Implementation Agency) Horticulture Extension  Provide support as necessary to HDO and also to the SDS at the DIU in Officer implementation of TDF such as: o provide necessary information towards screening exercise and subsequent preparation and implementation of TDF o participate in FPICs organized by the DIU and BIU o contribute to implementation of TDF o contribute to the overall citizen engagement, inclusion of the project and grievance redressal,  provide support to BIU and DIU in internal monitoring of project implementation (including TDF) by reporting on a quarterly basis; Subject Matter  provide support in implementation of TDF as necessary; Specialist  participate in FPICs during preparation of TDP;  respond to queries, complaints on the subject matter and thereby contribute to the grievance redressal; and  propose /provide support as necessary in sharing of ideas through exposure visits, trainings, etc. Community Mobilizers  mobilize communities, create awareness on the project (preferably local tribals)  communicate information regarding TDF; Environment and Social Management Framework Page 221 Himachal Pradesh Horticulture Development Project Official by Level Roles and responsibilities  generate demand by holding multiple consultations, if required;  organize FPICs, FGDs with special groups as necessary;  record meeting discussions and thereby support SDS (DIU) in preparation and implementation of TDPs; and  provide support to monitoring and evaluation exercises and grievance redressal 15 Monitoring of TDF Monitoring of TDF would be consistent with the overall M&E under Component D and its overall responsibility would lie with the PCU at the State Level. In this it would be supported by DIU and BIU. It would be responsible to monitor the project along agreed monitoring indicators. PCU would be specifically be responsible for:  analysis of all project-level M&E information and generation of regular 6-monthly M&E reports;  updating key performance indicators by consolidating information provided by the different implementing agencies;  conducting independent field visits to monitor implementation and outputs of selected project activities;  maintaining the Project Monitoring Database  identifying bottlenecks and suggesting corrective actions, as necessary;  documenting processes and progress of project; Specifically on TDF, the PCU would be responsible to:  monitor progress against the baseline survey (including household survey undertaken for preparation of TDP in Tribal Areas) with social/tribal groups and gender disaggregated data of tribal and non-tribal beneficiaries.  undertake a process monitoring study for assessment of project processes - specific to ESMF implementation (to be conducted by contracted external agency). It would include process followed in formation of FIGs, FPOs, WUAs, preparation and implementation of TDP (including conducting of FPICs), implementation of TDF; process followed by implementing agencies and recommend suggestions in terms of capacity, processes, etc.  supervise impact evaluation studies in respect of implementation of ESMF, to be undertaken by a external agency. The purpose of these studies would be evaluate the implementation of the ESMF's in view of achievement of the project development objectives. These would be undertaken twice during the course of the project - at mid-term (around the Mid-term review of the project) and suggest corrective measures, if any are required to improve effectiveness. The second study would be conducted at end-term i.e. at project completion stage to ascertain overall performance of the ESMF. The impact evaluation studies would cover project implementation in tribal areas as well. 16 Reporting Environment and Social Management Framework Page 222 Himachal Pradesh Horticulture Development Project The PCU would submit to the World Bank, six-monthly reports that would include the following details specific to social issues:  socioeconomic environmental impacts of the project;  progress on ESMF & TDF implementation including processes followed, with specific reference to women and tribals; and  issues and constraints faced in ESMF andTDF implementation 17 Budget for implementation of TDF Key elements of the budget include provision of an External consultant for an initial period of 2-3 years, conducting of FPICs, preparation and dissemination of culturally appropriate IEC material, training and exposure visits as planned and budget for provision of any special community needs as may be identified during implementation. Table 69 presents the budget to implement the TDF: Table 67 Budget for Implementation of TDF Item Unit No. Rate Amount 1 Engagement of Additional Resource Persons LUM 1000000 2 Actual Project investments LUM 3 Provision of External Consultant (at PCU level) to help Monthly 36 75000 2700000 preparation of TDP for period of 36 months (across all Tribal & non-Tribal Areas 4 Conducting FPICs (vehicle, fuel, photography, videography) LUM at 3 lakhs / 2100000 year for 7 years 5 IEC material Per district 3 300000 900000 6 Training and Exposure visits LUM 5 200000 1000000 7 Budget for Community needs* LUM 6 1000000 6000000 Chamba district 3 (2 tehsils and 1 subtehsil) Kinnaur district (3 CD blocks) Lahaul Spiti (2 CD blocks) 8 Budget for GI Certification for Organic farming LUM 5000000 5000000 Total 18700000 * provision would be made under Component A of the project Environment and Social Management Framework Page 223